Chronicle of National Development

384

description

Chronicle of National Development

Transcript of Chronicle of National Development

Page 1: Chronicle of National Development
Page 2: Chronicle of National Development

Chronicle of National Development

Comparison between

period preceding 1988 and after

(up to 31-12-2005)

Published by the Ministry of Information.

Page 3: Chronicle of National Development

Second Printing

March, 2006

1000 copies

Photographs

Provided by ministries

Printed by

Printing and Publishing Enterprise

Page 4: Chronicle of National Development

Our Three Main National Causes

People’s Desire

* Oppose those relying on external elements, acting as

stooges, holding negative views

* Oppose those trying to jeopardize stability of the State

and progress of the nation

* Oppose foreign nations interfering in internal affairs

of the State

* Crush all internal and external destructive elements as

the common enemy

* Non-disintegration of the Union -Our Cause

* Non-disintegration of national solidarity -Our Cause

* Perpetuation of sovereignty -Our Cause

Page 5: Chronicle of National Development

Four political objectives

* Stability of the State, community peace and tranquillity, prevalenceof law and order

* National reconsolidation* Emergence of a new enduring State Constitution* Building of a new modern developed nation in accord with the new

State Constitution

Four economic objectives

* Development of agriculture as the base and all-rounddevelopment of other sectors of the economy as well

* Proper evolution of the market-oriented economic system* Development of the economy inviting participation in terms of

technical know-how and investments from sources inside thecountry and abroad

* The initiative to shape the national economy must be kept in the

hands of the State and the national peoples

Four social objectives

* Uplift of the morale and morality of the entire nation* Uplift of national prestige and integrity and preservation and

safeguarding of cultural heritage and national character* Uplift of dynamism of patriotic spirit* Uplift of health, fitness and education standards of the entire nation

Page 6: Chronicle of National Development

Contents

1. Towards a New Modern State .... a

2. The Union of Myanmar .... 3

3. History of Myanmar .... 5

4. Tradition of the Tatmadaw .... 8

5. Towards new golden land of unity and amity .... 10

6. Kachin State marching to new golden land of unity and amity .... 17

7. Kayah State marching to new golden land of unity and amity .... 41

8. Kayin State marching to new golden land of unity and amity .... 57

9. Chin State marching to new golden land of unity and amity .... 77

10. Mon State marching to new golden land of unity and amity .... 95

11. Rakhine State marching to new golden land of unity and amity .... 113

12. Shan State marching to new golden land of unity and amity .... 129

13. Sagaing Division marching to new golden land of unity and amity .... 149

14. Taninthayi Division marching to new golden land of unity and amity .... 171

15. Bago Division marching to new golden land of unity and amity .... 193

16. Magway Division marching to new golden land of unity and amity .... 217

17. Mandalay Division marching to new golden land of unity and amity .... 243

18. Yangon Division marching to new golden land of unity and amity .... 269

19. Ayeyawady Division marching to new golden land of unity and amity .... 297

20. Myanmar marching to new golden land of unity and amity .... 324

Page 7: Chronicle of National Development

Myanmars have founded a strong nation through national unity sincethousands of years ago. The drive was more visible in the times of Myanmarkings - Anawrahta, Bayintnaung and Alaungphaya. Such a fine tradition has helpedMyanmar national races enhance the spirit of living harmoniously through thick andthin. This spirit gave birth to the nationalistic fervour, nationalistic vigour and thespirit or the will to live independently of the people.

Myanmar faced many evil experiences subsequent to the global changes afterthe feudal era. Fully equipped with unflinching spirit, the national people constantlyexerted all-out efforts to repel the western nations that resorted to various means toinvade and then colonize the nation.

Thanks to the strong spirit and vigour of the national people who lovefreedom and justice, the patriotic forces hand in hand with the people were able toquell the fascists who got into the nation during the World War.

The absolute unity and strenuous efforts of the entire national peopleculminated in regaining independence. However, the nation lost national solidaritydue to the adverse effects of the cold war and the instigations and intervention ofneo-colonialists. Then, patriotic national forces made combined endeavours toensure prevalence of law and order, to regain national unity, and to raise thesocio-economic life of the people.

The Tatmadaw, born of the national people, which has been one with thepeople throughout the nation’s history, has been lending itself to the nation-buildingtasks in diversified sectors, while remedying the weaknesses of the nation.

In the process, the Government has been working with added momentum dayin, day out under the farsighted leadership so as to complete the infrastructuresneeded for building up a modern nation.

The drive thoroughly covers physical or socio-economic requirements includingagriculture, transport, trade and administration sectors and spiritual or cultural needsuch as education, health and knowledge sectors. The Government’s efforts haveyielded marked and fruitful results in one and a half decades.

Towards A New Modern State

a

Page 8: Chronicle of National Development

Well convinced that to uphold “Our Three Main National Causes” is thebounden duty of the entire national people of the Union of Myanmar, all the nationalraces have been participating in the nation-building undertakings. At the same time,the State is effectively nurturing and training new generation youths for thedevelopment of human resources to maintain the already-achieved momentum.

The ultimate goal of the national people is emergence of a discipline-flourish-ing modern developed democratic nation, in which all the national races desire tolive keeping egg and nest intact and to enjoy equal rights and a better livingstandard. The Government has been striving steadfastly for achieving the goal,while overcoming the destructive acts that pose harm to it. Therefore, tangible re-sults have justified the efforts the Government has been making with added momen-tum. Discarding the outmoded view and methods, the Union of Myanmar has beenable to maintain friendly relations with the world nations.

Now, the Government is playing a leading role in convening the NationalConvention, the first step of the State’s seven-point Road Map, on a grand scale todraft an enduring State Constitution in line with the wishes of the national people.The delegates of political parties, delegates of representative-elect, delegates ofnational races, delegates of peasants, delegates of workers, delegates of intellectualsand intelligentsia, delegates of State service personnel, and other invited delegatesrepresenting the entire nation and the people are holding discussions in the NationalConvention to lay down basic principles to shape the brighter future of Myanmar.

Now, the eight groups of delegates have unanimously adopted the basicprinciples for the legislative sector out of the three branches of State Constitution –legislative,executive and judicial sectors. Before 31 March 2005 when the NationalConvention was adjourned temporarily, respective groups of delegates submittedtheir frank proposals and papers to the National Convention for completion of theexecutive and judicial sectors.

This book features firm evidences, correct data and figures and documentaryphotos sector-wise that reflect the success in building the infrastructures accordingto the political, economic and social objectives for the brighter future of the State inconformity with the historic developments.

Ministry of Information

Page 9: Chronicle of National Development
Page 10: Chronicle of National Development
Page 11: Chronicle of National Development

Chairman of the State Peace and Development Council Commander-in-Chief of DefenceServices Senior General Than Shwe cordially converses with trainees of B.Ed Course No36 of University for Development of National Races at the dinner.

Page 12: Chronicle of National Development

LocationLocated in the Southeast Asia region, Myanmar lies between north latitude 9 degrees

32 minutes and 28 degrees 31 minutes and between longitudes 92 degrees 10 minutes Eastand 101 degrees 11 minutes East.

Its neighbours are China to the north and northeast; Laos to the east; Thailand tothe south east; and India and Bangladesh to the west and bordering the Andaman Seaand the Bay of Bengal.

Its capital Yangon lies at 96 degrees 13 minutes east longitude and 16 degrees 45minutes north latitude. The east longitude 97 degrees 30 minutes is designated for Myanmarstandard time and the MST is 6 hours and 30 minutes earlier than GMT.

AreaWith a total land area of 261228 sq miles (677,000 sq km), the country stretches

over 1275 miles (2051 km) from north to south and 582 miles (936 km) east to west.

The country’s border line stretches about 5200 miles and sharing 3808 miles with

neighbouring countries— 1357 miles with China, 1314 miles with Thailand, 857 miles

with India, 152 miles with Bangladesh and 128 miles with Laos. It has a 1385 miles long

coastline from Nat River to Kawthoung.

TopographyRoughly, the topographic condition of Myanmar can be divided into three parts—

western ranges, central plains and eastern hilly regions. Myanmar is adjacent to Himaliyan

ranges which lie in the western part of the country. The Khakaborazi Mountain with the

height of 19296 feet is a part of the western ranges and the Saramayti Mountain is 12553

feet high. The western ranges divide India and Myanmar as a wall.

In the central plains, the Ayeyawady delta region is the largest one and it is

divided into three parts— first part of the region is from the upper reaches to Mandalay,

the second part from Mandalay to Pyay and the third part from Pyay to its end. Sittoung

basin and Chindwin basin are included in the central plain. In the central plain, there also

exist Zeebyu mountain range, Minwon mountain range, Hmankin mountain range and

Gangaw mountain range. Bago Mountain range lies from north to south in the region.

Shan Plateau is called the eastern mountain range which has an average height of 3000

to 4000 feet.

The Union of Myanmar

Page 13: Chronicle of National Development

Although it is called a plateau, there exists mountains with high slopes. Across theplateau Thanlwin river flows from north to south— Shan Plateau to Taninthayi coastalregion. Zawgyi, Myitnge and Panlaung rivers originate in the Shan Plateau and enter theRiver Ayeyawady.

Population The Union of Myanmar is home to various national races and the main stocks are

Kachin, Kayah, Kayin, Chin, Bamar, Mon, Rakhine and Shan. According to the data in1998-99, the population of the country has reached 47.25 million and the increase rateis 1.84 per cent. The number of man reaches 23.46 million (49.66 per cent) and woman23.79 (50.34 per cent). According to the estimate of 31-12-2005, the population ofMyanmar totalled over 54.7 million.

ClimateGenerally, Myanmar has three seasons. The summer is from March to May, the

rainy season from middle of May to end of October, and the cold season from Novemberto end of February.

Myanmar enjoys a tropical monsoon climate. However, climatic conditions differwidely from place to place due to widely diverse topographical conditions. For instance,Central Myanmar has an annual rainfall of less than 40 inches while the Rakhine Coastgets about 200 inches.

The temperature of Central Myanmar is about 110 degrees Fahrenheit (43.3 degreesCentigrade) in the months of March and April. During the period, the temperature of thenorthern part of Myanmar reaches 97 degrees Fahrenheit (36.1 degrees Centigrade) andin Shan Plateau it is about 85 to 95 degree Fahrenheit (29.4 to 35 degrees Centigrade).Temperature of towns vary according to their location and elevation.

In some years past, severe storms occurred causing damages in coastal regions. Inorder to bring about the favourable climatic conditions, the State has given priority toCentral Myanmar Greening Project.

ReligionMyanmar enjoys religious tolerance and since the ancient times, there has been full

freedom of worship for followers of different religions. So, different religions can bepractised in Myanmar. The religious edifices and religious orders have been in existenceand religious festivals can be held on a grand scale.

The majority of the population embraces Buddhism with 89.3 per cent but otherreligions can be practised freely. In the country, Christian occupies 5.06 per cent of thepopulation, Islam 3.8 per cent, Hindu 0.5 per cent and Animist 0.2 per cent.

The Union of Myanmar

Page 14: Chronicle of National Development

With a long 2000 years of History, Myanmar experienced various kinds of eventssuch as stability in the country and rapid changes. The following are chronicles of thecountry—

AD 1st Century … The Pyus founded city states in Beikthanoe, Hanlin,Tagaung,Thayekhittaya regions. Thaton or Suvanabonmiwas also founded.

1044-1297* (406-659)** … The first Myanmar empire was founded by KingAnawrahta (1044-1047) in Bagan period.

1552-1599 (914-961) … King Bayintnaung (1552-1581) established the secondMyanmar empire in Toungoo period.

1752-1885 (1114-1247) … King Alaungmintaya (1752-1760) founded the thirdMyanmar empire in Kongboung period.

1824-26 (1186-1188) … First Anglo-Myanmar war broke out.1852-54 (1214-1216) … Second Anglo-Myanmar war broke out.1885 (1247) … After the third Anglo-Myanmar war, Myanmar fell

under the servitude of British colonialists.1906 (1268) … Young Men’s Buddhist Association (YMBA) was

founded with the aim of promoting the standard ofrace and religion. On 18 December 1918, the Britishgovernment issued Cradock Plan.

1919 (1281) … Myanmar Women Konmayi Association was formed.1920 October (1282) … The 8th meeting of YMBA decided to change its name

to GCBA.1920 December 1282 … The first students strike against the colonial education

occurred.1930 May (1292) … Doe Bamar Asiayon was formed.1930 December (1292) … Peasants uprising broke out.1923-37 (1285-1299) … The period of Diarchy Administration.25-2-36 (1297) … The second students strike broke out.1-4-37 to 10-12-42 … 91 departments administration system practised.8-1-38* (1299) … Chauk oilfield strike started. 1300 revolution broke

out.26-12-41 (1303) … Burma Independence Army (BIA) was formed.27-7-42 (1304) … BIA changed its name to Burma Defence Army

(BDA).

** Myanmar Era

* AD

History of Myanmar

Page 15: Chronicle of National Development

1-8-43 … Japanese granted a sham independence.27-3-45 (1307) … Anti-fascist revolution started.1945-47 (1306-1308) … White paper administration of British government.1947 (1309) … Soranto Villa Rehabilitation Programmes were introduced.12-2-47 (1308) … National consolidation built through the Panglong

Agreement.4-1-48 (1309) … Myanmar regained her independence.1948-50 (1310-11) … Parliamentary democracy was practised in the country.1958-59 (1320-21) … The Tatmadaw shouldered the responsibility of the

State as a Caretaker Government.2-3-62 (1323) … Revolutionary Council assumed the State power.1962-74 (1323-35) ... Launched a Socialist Revolution under the leadership

of the Burma Socialist Programme Party.1974-88 … Pyithu Hluttaw and various levels of People’s Council

were formed and representatives of the people per-formed the administrative and legislative duties.

18-9-88 … Demonstrations broke out due to general discontent.Anarchy reigned the country as a result of internal andexternal instigations. The rule of law and stability de-teriorated and a wave of panic swept the country.Therefore, the Tatmadaw had to take the responsibil-ity and safeguard the nation.

27-5-90 … Multiparty general elections took place.9-1-93 … The National Convention was convened.30-3-96 … The National Convention was temporarily adjourned.15-11-97 (1359) … The State Peace and Development Council was formed,

12 political, economic and social objectives laid downand efforts have been made for emergence of a peace-ful, modern and developed nation.

30-8-2003 … The seven-point Road Map was announced.17-5-2004 … The National Convention that was temporarily ad-

journed resumed.

History of Myanmar

Page 16: Chronicle of National Development
Page 17: Chronicle of National Development

Throughout the independence struggle of Myanmar history, the national races fought

against the colonialists, political groups tried hard for national cause, and efforts made

in various forms for regaining independence. With the concept that political means only

would not be able to regain independence but armed struggle might sweep the colonialists

out of the soil of the country, Myanmar political leaders secretly planned to form a

Tatmadaw.

World War II broke out on 3 September 1939. The Thirty Comrades formed with

patriotic politicians made contact with Japanese and left for Hainang in southern China

to undergo military training. They had to take vigorous military training there.

After the Japanese entered the war, the Thirty Comrades arrived in Bangkok to-

gether with the Japanese troops. From 26 December 1941 to 2 January 1942 Burma

Independence Army was formed in Bangkok. Initially, the BIA was formed with 200

men and hand in hand with Japanese troops they fought against the colonialist troops.

Without holding self-interests in the fore and with the aim of regaining independ-

ence, the patriotic national youth joined BIA. In this way, the number of BIA had reached

up to 30,000 from 23,000 within a short period. But Japanese were displeased with the

increase in the number of BIA. Therefore, they abolished the BIA on 27 July 1942 and

formed Burma Defence Army with 3,000 troops. Although the BDA members had to

discharge their duty under the command of Japanese as a subordinate, the BDA was

mobilized and it underwent military training systematically and troops were efficient

ones with strong patriotism.

On 1 August 1943 Japanese granted a sham independence to Myanmar. The De-

fence Council meeting held on 15 September 1943, changed the name of BDA to Burma

National Army (BNA). On 27 March 1945, the Tatmadaw, hand in hand with the people,

launched anti-fascist resistance. From that day on the Tatmadaw has been in oneness with

the people. The Tatmadaw has become endowed with the features of national armed

forces serving the interests of the nation and its people.

British colonialists who entered the country again did not want to acknowledge the

Tatmadaw as a national Tatmadaw representing the nation and the people. They tried to

abolish Patriotic Burma Force and transform it into Burma Army. But, the Tatmadaw and

the people did not accept their scheme. Therefore, the British had to acknowledge the

Tatmadaw as Patriotic Burma Force (PBF).

Tradition of the Tatmadaw

Page 18: Chronicle of National Development

The British had to give up the plan of abolishing PBF and admitting only those who

had met their standard to Burma Army. In accord with the Kandy Treaty signed in Kandy

in Sri Lanka on 6 September 1945, the British allowed all the 5200 other ranks, 200

officers and 200 reserved officer from PBF to merge with Burma Army.

The Tatmadaw launched the anti-fascist movement and as a hard-core force fought

against the colonialists hand in hand with the people to regain independence. The day of

resistance on which the Tatmadaw and the people drove out the fascists has been des-

ignated as the Armed Forces Day and parade has been held yearly on that day and the

60th anniversary of Armed Forces Day was held in 2005. According to historical de-

mand, the Tatmadaw had to take part in national political leading role apart from national

defence role in 1948-49 when the internal insurgency was at its peak and in 1950 when

the Tatmadaw was engaged in fighting against the foreign intruders.

The Tatmadaw had to unavoidably take the responsibility of the State on 2 March

1962 when the nation faced with the danger of disintegration of national unity and the

Union and loss of sovereignty.

Again in 1988, the country experienced chaos, which broke out due to discontent

among the people. During the period, anarchy reigned the country and thus for the sake

of peace and stability the Tatmadaw had to bear the full brunt of the shock as there was

no way to solve the problem. Nowadays, the Tatmadaw as the State Peace and Devel-

opment Council is serving the interests of the State dutifully. Thanks to the earnest efforts

of the Tatmadaw for national reconsolidation 17 national race armed groups had returned

to the legal fold.

It can be seen that there are specific events in the history of the Tatmadaw that is

in parallel with the history of the State.

The Tatmadaw with good traditions is endowed with military, organizing and ad-

ministration capabilities. Holding the four oaths in the fore, the Tatmadaw, from its birth,

has discharged its national duties successfully and is also discharging the duties at the

risk of its lives and will discharge the national duties unwaveringly. As the Tatmadaw

is a consolidated national force the leading role of the Tatmadaw can be seen in inde-

pendence struggle and in the national political sector.

Tradition of the Tatmadaw

Page 19: Chronicle of National Development

Towards new golden land of unityand amity

Myanmar is a Union made up of seven states and seven divisions. Over 100 nationalraces have been living together in unity and amity through thick and thin throughoutconsecutive eras of history.

A glance at the course of history will indicate that Myanmar had stood as anindependent and sovereign State under its own monarch in the international communityfor years countable by the thousand. From that time onwards, the national brethren cametogether to eliminate all the dangers posed to the country and protected their motherland.

The colonialists waged an aggressive war on Myanmar in 1824. After three wars,Myanmar was colonized in 1885. Like a saying that goes "a real ruby does not lose itsbrightness even in the mire", national compatriots armed themselves with Union Spiritand showed bravery and determination throughout the independence struggle.

The colonialists made wicked schemes to break up national solidarity by introduc-ing the "divide and rule" policy so that they could enslave Myanmar for a long time. Yet,national people unanimously made it known to the colonialists at Panglong on 12 Feb-ruary 1947 that their unity had been hardened into "family spirit".

After witnessing the united strength of national people, the colonialists eventuallygranted independence to Myanmar. On the other hand, the conspirators hatched wickedschemes to hold sway over Myanmar and to make her dance to their tune.

As an emerging independent nation, Myanmar should have kept pace with neigh-bouring countries in terms of development. Instead, the country suffered the impact ofinternal insurgency.

The country had lived under the colonial servitude for over 123 years, subject toall kinds of exploitation. The country was not able to rise from a 40-year knockoutengulfed in the flame of internal insurgency. Under such circumstances, the country wasclose to collapse in 1988 as a result of subversive as well as provocative acts of theinternal and external destructive elements. The Tatmadaw thus saved the country fromimminent disintegration in the nick of time by assuming the State duty.

The Tatmadaw Government that came into existence as an answer to the call ofhistorical need worked hard to put the country in order by improving the socio-economiclife of national people after drawing lessons from the past events and analysing theprevailing conditions. Now, the government is taking measures for reforms to improveall the sectors across the country through a calculation of development paces slower than

Page 20: Chronicle of National Development

others. Geographically, Myanmar shares borders with India in the west, with China in thenorth, and with Laos and Thailand in the east. To the far south of Myanmar lies the Bayof Bengal linking to the Indian Ocean.

The Union of Myanmar is 1,275 miles in length from north to south and 582 milesfrom east to west. The total area of the country is 261,228 square miles. Myanmar hasa population of over 53 million.

The forest area of the country constitutes 57 percent of the land, 149528 squaremiles. The cultivable land as a whole totalled 45 million acres when compared with over24.8 million acres in 1988.

At present, Myanmar is an agro-based country, with its 70 percent of populationliving in rural areas.

The transport system in the colonial era was a total failure. Even after independ-ence, transport mainly relied on water course in delta regions, not to mention borderareas.

The government is making strenuous efforts day in, day out to overcome the dif-ficulties.

In line with the guidance of the Head of State, emphasis has been placed on theperpetual existence of the Union.

State Peace and Development Council Chairman and also Commander-in-Chief ofDefence Services Senior General Than Shwe gave guidance on the spirit of onenessamong the national brethren at University for Development of National Races on 28January 2003.

The Senior General said: "A variety of national races live in the territory of ournation Myanmar, and each and every part of the nation is like a small union wheredifferent nationalities reside. We Myanmars have been living together in unison solong that we are inseparable. And love, friendship and unity are a must for all of us".

The guidance is indeed like a light that shows the way to the better future of thenation at a time when the national races, who have been living on the same land anddrinking water from the same source, are striving for national progress, while sailing onthe same boat.

The government therefore gave the top priority to national reconsolidation andmanaged to clear the hatred, discord and misunderstanding among the national brethren,which were caused by the instigations and interventions of the colonialists. In conse-quence, a total of 17 national armed groups have returned to the legal fold. With the fruitsof peace and stability in the entire nation, the Border Areas and National Races Devel-opment Project opened a new chapter of the nation's history.

Page 21: Chronicle of National Development

map of myanmar

Page 22: Chronicle of National Development
Page 23: Chronicle of National Development

14 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

At the same time, the government sought all possible ways and means for foodsufficiency of the entire national people. With a view to ensuring development of theagricultural sector, the artery of an agro-based nation, the government has been takingmeasures systematically and effectively such as extension of sown acreage, constructionof dams and water pumping stations for irrigating cultivated lands, introducing all-year-round cultivable lands, launching projects for food security of respective regions, andproviding encouragement and necessary assistance for ensuring success in cultivating allcrops. The government also could open a new page of the agricultural sector of thenation.

Furthermore, the government has been able to build a network of roads and bridgesacross the nation in its drive to cement the amicable relations among the national brethrenwith smooth and secure transport.

In addition, the government has taken steps for development of the livestock breed-ing and fishery sector. Myanmar is rich in fresh water fish and prawn as well as sea fishand prawn. However, it is making sustained efforts with farsightedness to fulfil the fishand prawn demand of the posterity. The number of fish breeding and prawn breedingfarms has increased significantly in the states and divisions which are blessed withfavourable conditions for this industry. It initiated the paddy plus fish project, and therelease of fingerlings of a wide range of fish species into the Ayeyawady River.

It has placed emphasis on conservation of present forests as well as planting oftrees to form more forests. It is implementing the project for greening of the 13 districtsin the Upper Myanmar, which were once called the arid zone of the nation.

Based on the success in the agriculture, livestock breeding, regional greening andtransport sectors, it is putting into motion the master plan for building an agro-basedindustrialized country. It has also helped emerge computer-aided industrial zones andfactories in the country.

For the national progress, the government, under the close supervision of the Spe-cial Projects Implementation Central Committee headed by the Head of State, is doingits utmost to open a bridge in a month and 12 dams in a year in order to bring fruits ofrapid development to the national people in a short time. So, a lot of new towns, roads,bridges and factories have been added to the nation's map.

In addition to building of more infrastructures in various areas for the future nation,it has laid down many education promotion projects for enabling the national people toenhance their intellectual power in the knowledge age. It has broadened the scope of theeducation sphere by means of opening more and more basic and higher education schools

14 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 24: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 15

for the entire national people to enjoy equal rights in their pursuit of education and forupgrading the nation's education standard. Under the 24 Special Region DevelopmentProject, it has established new universities, colleges and 200-bed hospitals in respectiveregions.

Simultaneously, it is implementing the five rural development tasks for elevatingthe living and social standards of the rural society.

During the more-than-16-year period of the Tatmadaw government, the nation hasbeen able to reach again the list of top paddy-producing nations, play a leading role inproducing beans and pulses among ASEAN nations, stand as a nation, in which forests

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 15

Page 25: Chronicle of National Development

16 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

are conserved and the environment protected well, inexhaustible gas deposits discovered,water resources effectively harnessed for the nation's power sector. It has also caught upwith other ASEAN nations in the education and health spheres. Therefore, the nation isnow on its way to a new state with bright prospects.

The above-mentioned fruitful results well matched with the speech delivered byHead of State Senior General Than Shwe during his inspection tour of Shan State in April2002, saying that as the national races who live in 14 states and divisions are indeedthe brethren, the government is making relentless efforts to ensure equitable devel-opment of all parts of the nation.

“Simultaneously, the government is taking all possible measures for progressof the national races and brighter future of the nation. All national people are thebrethren of the nation, so the government really wants to see all national races enjoyfruitful results of development equally, he said.

“According to the area, natural resources and population of the nation,Myanmar will become a modern and developed one before long if the nationalpeople make efforts with added momentum in harmony for national development,’’he said.

Other measures of the government for the seven states and seven divisions will bepresented.

16

Page 26: Chronicle of National Development
Page 27: Chronicle of National Development

18 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Kachin State marching to newgolden land of unity and amity

Kachin State is located in the northernmost part of the Union of Myanmar with an areaof 34,379 square miles in total. It is like a small union, home to various national racessuch as Kachin, Chin, Bamar, Shan and Naga. Its population is 1,433,000 and so in theregion, a square mile is populated with about 42 people in average.

The mountainous region has Mount Khakaborazi (19296 feet) and Mount Galanyazi(19142 feet), which are higher than any other mountains in the nation. These mountainsare always capped with snow. Its largest plains are Hugaung Valley in Tanaikha Riverbasin at the top of Chindwin River, Putao plain in Malikha River basin, the surroundingregions of Myitkyina and Bhamo, Indawgyi Lake, and surrounding areas of MogaungCreek and Kaukkway Creek.

During his inspection tour of the region in April 1995, Head of State Senior GeneralThan Shwe gave guidance to the officials, saying “In the past, Kachin State laggedbehind in development owing to lack of peace and stability in the region for many years.So, local people should not apply traditional methods any longer but must work hardmuch more than ever before for regional development. Now, peace has been restoredwell and it is thus the most opportune time to speed up the implementation of tasks forboosting production through effective use of the natural resources,” he added.

Now, Kachin State has caught up with other states and divisions in various sectorsthanks to the assistance and encouragement of the government, and united and harmo-nious efforts of local national race leaders and people.

Local national people in Kachin State are enjoying fruits of development. The condi-tions before and after 1988 are compared in this article.

AgricultureThe total sown acreage of Kachin State was 443,160 only in the past. At that time,

altogether 275,709 acres were put under paddy and the output was 13,466 baskets. Now,the sown acreage of monsoon and summer paddy has nearly doubled with boosting peracre yield, so the paddy production has increased two times. In consequence, the region’sagricultural produce has been in surplus. The following table shows the progress of thesown acreage of paddy and other crops in the region.

Page 28: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 19

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Land

- Sown acreage acre 443160 798985 355825

- Virgin and vacant land acre 5182784 4806515

Water supply task

- dam, lake, reservoir, drain - 3 4 1

- Task completed 3 3 -

- Task under implementation - 1 1

- Benefited acres 23837 28837 5000

River water pumping project - 6 6

- Task completed - 2 2

- Task to be carried out - 4 4

- Benefited acres - 13200 13200

Damming creek - 46 46

- Average benefited acres - 5253 5253

Artesian wells - 44 44

- Benefited acres - 266 266

Total benefited acres 23837 47556 23719

Double cropping acreage 14801 144142 129341

Extended paddy cultivation

- Monsoon paddy acreage 275709 412241 136532

- per acre yield basket 50.85 66.56 15.71

- Summer paddy acre - 7600 7600

- per acre yield basket - 67.00 67.00

- Total production basket in

thousand 13466 27222 13756

- Regional rice sufficiency per cent - 221 221

increase incultivable land

Development in the agriculture sector of Kachin StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

19

Page 29: Chronicle of National Development

20 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Livestock and FisheryThe government promoted livestock industry to increase production of meat. The

number of buffalo, cattle, sheep, goat, pig, chicken and duck has increased to nearly 3.6million, compared to only over 1.3 million in 1988.

With regard to the fish and prawn breeding sector, there were only 58 acres of breed-ing ponds in the past, but now the figure has surged to 868 acres accounting for 14 times.While extending paddy cultivation, the government helped the region launch the paddyplus fish project. Over 60,000 fishes were put in the paddy fields of more than 120 acres.

The distribution of a variety species of fingerlings amounted to 0.144 million in 1988.A total of 183.28 million fingerlings have been distributed up to 31-12-2005.

Under the guidance of the Head of State, more than 350,000 fingerlings of differentspecies of fish were released into the Ayeyawady River for increasing the number of fishin the long run.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Progress in acreage of

beans and pulses acre 5685 51116 45431

Sugarcane acreage acre 9684 9796 112

Progress in maize acreage acre 6045 20525 14480

Progress in rubber acreage acre 64 7092 7028

Oil palm acre - 57 57

Tea acre 1251 1842 591

Pepper acre 12 542 530

Coffee acre - 1604 1604

Progress in edible oil crops

- Groundnut acre 24893 52677 27784

- Sesame acre 2959 15009 12050

- Sunflower acre 652 11661 11009

- Monnyin acre 10648 59894 49246

- Niger acre 1297 15080 13783

*Reservoir under construction1. Paungnet Dam, Shwegu Township, Sithaung Village, benefited acres 5000

Development in the agriculture sector of Kachin StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

20 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 30: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 21

Development in the livestock breeding sector of Kachin StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Forest ConservationThe government paid attention to conservation of forests in Kachin State. So the area

of forests has risen nearly thirty times. The area of afforestation has surged nearly 70times. In 1988, a total of 10,000 saplings were planted in mass activities. Now, over 7.2million saplings have been grown in the region.

Besides, the government is implementing the project for greening and long-lasting ofIndawgyi Lake in Indawgyi Wildlife Sanctuary in Mohnyin Township. It designated299.32 square miles including the area of the lake (14 miles long and five miles wide)as Indawgyi Wildlife Sanctuary.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Extended livestock breeding

- Buffalo 142000 175000 33000

- Cattle 207000 260000 53000

- Sheep/goat 13000 29000 16000

- Pig 154000 466000 312000

- Chicken 874000 3087000 2213000

- Duck 34000 157000 123000

- Turkey, goose, muscovy duck 37000 45000 8000

Fish and prawn breeding 9684 9796 112

- Fish breeding pond acre 58.00 868.20 810.20

- Paddy plus fish acre - 208.50 208.50

- Number 1X100000 - 1.04 1.04

- Distribution of fish fries

- Production 1X100000 1.44 183.28 181.24

- Fingerlings released 1X100000 1.00 174.44 173.44

- Sale 1X100000 0.44 8.84 8.40

Fish released into Ayeyawady

River 1X100000 - 50.30 50.30

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 21

Page 31: Chronicle of National Development

22 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Reserved Forest sq/mile 2008 2218 210

Protected public forest sq/mile - 3118 3118

Natural forests sq/mile 269.46 6276.13 6006.67

Establishment of forest plantation acre 211 15415 15204

- Commercial plantation acre - 8395 8395

- Village firewood acre - 3020 3020

- Watershed plantation acre 211 4000 3789

- Thitseint plantations acre - 900 900

Mass tree planting Tree

(in Million) 0.01 7.12 7.12

Development in the forestry sector of Kachin StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Famous Myanmar Teak

22 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 32: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 23

Transport Sector

In the past, with poor transport, the region had to mainly rely on railway and airway.

At that time, Shwebo-Myitkyina Road was not a fine one, and the remaining roads were

in poor condition. So, local people had to cross Ayeyawady River first by boat if they

wanted to travel from Myitkyina to Bhamo, and to Waingmaw on the east bank of

Ayeyawady, and then to Chibwe and Sawtlaw in the northern part.

In the time of the Tatmadaw Government, 2,688-foot-long Bala Min Htin Bridge

across Ayeyawady River in Myitkyina was opened in 1998, resulting in better transport

in the region. The opening of Sinkhan Bridge on Mandalay-Tagaung-Bhamo-Myitkyina

Road took place in Shwegu Township, Bhamo District, Kachin State, on 13 January 2005.

It is the 178th of the bridges with 180 feet and above in length in the nation.

Now, the people can choose the 350-mile-long Mandalay-Shwebo-Myitkyina Road on

the west bank of Ayayawady River, or the 302-mile-long Mandalay-Mogok-Momeik-Mabein-

Mansi-Bhamo Road on the east bank of Ayayawady River and the 115-mile-long Bhamo-

Myitkyina Road to travel from Mandalay to Myitkyina. The government has constructed

the 375-mile-long Mandalay-Myitkyina Union Highway along the east bank of Ayayawady

River.

The 460-foot-long Sinkhan Bridge is the 12th of the bridges with 180 feet and above

built by the government in Kachin State.

After 1988, Tapein, Tabetchaung, Bala Min Htin, Nantmyitkha, Maliyan, Namsanyan,

Mole, Tanai, Hopin, Mogaung and Mohnyin bridges emerged in Kachin State. Now, the

government is implementing, Kyundaw bridge, Kaunghmulon suspension bridge, and Namti

bridge (Kanhla) projects in the region.

Moreover, it is upgrading the 78-mile-long Putao-Machanbaw-Phayukha-Nawngmon

Road, and the 228-mile-long Myitkyina-Namti-Tanai-Shinbweyan-Pansaung-Ledo Road.

It will also upgrade Myitkyina-Putao Road, and Myitkyina-Pansauk-Ledo Road. The table

shows the progress of transport sector in Kachin State.

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 23

Page 33: Chronicle of National Development

Ayeyawady River crossing Bala Minhtin Bridge

Mogaung Bridge

Page 34: Chronicle of National Development

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Railways

-miles of railroad mile 114.75 122.00 7.25

-miles of railtrack mile 123.94 131.26 7.32

-passenger 1X1000 1967.5 2097.7 130.2

- passenger/mile mile 115079.9 118214.6 3134.7

- Goods Ton (1x1000) 98.8 124.6 25.8

- Goods/mile mile 14344.8 20351.3 6006.5

- Station station 21 33 12

Airways

-Airfield field 7 7 -

- above 5000 ft runway airfield field 4 4 -

- under 5000 ft runway airfield field 3 3 -

Extension of motor road mile 1471/0 1644/0 173/0

-tarred road mile 160/0 315/2 155/2

-gravel road mile 156/0 408/2 252/2

-hard road mile 886/0 675/6 upgrading

-earth road mile 269/0 244/6 upgrading

Bridge

- Public Work

- Above 180 feet bridge 27 42 15

- completed bridge* bridge 27 40 13

- bridge under construction** bridge - 2 2

- Under 180 feet bridge 63 307 244

- completed bridge bridge 63 307 244

* Completed two above 180 feet bridges **Three major bridges under construction1. Bala Minhtin Bridge (across Ayeyawady river) 1. Kyundaw Bridge2. Tanaing Bridge (Tanaing creek) 2. Kaunghmulon Bridge

3. Namti Bridge (Kanhla)

Development in the transportation sector of Kachin StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 25

Page 35: Chronicle of National Development

26 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Communication SectorThe government is taking measures for development of the communication sector of

Kachin State. The following table shows progress of the communication sector of theregion.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Post office office 64 79 15

Telegraph office office 20 29 9

Facsimile - 48 48

Computer telegraph - 6 6

Telephone

-telephone office office 12 56 44

-telephone line line 1140 16250 15110

-exchange exchange 12 41 29

-direct line line 876 13133 12257

-auto/manual phone phone 876 8134 8258

-cellular telephone phone - 3999 3999

-telephone density 1X1000 1.13 9.47 9.47

Microwave station station - 13 13

Rural telephone phone

exchange exchange - 17 17

E-mail/Internet - 14 14

Satellite station1

-DOMSAT station - - -

-VSAT station - 4 4

-iPSTAR station - 8 8

Development in the communication sector of Kachin StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

26 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 36: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 27

Electric PowerThe government is taking systematic measures in order to effectively tap natural

resources in abundance in Kachin State. Hence, there was only a 0.168 megawatt small-scale hydel power plant (Putao) in 1988. But three medium-scale hydel power plants haveemerged in the time of the Tatmadaw Government.

Therefore, the consumption of electricity in Kachin State has increased from 1.371(million) unit in the past to 17.508 (million) unit at present. In addition, two large-scalehydel power plants are under implementation to be able to consume more electricity. Uponcompletion, the two hydel power plants will be able to generate 34.5 megawatt. Thus, thepresent-hydel power plants in Kachin State will soon be able to generate 48.196 megawatt.

Kyeinkharankha hydel power plant in Myitkyina Township generates 5 kilowatts of electricity.

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 27

Page 37: Chronicle of National Development

28 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Electricity consumption unit (in million) 1.371 17.508 16.137

Maximum power megawatt 4.551 15.935 11.384

Current installed power megawatt 5.233 13.696 8.463

Power to be acquired 5.233 48.196 42.963

unit (million)

Extended generating of electricity

- Hydel power plant completed* plant 1 4 3

-Heavy ( above 10 megawatt) plant - - -

- Medium (1to 10 megawatt) plant - 3 3

- Small ( up to 1 megawatt) plant 1 1 -

Installed power megawatt 0.160 8.940 8.780

- Project under implementation** plant - 2 2

-Heavy ( above 10 megawatt) plant - 2 2

- Installed power megawatt - 34.5000 34.5000

Other power plants

-Reclying power plant plant - - -

-Steam engine plant plant - - -

-Natural gas-powered plant plant - - -

-Coal-fired plant - - -

-Diesel-used plant plant 32 50 18

Installed power in the future megawatt 5.233 48.196 42.963

Development in the electric power sector of Kachin StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

*Hydel power plant completed1. Putao 0.160 megawatt (small size) (1988)2. Galaingchaung 1.260megawatt (medium size)3. Kyaingkharankha 2.520 megawatt (medium size)4. Namkhamkha 5.000 megawatt (medium size)**Hydel power porject under implementation1. Malichaung 10.500 megawatt (Large)2. Tabetchaung 24.000 megawatt (Large)

28 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 38: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 29

IndustriesAs efforts are being made for ensuring development of agriculture as the base and all-

round development of other sectors of the economy as well there have been good founda-tions for industrial development in Kachin State. In the past, there were 601 private fac-tories and workshops but there are now 175 private factories and workshops, 95 cottageindustries and 11 State-run factories.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Upgrading of industrial power

-Private industry industry 601 776 175

-Cottage industry industry - 95 95

State-owned industry industry 11 11 -

Development in the industrial sector of Kachin StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Technical Institute in Mohnyin

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 29

Page 39: Chronicle of National Development

30 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Bhamo Degree College

EducationThe government is striving in all seriousness in order to produce more intellectuals and

intelligentsia and to enhance the education standard of the whole region. More basic education

schools were opened in border areas. In the process, there have emerged 137 basic education

schools in border areas, where altogether over 280,000 students are pursuing education. The

strength of teachers has doubled.

The special 24 development regions have been designated and are being implemented to

enable the national race youths to pursue education within their reach. In the past, there was only

one degree college in Kachin State but there are now one university, two degree colleges and

one college. Hence, there were only over 1,000 students who were able to access higher

education in 1988. But there are now 18,035students who are able to do so in the region.

30 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 40: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 31

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Basic education level- Number of school school 1178 1315 137

- High school school 30 77 47

- Middle school school 68 85 17

- Post primary school school - 150 150

- Primary school school 1080 1003 upgrading

- Multi media classroom room - 66 66

- e-learning centre centre - 32 32

Number of teacher teacher 4873 8376 3503

Number of student student 142248 281336 139088

- Preprimary school - Number of school school - 22 22

- Number of children children - 672 672

Teachers education- Education college college 1 1 upgrading

- Number of teacher teacher 15 40 25

- Number of trainees trainees 153 893 740

School enrolment rate percent 62.13 94.51 32.38

Adult literacy rate percent 72.71 93.20 20.50

School dropout rate- Basic level percent 45.35 14.37 30.98

- middle level percent 44.93 12.28 32.65

Upgrading of higher education- University, college, degree college 1 4 3

- Degree college 1 2 1

- College - 1 1

e-learning centre - 35 35

Wide area network - - -

Number of WAN sites - 5 5

Teaching programmes 8 55 47

Number of teacher 86 417 331

Number of student 1252 18035 16783

Human Resource Development Centre - 3 3

Development in the education sector of Kachin StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 31

Page 41: Chronicle of National Development

32 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Technological college college - 3 3

- Government Technological college (Myitkyina) college - 1 1

- Number of courses course - 7 7

- Government Technological college (Bhamo) college - 1 1

- Number of courses course - 7 7

- Government Technological college (Monyin) college - 1 1

- Number of courses course - 7 7

Number of teachers teacher - 172 172

Number of student (graduate) student - 1317 1317

Number of student (current) student - 876 876

-Computercolleges college - 2 2

- Government Computer College (Myitkyina) college - 1 1

- Number of courses course - 5 5

- Government Computer College (Bhamo) college - 1 1

-Number of courses course - 3 3

-Number of teachers teacher - 34 34

-Number of students (graduate) student - 160 160

- Number of student (current) student - 346 346

Development in the science and technology sector of Kachin StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Science and Technology

In combination with the education sector, efforts are being made for the emergence of

experts in science and technological sector. With this end in view, two government techno-

logical colleges and two government computer colleges have emerged in Kachin State. The

four higher learning institutions in Myitkyina and Bhamo special regions are now producing

technocrats and computer scientists by thousands. One government technical institute wasalso opened in Mohnyin.

32 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 42: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 33

Myanmar Gems

Mining and Mineral Resources

Jade, copper, gold and coal have been mined in Kachin State well-known as the jadeland. After 1988, talcum and crystal were also produced in the region. With the encourage-ment of the government, the number of joint venture-private jade block has now increased.Jade and gold are now being mined more than ever. More private entrepreneurs areengaged in those tasks in the interest of the State.

HealthIn an effort to ensure uplift of health, fitness and education standards of the entire nation

the government has been providing health care services to local people in Kachin State like

other states and divisions. The number of hospitals has increased from 35 in the past to 46

to date. Likewise, the strength of health staff has increased from 716 in the past to 1,130

to date. There were 121 doctors in 1988 but there are now 271. One traditional medicine

hospital and five dispensaries were added for ensuring better health care services.

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 33

Page 43: Chronicle of National Development

34 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Upgrading of hospital hospital 35 46 11

- Specialist hospital hospital 2 2 -

- Teaching hospital hospital - - -

- 300-bed hospital - 1 1

- 200-bed hospital 1 1 -

- 150-bed hospital 1 - (-1)

- 100-bed hospital - 2

- 50-bed hospital 5 4 (-1)

- 25-bed hospital 2 2 -

- 16-bed hospital 9 8 (-1)

- Station hospital/ Branch Tsp hospital hospital 15 26 11

Health Centres centre 69 72 3

- Rural Health Centre centre 47 50 3

- Maternal and Child Health Centre centre 19 19 -

- Local Health Centre centre 1 1 -

- School Health Team team 2 2 -

Health Staff staff 716 1330 614

- Doctor (Specialist/Assistant) doctor 121 271 150

- Nurse nurse 177 490 313

- Health staff staff 57 62 5

- Midwife midwife 284 343 59

- Skilled labour labour 8 26 18

- TSP Health Assistant assistant - 4 4

- Health Assistant-1 assistant - 18 18

- Health Assistant assistant 40 51 11

- Supervisor 1,2 supervisor 29 65 36

Traditional medicine

- Traditional Medicine Hospital hospital - 1 1

- Traditional Medicine Clinic clinic 5 10 5

Training School school 1 3 2

- Nurses Training School school - 2 2

- Midwifery School school 1 1 -

Development in the health sector of Kachin StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

34 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 44: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 35

Kachin traditional Manaw Dance

Urban and Rural Development

Steps are being taken for development of urban and rural regions in Kachin State while

striving for improvement of socio-economic life of the local people. The length of urban

roads including tarred roads, gravel roads and laterite roads has increased from 215 miles

and 3 furlongs in the past to 305 miles and 7 furlongs to date.

In the past, measures were taken for ensuring water supply to two towns in Kachin State.

At present, efforts are being made for ensuring water supply to another seven towns. The

length of village-to-village roads has increased from 468 miles in the past to 915 miles to

date for regional development. This includes 53 miles and 2 furlongs of tarred road. To

ensure potable water supply to rural regions, 886 tasks for water supply were carried out

in 306 villages out of 678 villages.

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 35

Page 45: Chronicle of National Development

36 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

-Urban Development

-Urban roads mile 215/3 305/7 90/4

-Tarred road mile 42/5 104/2 61/5

-Gravelled road mile 99/2 94/7 (-)4/3

-Granite road mile 7/2 - (-)7/2

-Earth road mile 66/2 107/6 41/4

-Urban bridge bridge - 291 291

-Concrete bridge - 196 196

-Wood bridge - 54 54

-Conduit pipe - 32 32

-Other bridge - 6 6

-Urban water supply task

Township where tasks to be carried out town 18 9 9

Completed work work 2 9 7

Rural Development

-Rural roads mile 468/0 915/1 547/7

-Tarred road mile 6/0 53/2 47/2

-Gravelled road mile 3/0 119/7 116/7

-Granite road mile 50/4 - (-)50/4

-Earth road mile 408/4 742/0 3333/4

-Rural bridge bridge - 105 105

-Concrete bridge - 38 38

-Wood bridge - 59 59

-Conduit pipe - 8 8

-Other bridge - - -

-Rural water supply task

Village where tasks to be carried out village 678 372 306

Completed work work - 887 887

-Rural housing house - 15 15

Development in the development affairs sector of Kachin StateComparison between period precding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

36 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 46: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 37

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Development regions

-Kachin special region-1 region - 2 2

-Kachin special region-2 region - 1 1

Road and bridge

-Earth road mile - 319/6 319/6

-Gravelled road mile - 201/4 201/4

-Tarred road mile - 2/1 2/1

-Road maintenance mile - 216/1 216/1

-Bridge(large, small,suspension) bridge - 8/196/26 8/196/26

Health care service

-Hospital hospital - 11 11

-Clinic clinic - 30 30

-Rural health centre centre - 24 24

Development in the border areas and national racesaffairs sector of Kachin State

Comparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Border Areas and National Races DevelopmentWith a view to bringing development to Kachin State and ensuring development of na-

tional races, the government has designated Kachin State Special Region-1 and Kachin State

Special Region-2. Thanks to prevalence of peace and tranquillity in Kachin State the two

special regions are enjoying the fruitful results of development.

Those regions, which lagged behind in development in the pasts, are now making

progress like big cities. The youth development training schools were opened in

Myitkyina, Bhamo and Putao. Arrangements are being made to open vocational train-

ing schools in Bhamo, Putao, Dwonban and Daw-phoneyan.

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 37

Page 47: Chronicle of National Development

38 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Education-Primary school school - 178 178

-Middle school school - 11 11

-High school school - 9 9

-Teacher teacher - 747 747

-Student student - 24055 24055

Agriculture-Agriculture office office - 2 2

-Agriculture camp camp - 8 8

-Dam dam - 2 2

-Land reclamation acre - 1000 1000

Forestry-Reserved forest - 1 1

Livestock breeding-Farm farm - 1 1

-Veterinary office office - 4 4

-Distribution of cattle, donkey, sheep - 14 14

Energy-Power station station - 23 23

-Towns with electricity town - 17 17

Public relations-TV retransmission station station - 14 14

Communications-Post office office - 3 3

-Telegraph service service - 5 5

-Telephone office - 6 6

Expenditure kyat (in million) - 5565.66 5565.66-Funds of PBANRDA kyat (in million) - 2153.28 2153.28

-Funds of ministries kyat (in million) - 3412.38 3412.38

Development in the border areas and national racesaffairs sector of Kachin State

Comparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

38 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 48: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 39

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

-TV retransmission station station 2 20 18

-IPRD office office - 24 24

-IPRD library library 14 24 10

-Rural library library - 733 733

-Sub-printing house (Myitkyina) house - 1 1

Development in the information and public relations sectorof Kachin State

Comparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

The photo shows Kachin national races taking part in

Wunpaungneingaungsunra Manaw Dance in Myitkyina, Kachin State.

Information and Public RelationsThe information sector is sending news on efforts of the government serving the

long-term interest of the State and the people and news on economic, social andscience and technology to the people. Kachin State Information and Public RelationsDepartment is taking the following measures for further cementing friendship amongthe national races.

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 39

Page 49: Chronicle of National Development

40 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Sr Bridge Road Township River/Creek Length Width

(feet) (feet)

1 Tapain suspension bridge Bhamo-Myitkyina Moemauk Tapain river 320 18

2 Tabetchaung bridge Bhamo-Myitkyina Waingmaw Tabet creek 450 12feet-4inches

3 Bhala Minhtin bridge Bhamo-Myitkyina Myitkyina Ayeyawady river 2688 40

4 Nantmyitkha bridge Mongna-Waingmaw Waingmaw Nantmyitkha creek 260 12feet4inches

5 Maliyan bridge Bhamo-Myitkyina Waingmaw Mali creek 320 12feet4inches

6 Namsamyan bridge Bhamo-Myitkyina Moemauk Namsamyan creek 320 12feet4inches

7 Moepale bridge Bhamo-Myitkyina Moemauk Moele creek 325 12feet4inches

8 Tanaing bridge Namti-Tanaing-Nanyun Tanaing Tanaing creek 942 12feet

9 Hopin bridge Mandalay-Shwebo-Myitkyina Moenyin Thayet creek 200 42

10 Mogaung bridge Mandalay-Shwebo-Myitkyina Mogaung Namkaung creek 945 32

11 Monyin bridge Shwebo-Myitkyina Moenyin Namyin creek 200 42

12 Sinkhan bridge Shwebo-Myitkyina Bhamo Sinkhan creek 460 36

13 Kyundaw bridge Shwebo-Myitkyina Mogaung Nanyin creek 366 42

180-feet and above major bridges built in Kachin State after 1988

Sr Bridge Road Township River/Creek

Length Width

(feet) (feet)

1 Kaungkhmulon suspension bridge Putao-Naungmon Putao Malikha river 700 9

2 Namti bridge Shwebo-Myitkyina Namti Namti creek 300 30

180-feet and above major bridges being built in Kachin State

4040

Page 50: Chronicle of National Development
Page 51: Chronicle of National Development

42 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Kayah State marching to newgolden land of unity and amity

Located in the eastern part of Myanmar, the 4,530-square-mile Kayah State is home

to national races including Kayah, Kayan, Mono, Kayaw, Yintale, Gekho, Geba, living

together with Kachin, Kayin, Chin, Pa-O, Bamar, Mon, Rakhine, Shan and Intha. It is

like a small Union with a population of 312,001. Its population density is 69 person per

square-mile.

Lying on a high plateau contiguous with the Shan plateau, the elevation of Kayah

State is between 2,950 feet and 6,000 feet above sea level. The raging natural water-

courses are flowing through the mountainous state from the north to south. The Belu

Creek originates at Inlay Lake and flows through the fertile Loikaw plain where various

kinds of crops are cultivated.

In his message sent to the 47th Anniversary Union Day on 12 February 1994, Head

of State Senior General Than Shwe states, “Since its assumption of the State duties,the Government has been giving priority to the cause of nationalities, while placingin the fore Our Three Main National Causes — Non-disintegration of the Union;non-disintegration of national solidarity; and perpetuation of sovereignty.

The time is ripe for national race groups in the jungles to abandon their armedstruggle line posing as an obstacle to the progress of their own races, and to returnto the legal fold with honour, for energetically servi ng the interest of the Union andthe race.”

Peace is the foundation of progress. With sincere goodwill, Tatmadaw has extended

an olive branch to all the armed groups to return to the legal fold, and its ultimate goal

is for prevalence of peace and stability in the whole Union and for all the national people

to enjoy harmonious progress.

Soon after peace and stability has been restored in Kayah State, it is now witnessing

developments in all sectors. I will now present in comparison the situation of Kayah State

in 1988 and at present.

Page 52: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 43

Agriculture

In 1988, Kayah State could not even produce enough food to feed its own people. TheTatmadaw Government has changed the agricultural patterns and water supply programmesof the state. It has built Dawtacha Dam in 1997 to irrigate 1,000 acres of crops inBawlake Township; and Loik-nan-hpa Dam in Demawhso Township to irrigate 2,150acres of land. In addition, it has built water pumping stations and small-scale dams toincrease the sown acreage of the state.

The table shows the development of agricultural sector in Kayah State:

Ngwetaung Dam in Kayah State

Page 53: Chronicle of National Development

44 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Land- Sown acreage acre 105791 245372 139581- Virgin and vacant land acre 152743 68698Water supply task- dam, lake, reservoir, drain - 11 13 2- Task completed* 11 13 2- Benefited acres 55063 58213 3150River water pumping project acre - 3 3- Task completed - 2 2- Task to be carried out - 1 1- Benefited acres - 4532 4532Damming creek acre - 5 5- Average benefited acres - 756 756Artesian wells acre - 5 5- Benefited acres - 37 37 Total benefited acres acre 55063 63538 8375Double cropping acreage acre 2268 33377 31109Extended paddy cultivation acre- Monsoon paddy acreage acre 56007 97243 41236- per acre yield basket 42.38 59.99 17.61- Summer paddy acre - 8620 8620- per acre yield basket - 70.00 70.00- Total production basket in

thousand 2278 5910 3632- Regional rice sufficiency percent - 125 125Progress in acreage ofbeans and pulses acre 1685 40779 39094Progress in maize acreage acre 5026 16928 11902Rubber acreage acre - 111 111Coffee acre - 596 596Progress in edible oil crops- Groundnut acre 7360 14603 7243- Sesame acre 2021 13571 11550- Sunflower acre 727 7674 3047- Mastard acre 47 305 258- Niger acre 598 8091 7493

increase incultivable land

Development in the agriculture sector of Kayah StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

*Dam Completed1. Dawtacha Dam, Bawlake Township, Dawtacha village, Benefited acres (1000)2. Loinanpha Dam, Demoso Township, Loinanpha village, Benefited acres (2150)

Page 54: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 45

Locals in Loikaw Township, Kayah State, harvesting high yield paddy

Page 55: Chronicle of National Development

46 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Reserved Forest sq/mile 74 270 196Protected public forest sq/mile - 1927 1927Establishment of forest plantation acre 200 7175 6957-Commercial plantation acre - 3280 3280-Village firewood acre - 942 942-Watershed plantation acre 200 2935 2735-Thitseint plantations acre - 300 300Mass tree planting Tree 0.09 3.81 3.72

(in Million)

Development in the forestry sector of Kayah StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Forest ConservationThe state grew about 90,000 saplings in 1988. But it planted over 3,810,000 saplings

this year. The table shows the extent of forest conservation work in Kayah State.

Livestock and FisheriesThanks to the assistance of the Government, the state can double its farming sector,

raising 1,136000 heads of livestock at present, up from 545,000 in 1988. The state is nowraising fish in 129.18 acres, and in 1988 it had only three acres of fish farms.

Development in the livestock breeding sector of Kayah StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Extended livestock breeding- Buffalo 27000 28000 1000- Cattle 72000 75000 3000- Sheep/goat 2000 3000 1000- Pig 48000 82000 34000- Chicken 386000 1114000 728000- Duck 2000 13000 11000- Turkey, goose, muscovy duck 4000 8000 4000Fish and prawn breeding 9684 9796 112- Fish breeding pond acre 3.00 232.18 229.18

Page 56: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 47

Road and TransportTill 1988, transport was poor in the state. Aungban-Pinlaung-Moebye-Loikaw road,

Toungoo-Leiktho-Yado road and Loikaw-Hopong road served as gateways to the state inthe past, but the latter facility could not be used in all weathers.

The Government has upgraded the roads including the above-mentioned two facilities.Now the state has 185 miles of motor road including 155 miles and six furlongs of tarredroads. Loikaw-Ponchaung-Shardaw road, Toungoo-Mawchi-Loikaw road, Bawlake-Ywathit-Souppaing road, and Hpasawng-Mehsenam-Meseh-Namman road have beenupgraded.

The new Aungban-Loikaw railroad linking Shan and Kayan states was commissionedinto service on 27 March 1993. The project covered 106.62 miles of railroad for adistance of 101.92 miles as well as 25 railway stations.

The development of the transport sector of Kayah State is shown in the table.

Railways- miles of railroad mile - 8.59 8.59- miles of railtrack mile - 10.90 10.90- passenger 1X1000 - 52.0 52.0

- passenger/mile mile - 3611.0 3611.0- Goods Ton (1x1000) - 4.4 4.4

- Goods/mile mile - 229.6 229.6- Station station - 3 3Airways-Airfield field 1 1 - - above 5000 ft runway airfield field 1 1 -Extension of motor road mile 396/0 581/0 185/0- tarred road mile 126/0 281/6 155/6- gravel road mile 30/0 32/4 2/4- hard road mile 142/0 138/1 upgrading- earth road mile 98/0 128/5 30/5Bridge- Public Works - Above 180 feet bridge 6 8 2 - completed bridge bridge 6 6 - - bridge to be built bridge - 2 2 - Under 180 feet bridge 145 151 6

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Development in the transportation sector of Kayah StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Page 57: Chronicle of National Development

48 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Post office office 8 13 5

Telegraph office 3 11 8

Facsimile - 25 25

Computer telegraph - 1 1

Telephone

-telephone office 3 15 12

-telephone line 650 2293 1589

-exchange 3 9 6

-direct line 558 1917 1358

-auto/manual phone 558 1917 1358

-telephone density 1X1000 2.82 9.04 6.22

Microwave station - 1 1

Rural telephone

exchange - 6 6

E-mail/Internet - - 3 3

Satellite station

-DOMSAT - - -

-VSAT - - -

-iPSTAR - 8 8

Development in the communication sector of Kayah StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

CommunicationsThe table shows the development of the communication sector of Kayah State.

180 feet and above bridges to be built in Kayah State

Sr Bridge Road River/Creek Target length Type

(feet)

1. Hteesekha Tongoo-Loikaw Hteesekha creek 300 RC Hseseng-Hopong

2. Htoochaung Bawlake-Hpahsaung Htoo creek 300 RC

Page 58: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 49

A microwave station in Loikaw

Page 59: Chronicle of National Development

50 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Electricity consumption unit (in million) 4.405 20.950 16.545

Maximum power megawatt 3.000 5.340 2.340

Current installed power megawatt 168.873 196.703 27.830

Extended generating of electricity

- Hydel power plant completed plant 2 4 2

-Heavy ( above 10 megawatt) plant 1 2 1

- Small ( up to 1 megawatt) plant 1 2 1

- Installed power megawatt 168.108 196.108 28.000

Other power plants

-Reclying power plant plant - - -

-Steam engine plant plant - - -

-Natural gas- fired plant - - -

-Coal-fired plant - - -

-Diesel-used plant plant 4 27 23

Development in the electric power sector of Kayah StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Completed Hydel Power Plant1. Biluchaung-2 168.000 megawatt (heavy) (1988)2. Hpahsaung 0.108 megawatt (small) (1988)3. Biluchaung-1 28.00 megawatt (heavy)

Electricity

Kayah State, with many falls and rapids, had the large 168-megawatt Bilu Creek

Hydel Power Plant and the small-scale 0.108-megawatt power hydel power station at

Hpasawng before 1988. The Tatmadaw Government built a new 28-megawatt power

plant on Bilu Creek. Power consumption of the state has risen to five times the amount

it did in 1988. The table shows the development of electricity sector of the state:

Page 60: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 51

Bilu Creek Hydel Power Plant in Kayah State

Page 61: Chronicle of National Development

52 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

EducationThe education promotion plans of the Government cover Kayah State. The number of

students is increasing as the strength of teachers has risen. The increase in the schoolenrolment rate and adult literacy rate in the state is encouraging.

Loikaw covered by the 24-development zone project has now an arts and scienceuniversity. Thus, local youths can pursue higher education in their own region. Thefollowing table shows the sustainable developments the state has been achieving in theeducation sector since 1988:

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Upgrading of industrial power

Private industry plant 270 270 -

-Cottage industry plant - 33 33

State-owned industry plant 4 7 3

Development in the industrial sector of Kayah StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Mining and Mineral ResourcesMawchi Mines is producing tin, tungsten and shale. Discovery of marble and anti-

mony after 1988 has generated more job opportunities. The state produced 188.16 metrictons of marble and 160 tons of antimony in 2005.

Industrial SectorSeven State-owned industries, 33 cottage industries and 270 private industries are

running in the state. The government has given priority to the further development of thesector.

Development in the education sector of Kayah StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Basic education level- Number of school school 333 388 55 - High school school 7 16 9 - Middle school school 27 31 4 - Post primary school school - 32 32 - Primary school school 299 309 upgrading

- Multi media classroom room - 21 21- e-learning centre centre - 13 13Number of teacher teacher 1259 1950 691Number of student student 29916 50470 20554

Page 62: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 53

Science and TechnologyLike in all other states and divisions, the science and technology development pro-

gramme of Kayah State is gaining more ground. A government technological college anda government computer college are producing hundreds of technicians and computerscientists in the state. The two colleges were built after 1988.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

- Preprimary school - Number of school school - 15 15 - Number of children children - 334 334School enrolment rate percent 53.26 95.50 42.24Adult literacy rate percent 50.00 97.4 38.40School dropout rate- Primary level percent 37.45 6.20 31.25- middle level percent 39.25 8.14 22.73Upgrading of higher education- University, college, degree college - 1 1 - Arts and Science University - 1 1- College - 1 1e-learning centre - 1 1Wide area network - - -Number of WAN sites - 1 1Teaching programmes - 40 40Number of teacher - 138 138Number of student - 3051 3051Human Resource Development Centre - 1 1

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 ProgressTechnological college college - 1 1- Government Technological college (Loikaw) college - 1 1 -Number of courses course - 4 4 -Number of teachers teacher - 68 68 -Number of students (graduate) student - 360 360 -Number of students (current) student - 321 321-Computer College college - 1 1- Government Computer College (Loikaw) college - 1 1 -Number of courses course - 4 4 -Number of teachers teacher - 22 22 -Number of students (graduate) student - 184 184 -Number of students (current) student - 245 245

Development in the science and technology sector of Kayah StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Page 63: Chronicle of National Development

54 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Urban and Rural DevelopmentDevelopment in economic and social sectors has helped improve the standard of towns

and villages in the state. There are now 29 miles and two furlongs more urban roads and99 more urban bridges than in 1988. There were no rural roads and bridges in the past.Now the state has 223 miles of rural roads and 65 rural bridges.

Four towns have now urban water supply system. Three more towns are also coveredby the urban water supply project. A total of 130 water supply works are being carriedout in 39 villages.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Upgrading of hospital hospital 15 16 1- 200-bed hospital - 1 1- 150-bed hospital 1 - upgrading- 25-bed hospital 4 7 3- 16-bed hospital 2 - upgrading- Station hospital/ Branch Tsp hospital hospital 8 8 -Health Centres centre 32 36 4- Rural Health Centre centre 24 28 4- Maternal and Child Health Centre centre 6 6 -- Local Health Centre centre 1 1 -- School Health Team team 2 2 -Health Staff staff 351 570 219- Doctor (Specialist/Assistant) doctor 125 271 146- Nurse nurse 177 462 285- Health staff staff 24 28 4- Midwife midwife 137 162 25- Skilled labour labour 5 7 2- TSP Health Assistant assistant 14 28 14- Health Assistant-1 assistant - 18 18- Health Assistant assistant 40 51 11- Superviser 1,2 superviser 29 65 36Traditional medicine- Traditional Medicine Hospital hospital - 1 1- Traditional Medicine Clinic clinic 4 9 5Training School school - 1 1- Nurses Training School school - 1 1

Development in the health sector of Kayah StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

HealthHealth services of the state are also developing as in all other states and divisions. The

150-bed hospital in Loikaw has been upgraded to a 200-bed facility, and it has beenreinforced with more specialist surgeons. The state has doubled the number of doctorsworking in it and added hundreds of health staff of other levels to the related facilities.It has one traditional medicine hospital and nine traditional medicine dispensaries. Thefollowing table documents progress of the health sector:

Page 64: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 55

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Urban development-Urban roads mile 50/2 82/4 32/2 -Tarred road mile 18/7 19/6 -/7 -Gravelled road mile 10/2 33/5 23/3 -Earth road mile 21/1 29/1 8-Urban bridge bridge - 101 101 -Concrete bridge - 59 59 -Wood bridge - 42 42-Urban water supply tasksTownship where tasks to be carried out town 7 3 4Completed work work 2 4 2Rural Development-Rural roads mile - 223/3 223/3 -Tarred road mile - 6/1 6/1 -Gravelled road mile - 109/5 109/5 -Granite road mile - 9/7 9/7 -Earth road mile - 98/2 98/2-Rural bridge bridge - 65 65-Rural water supply tasksVillage where tasks to be carried out village 204 165 39Completed work work - 130 130-Rural housing house - 16 16

Development in the development affairs sector of Kayah StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Development regions-Kayah region region - 1 1Road and bridge-Earth road mile - 179/3 179/3-Gravelled road mile - 176/1 176/1-Tarred road mile - 13 13-Bridge( small) bridge - 29 29

Development in the border areas and national races affairs sector ofKayah State

Comparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Border Areas and National Races DevelopmentDevelopment is the result of peace. The development drive in Kayah State indicates

the need for all the national races to constantly enjoy the fruits of peace and progress.The border areas and national races development project has provided the above-men-tioned facilities for Kayah State:

Page 65: Chronicle of National Development

56 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Information and Public RelationsThe information sector is informing the public about the Government’s endeavours to

serve the interests of the nation and the people energetically, while keeping in the foreOur Three Main National Causes. The sector has been developed for all the nationalitiesto unitedly march to the golden age without fail. The table indicates the sector’s improve-ment:

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

-TV retransmission station station - 7 7-IPRD office office - 8 8-IPRD library library 3 8 5-Rural library library - 133 133-e-Library library - 1 1

Development in the information and public relations sector of Kayah StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 ProgressHealth care service-Hospital hospital - 5 5-Clinic clinic - 3 3-Rural health centre centre - 22 22Education-Primary school school - 35 35-Middle school school - 8 8-Hight school school - 5 5-Teacher teacher - 322 322-Student student - 12687 12687Agriculture-Agriculture office office - 3 3-Agriculture camp camp - 5 5-Dam dam - 10 10-Canal acre - 1 1Livestock breeding-Veterinary office office - 4 4-Distribution of cattle, donkey, sheep - 12 12Energy-Power station station - 34 34-Towns with electricity town - 39 39Public relations-TV retransmission station station - 5 5Communications-Post office office - 2 2-Telegraph service service - 3 3-Telephone phone - 3 3Expenditure kyat (in million) - 1313.42 1313.42-Funds of PBANRDA kyat (in million) - 976.88 976.88-Funds of ministries kyat (in million) - 336.54 336.54

Page 66: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 57

Page 67: Chronicle of National Development

58 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Kayin State marching to newgolden land of unity and amity

A mini Union where nationalities including Kayin, Pa-O, Mon, Bamar, Rakhineand Shan are living in unity and amity, Kayin State lies in the south-eastern sector ofMyanmar. With its population of 1,653,000, the population density 11,730-square-mileis 145 per square mile in Kayin State covering 11,730 sq miles.

Kayin State is a land of plains, mountains and forests. In the east are the mountainranges running from north to south, and plains are located in the west of the mountainranges. Major rivers flowing in the state are the Thanlwin, the Thaungyin, the Attaranand the Gyaing.

At the ceremony to launch the Thanlwin Bridge (Hpa-an) held on 3 August 1997,Head of State Senior General Than Shwe said, “It is not for the economic profits thata large amount of funds has been used to build the Thanlwin Bridge (Hpa-an), butfor the development of Kayin State, and for the locals, suffering from various kindsof troubles caused by insurgency, to enjoy a better life.”

It is the sincere goodwill of the Tatmadaw Government to built development infra-structures in all regions with ardent efforts as soon as it achieves peace and stability. TheGovernment is gaining ground in overcoming the backwardness the nation faced in thepast, despite the riches in natural resources, with the power of the heightening develop-ment drive. The past backwardness was due to weakness in unity.

Thanks to the Government’s endeavours, Kayin State has been achieving harmo-nious progress as a place where love and unity of the national races is prevailing. I willnow present the situation of the state in 1988 and at present.

AgricultureThe fertile soil, the assistance provided by the Government, and the efforts of the

local people have enabled Kayin State to see a sustainable development in agriculture.Thanks to five river pumping stations and small scale dams, the state can grow 60,000more acres of crops and put 80,000 acres of land under multiple cropping.

Now the state can even grow nearly 100,000 acres of paddy in summer. In the past,summer paddy was not cultivated in the state. As the state can double its paddy produc-tion, it can now enjoy surplus food.

Page 68: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 59

The following table shows the sustainable development in cultivating beans andpulses, edible oil crops, rubber and coffee, in addition to paddy:

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Land resource- Sown acreage acre 666194 837466 171272- Virgin and vacant land acre 370924 232964Water supply task- dam, lake, reservoir, drain - 22 23 1- Task completed* 22 23 1- Benefited acres 34202 34302 100River water pumping project - 5 5- Task completed - 4 4- Task under implementation - 1 1- Benefited acres - 5800 5800Damming creek - 35 35- Average benefited acres - 551 551 Total benefited acres 34202 40653 6451Double cropping acreage acre 19537 100469 80932Extended paddy cultivation- Monsoon paddy acreage acre 383069 492032 108963- per acre yield basket 42.97 54.61 11.64- Summer paddy acre - 119240 119240- per acre yield basket - 70.00 70.00- Total production basket in

thousand 16019 26903 10884- Regional rice sufficiency per cent - 119 119Progress in acreage ofbeans and pulses acre 7809 90521 82712- sugarcane acreage acre 2923 7459 4536- maize acreage acre 44 22541 22497Rubber acreage acre 9510 41911 32401 Tea acreage acre 352 2962 2610Coffee acre 2504 6923 4419Edible oil crops- Groundnut acre 8867 20759 11892- Sunflower acre 257 692 435

increase incultivable land

*Dam Completed1. Seinbanmyaing dam, Hlaingbwe Township, Myainggyingu, benefited acres-100, water supply

Development in the agriculture sector of Kayin StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Page 69: Chronicle of National Development

60 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Livestock and FisheriesThe Government is developing the livestock and fisheries sector together with

agriculture. The state has doubled its livestock from 1,413,000 heads of animals in 1988to 2,664,000 at present.

Fish-plus-paddy farming has been conducted on 240 acres of land in the state. Atotal 120,000 fish fries were put into the paddy fields. The state has 326.09 acres of fishfarms, up from 95.95 acres in 1988 or almost tripled. It has now 80 acres of prawnbreeding ponds.

Development in the livestock breeding sector of Kayin StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Extended livestock breeding

- Buffalo 51000 72000 21000

- Cattle 255000 295000 40000

- Sheep/goat 29000 49000 20000

- Pig 96000 204000 108000

- Chicken 858000 2281000 1423000

- Duck 104000 212000 108000

- Turkey, goose, muscovy duck 20000 32000 12000

Fish and prawn breeding 9684 9796 112

- Fish breeding pond acre 95.95 326.09 230.14

- Paddy plus fish acre - 240 240

- number 1X100000 - 1.20 1.20

Prawn breeding acre - 80.00 80.00

Forest ConservationKayin State is protecting and conserving its forests. It has extended the areas of

reserved forests, sanctuaries and protected public forests. As a public movement, the statehas grown over 600,000 saplings. It has also set up village forest plantations for fuel andeconomic purposes in rural areas. It has also conserved the watershed areas to maintainthe waterway systems of natural watercourses. Please see the table showing the forestrysector to know the state’s forest conservation endeavours:

Page 70: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 61

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Reserved Forest sq/mile 1633 1633 -

Protected public forest sq/mile - 1578 1578

Natural land area sq/mile 115.48 115.48 -

Establishment of forest plantation acre 400 7840 7440

-Commercial plantation acre 400 5812 5412

-Village firewood acre - 743 743

-Watershed plantation acre - 1285 1285

-Thitseint plantations acre - 450 450

Mass tree planting Tree

(in Million) 0.01 0.81 0.80

Development in the forestry sector of Kayin StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Road and TransportWith the conviction — the development in roads and bridges will add strength to the

nation — the Government has been developing the road and transport sector of the state

with greater momentum. In the past, there were no bridges across Thanlwin River. The

Government commissioned into service the 2,252-foot Thanlwin Bridge (Hpa-an) on 3

August 1997. It also built the 2,900-foot Gyaing River Bridge (Zathabyin) in Hpa-an

Township and 1,200-foot Gyaing River Bridge (Kawkareik) in Kawkareik Township.

In addition to the bridges, it has also built Mudon-Myawady road, Thaton-Myaingale-

Bakap-Hpa-an road, Thaton-Myaingale-Kawkareik road, Zathabyin-Eindu-Hpa-an road,

Hpa-an-Kawkareik-Myawady road, and Thandaungyi-Thandaung road. The state now

has 216 miles of road including 138 miles of tarred roads.

The rail-cum-road Donthami Bridge linking Kayin and Mon States was inaugurated

in 2002. The bridge is 600 feet long.The Myawady-Kawkareik-Hlaingkwet-Winka-

Page 71: Chronicle of National Development

62 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Metharaw-Mudon road section and Myawady-Kawkareik-Hpa-an-Thaton road section

are inclusive in the Asian highways, ASEAN highways and other transnational highways

plus Mekong Basin Region highway that will pass through the nation for its development.

The table shows the development of the state’s road and transport sector:

Gyaing (Kawkareik) Bridge.

Page 72: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 63

Railways

- miles of railroad mile 16.00 16.00 -

- miles of railtrack mile 16.75 16.75 -

- passenger 1X1000 - - -

- passenger/mile mile - - -

- Goods Ton (1x1000) - 92.27 92.27

- Goods/mile mile - 14584.6 14584.6

- Station station 6 6 -

Airways

- Airfield field 7 7 -

- under 5000 ft runway airfield field 2 2 -

Extension of motor road mile 554/0 771/4 217/4

- tarred road mile 201/0 340/0 139/2

- gravel road mile 45/0 198/1 63/1

- hard road mile 178/0 117/7 (-)60/1

- earth road mile 130/0 205/4 75/4

Bridge

- Public Works

- Above 180 feet bridge 8 13 5

- completed bridge* bridge 8 13 5

- Under 180 feet bridge 117 274 157

Subject Count 1988 31-12-05 Progress

Development in the transportation sector of Kayin StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

*Three above 180 feet bridges built under special project

1. Thanlwin Bridge (Hpa-an) Thanlwin River 2252 feet steel frame

2. Gyaing (Zathabyin) Bridge Gyaing River 2900 feet steel frame suspension

3. Gyaing (Kawkareik) Bridge Gyaing River 1200 feet Bailey type suspension

Page 73: Chronicle of National Development

64 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Post office office 27 33 6Telegraph office office 7 13 6Facsimile 1 22 21Computer telegraph - 1 1Telephone-telephone office office 5 24 19-telephone line line 764 3811 3047-exchange exchange 5 20 15-direct line line 643 3495 2852-auto/manual phone phone 643 3266 2623-auto radio telephone phone - 229 229-telephone density 1X1000 0.65 2.18 1.53Microwave station station 1 7 6Rural telephone phoneexchange exchange - 6 6E-mail/Internet - 3 3Satellite station-DOMSAT station - 1 1-VSAT station - 4 4-iPSTAR station - 1 1

Development in the communication sector of Kayin StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

CommunicationsThe table of communication sector indicates the development of the sector in Kayin

State:

ElectricityThe Government has been applying innovative means to fully tap the country’s rich

water resources for serving the interest of Myanmar and her national races till posterity.Kayin State had only one hydel power station in Papun before 1988. It was a 0.164-

megawatt facility. The power consumption of the state then was only about 10 millionunits. The Tatmadaw Government built 10 diesel power stations and linked the electricitygenerated by them to the national grid. Thus, Kayin state’s power consumption hasincreased to nearly 180 million units. But it is only one step of development drive. TheGovernment is implementing two major hydel power plant projects in the state to signifi-

Page 74: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 65

Government Technological College (Hpa-an)

Thanlwin Bridge (Hpa-an)

Page 75: Chronicle of National Development

66 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

cantly increase its power consumption. One is the 25-megawatt Dayaing Creek (Paingkyon)

Hydel Power Project and the other is the Hatgyi Hydel Power Project that will generate

400 megawatts in the first stage, and 200 megawatts in the second stage. Now, I will

present the state’s electricity sector with the table.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Electricity consumption unit (in million) 10.274 178.882 168.608

Maximum power megawatt 6.500 33.000 26.500

Current installed power megawatt 1.999 2.658 0.659

Extended generating of electricity

- Hydel power plant completed* plant 1 1 -

- Small ( up to 1 megawatt) plant 1 1 -

-Project under implementation** project - 2 2

- Heavy (up to 10 megawatt) - 2 2

Installed power megawatt - 625.000 625.000

Other power plants

-Reclying power plant plant - - -

-Steam engine plant plant - - -

-Natural gas-powered plant plant - - -

-Coal-fired plant - - -

-Diesel-used plant plant 24 34 10

Installed power in the future megawatt 1.999 627.658 625.659

Development in the electric power sector of Kayin StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

*Hydel Power Plant Completed1. Hpapun 0.164 megawatt (small) 1988** Hydel power project under implementation1. Dayaingchaung (Paingkyon) 25 megawatt (Heavy)2. Hatkyi first phase 400 megawatt (Heavy)

second phase 200 megawatt (Heavy)

Page 76: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 67

IndustriesThe state now has 489 private industries, up from 409 in 1988. The number of cottage

industries in the state is 110. Three new State-owned industries have been commissionedinto services in the state to generate more job opportunities. The state already had sixState-owned industries in the past.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Upgrading of industrial power

-Private industry plant 409 489 80

-Cottage industry plant - 110 110

State-owned industry plant 6 9 3

Development in the industrial sector of Kayin StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

No-3 Cement Plant (Hpa-an)

Page 77: Chronicle of National Development

68 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Mining and Mineral ResourcesKayin State could not produce any mineral on commercial scale in the past. But in

2004-2005, it produced 3,000 metric tons of zinc, 44 metric tons of antimony, 6,142.65metric tons of industrial- limestone for use in industries, 103,933.33 metric tons of ironore and 39,845 metric tons of asbestos.

EducationThe education policy of the Government covers developing the education sector of all

states and divisions and producing human resources. Kayin State is also producing bril-liant human resources that will serve its interest in the future.

At present, there are 146 high, middle and primary schools in Kayin State, and over5,000 teachers. The number of students is over 200,000. In 1988, there was only onecollege in Kayin State. Now the state is one arts and science university and one educationcollege. In the past only a few hundred students pursued higher education. Now thenumber has increased fifty-folds.

Kayin State is now enjoying significant increase in the school enrolment rate and adultliteracy rate while reducing the school droput rate. The table shows the readers thedevelopment of the state’s education sector.

The main building of Hpa-an University

Page 78: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 69

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Basic education level- Number of school school 1149 1295 146 - High school school 20 55 35 - Middle school school 65 77 12 - Post primary school school - 122 122 - Primary school school 1064 1041 23- Multi media classroom room - 44 44- e-learning centre centre - 17 17Number of teacher teacher 4116 5860 1744Number of student student 133777 216358 82581- Preprimary school - Number of school school - 48 48 - Number of children children - 871 871Teachers education- Education college college 1 1 upgrading- Number of teacher teacher - 34 34- Number of trainees trainees - 1408 1408School enrolment rate percent 66.28 96.91 30.63Adult literacy rate percent 59.15 92.2 33.05School dropout rate- Basic level percent 35.6 13.15 22.45- middle level percent 43.86 21.13 22.73Upgrading of higher education- University, college, degree college 1 2 1- Arts and Science University - 1 1- College 1 1 -e-learning centre - 2 2Wide area network - - -Number of WAN sites - 3 3Teaching programmes 8 40 32Number of teacher teacher 47 183 137Number of student student 116 5639 5523Human Resource Development Centre centre - 1 1

Development in the education sector of Kayin StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Page 79: Chronicle of National Development

70 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Technological College college - 1 1- Government Technological College (Hpa-an) college - 1 1 - Number of courses course - 7 7 - Number of teachers teacher - 100 100 - Number of student (graduate) student - 484 484 - Number of student (current) student - 463 463-Computer College college - 1 1- Government Computer College (Hpa-an) college - 1 1 - Number of courses course - 6 6 - Number of teachers teacher - 29 29 - Number of students (graduate) student - 577 577 - Number of students (current) student - 642 642

Development in the science and technology sector of Kayin StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Science and TechnologyThe State is making arrangements to increase the number of intellectuals as well as

intelligentsia in Kayin State. Hpa-an, the capital of the state, now has a governmentcomputer college and a government technological college in addition to the arts andscience university. The two colleges have already produced over 1000 technicians to thisdate. A total of 129 teachers are giving lectures to 1105 students at the two colleges.

Hpa-an University

Page 80: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 71

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Upgrading of hospital hospital 17 26 9- 200-bed hospital - 1 1- 150-bed hospital 1 - upgrading- 100-bed hospital 1 1 -- 50-bed hospital - 2 2- 25-bed hospital 5 4 upgrading- Station hospital/ Branch Tsp hospital hospital 10 18 8Health Centres centre 50 58 8- Rural Health Centre centre 40 48 8- Maternal and Child Health Centre centre 8 8 -- Local Health Centre centre 1 1 -- School Health Team team 1 1 -Health Staff staff 480 814 334- Doctor (Specialist/Assistant) doctor 63 134 71- Nurse nurse 94 199 105- Health staff staff 39 47 8- Midwife midwife 220 283 63- Skilled labour labour 8 14 6- TSP Health Assistant assistant - 4 4- Health Assistant-1 assistant - 7 7- Health Assistant assistant 28 38 10- Supervisor 1,2 supervisor 28 88 60Traditional medicine- Traditional Medicine Hospital hospital - 1 1- Traditional Medicine Clinic clinic 4 9 5Training School school 1 2 1- Nurses Training School school - 1 1- Midwifery School school 1 1 -

Development in the health sector of Kayin StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

HealthThe Government’s health care services also cover Kayin State. More hospitals have

been opened and the existing ones upgraded. Under the 24-development zone project,Hpa-an has got a 200-bed hospital. Nine more hospitals and eight more health carecentres have been opened in the state since 1988.

The Government has been appointing more health staff including specialists to thestate. In addition to the existing midwifery school, a new nursing school has beenopened in the state. One traditional medicine hospital and nine dispensaries are takingcare of the health of locals in the state. The table reflects the Government’s goodwilltowards Kayin State concerning the health sector:

Page 81: Chronicle of National Development

72 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Specialists Hospital in Hpa-an

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Urban development-Urban roads mile 67/3 115/1 44/4 -Tarred road mile 30/2 52/3 22/1

-Gravelled road mile 11/2 33/5 22/3

- Granite road mile 2/7 - upgrading

-Earth road mile 23/0 29/1 upgrading

-Urban bridge bridge - 237 237 -Concrete bridge - 124 124

-Wood bridge - 111 111

-Conduit conduit - 7 7

Development in the development affairs sector of Kayin StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Urban and Rural DevelopmentWith the belief — Towns will develop only with the rural development — the

Government has extended its development drive to cover all towns and villages in thestate. The state now has 50 miles of urban tarred roads and 237 urban bridges.

Six towns now have clean water supply, and one more town will receive it underthe project. A total of 391 waterworks have been erected in 248 villages for provid-ing potable water to them. The state has seen the emergence of 1,084 miles (66 mileshave been tarred) of new rural roads.

Page 82: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 73

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

-Urban water supply tasksTownship where tasks to be carried out town 7 1 6

Completed work work 1 6 5

Rural Development-Rural roads mile 329/5 1413/6 1084/1 -Tarred road mile - 87/7 87/7

-Gravelled road mile 1/0 144/2 143/2

-Granite road mile 12/5 58/5 46/0

-Earth road mile 316/0 1179/6 863/6

-Rural bridge bridge - 171 171 -Concrete bridge - 21 21

-Wood bridge - 150 150

-Rural water supply tasksVillage where tasks to be carried out village 480 293 187

Completed work work - 401 401

Border Areas and National Races Development

Kayin State is covered by the Tatmadaw Government’s border areas and national races

development drive. The entire nation is seeing with pleasure the regional development in

the state due to the harmonious efforts of the Government and the national race groups

that have returned to the legal fold.

In addition to opening opportunities for local youths to pursue arts and science subjects

and computer science and technology of the higher learning, the Government has also

opened a vocational training centre and a youth development training school in Hpa-an.

The Government is gaining success in warding off the evil legacies of the past. It

is reinforcing new strength for development of border areas and national races. The table

shows the Government’s endeavours.

Development in the development affairs sector of Kayin StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 73

Page 83: Chronicle of National Development

74 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Agriculture-Agriculture camp camp - 6 6-Dam dam - 1 1-canal canal - 1 1- Water supply tasks task - 1 1Livestock breeding-Veterinary office office - 2 2Energy-Power station station - 18 18-Towns with electricity town - 15 15Public relations-TV retransmission station station - 6 6Communications-Post office office - 6 6-Telegraph service service - 5 5-Telephone - 2 2Expendenture kyat (in million) - 5626.13 5626.13-Funds of PBANRDA kyat (in million) - 2907.14 2907.14-Funds of ministries kyat (in million) - 2718.99 2718.99Development region region - 1 1Kayin region region - 1 1Road and bridge-Earth road mile - 159 159-Gravelled road mile - 229/2 229/2-Tarred road mile - 32/3 32/3-Road maintenance mile - 35/0 35/0-Bridge(large, small) bridge - 5/77 5/77Health care service-Hospital hospital - 4 4-Clinic clinic - 1 1-Rural health centre centre - 26 26Education-Primary school school - 41 41-Middle school school - 8 8-High school school - 4 4-Teacher teacher - 363 363-Student student - 16880 16880

Development in the border areas and national races affairs sector ofKayin State

Comparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

74 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 84: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 75

Information and Public Relations

The information sector is distributing the news about the Government’s endeav-

ours to consolidate national solidarity, and to narrow the development gap between

one region and another with the conviction — all the national people will join

hands in the national development and modernization drive with goodwill and unity.

The table shows the state’s drive towards reaching the golden land.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

-TV retransmission station station - 6 6

-IPRD office office - 10 10

-IPRD library library 6 10 4

-Departmental library library - 1 1

-Rural library library - 709 709

-e-Library library - 1 1

Development in the information and public relations sector ofKayin State

Comparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 75

Page 85: Chronicle of National Development

A Mobile Library in Hpa-an

A Mobile Library in Hlaingbwe

Page 86: Chronicle of National Development
Page 87: Chronicle of National Development

78 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Chin State marching to newgolden land of unity and amityLocated in the western sector of the Union of Myanmar, the 13,907-square-mile Chin

State is home to Chin, Mro, Khami and Bamar national races. A union within the Union,the state has a population of about 514,000, and its population density is 37 persons persquare mile.

It is a mountainous region, with very few plains. Many natural watercourses areflowing among mountain ranges running from north to south forming a number valleysand gorges. Mount Victoria or Mount Khawnusoum, 10,200 feet high, is the highest peakin Chin State. The state has a lot of rivers, and the Manipura River flows through itsnorthern territory.

During his tour of the country to make arrangements for regional development in thefirst week of March 1994, Head of State Senior General Than Shwe gave guidance,saying, “There may be difficulties and hardships in carrying out development undertak-ings. But our current sacrifices will bring benefits to us to a certain degree, and willcontribute to improving the living standard of the people till posterity. Thus, we all needto work with conviction and goodwill.”

As some regions of the nation were in backwardness, the Tatmadaw had to double ortriple its efforts to develop and modernize the whole Union and to narrow the develop-ment gap among the people, with the participation of the national races.

Thanks to the goodwill endeavours of the Government, Chin State is enjoying progressin all sectors. Now, I will compare the situation of the state in the past and at the present.

AgricultureThe Government is making utmost efforts for the local people to utilize the land and

water resources of the mountainous region, with very few plains, to the most effectivedegree.

It built Laingva Dam in Falam Township and opened it on 6 April 1994 to irrigate 500acres of crops. In many cases, man has the ability to accomplish, what was assumedimpossible. The Government had to overcome many difficulties in building the LaingvaDam on the uneven terrain. The dam is now contributing towards progress of the state’sagriculture.

Page 88: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 79

Tea plantations in Chin State

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 79

Page 89: Chronicle of National Development

80 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

The Government has targeted to set up over 1.1 million acres of highland farms in themountainous regions where crop cultivation was difficult. The state itself had reclaimed1,276 acres of highland farms.

The Tatmadaw is also rendering assistance to cultivate crops that grow well in thestate, and implementing the project to turn Chin State into a major tea growing region.The state can now increase tea sown acreage to 35 times from merely 158 acres in 1988to 10010 acres at present.

The Manipura Multipurpose Dam Project in Falam Township will irrigate large stretchesof land and generate electricity. Annually, seven million acre-feet of water is flowing intothe Manipura Dam.

The table shows the sustainable development of the agricultural sector in Chin State.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Land resource- Sown acreage acre 376031 220349 116405Water supply task- dam, lake, reservoir, drain - - 2 2- Task completed - 1 1- Task to be carried out* - 1 1- Benefited acres - 500 500Damming creek - 68 68- Average benefited acres - 174 174Total benefited acres - 674 674Extended paddy cultivation 2696 13718 11022- Monsoon paddy acreage acre 86781 120002 33221- per acre yield basket 32.52 66.5 33.99- Summer paddy acre - 315 315- per acre yield basket - 62.00 62.00- Total production basket in

thousand 2805 4297 1492- Regional rice sufficiency percent - 81 81Progress in acreage ofbeans and pulses acre 26787 44314 12527- cotton acreage acre - 1474 1474- sugarcane acreage acre 335 757 422- maize acreage acre 64383 90037 25654

Development in the agriculture sector of Chin StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

80 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 90: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 81

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

- Tea acreage acre 158 10010 9852- Coffee acre - 1165 1165Edible oil crops- Groundnut acre 751 3353 2602- Sesame acre - 7161 3626- Sunflower acre 661 6341 6580- Mustard acre 465 1909 1444- Niger acre 457 4219 3762

Livestock and FisheriesThe Government has been helping Chin State to catch up with other regions in fish

and meat sector. The state raises nearly 35 million heads of livestock at present, up from

only about one million in 1988. In the past, there were 16.17 acres of fish ponds, but now,

there are 86.37 acres of fish ponds. As the Government has given encouragement to raise

native animals, Chin State can now raise 39,000 heads of mythun, and the mythun

farming has become one of the main economic undertakings helping development the

socio-econmy of the region.

Development in the livestock breeding sector of Chin StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Extended livestock breeding- Buffalo 20000 39000 19000- Cattle 84000 1210000 37000- Sheep/goat 38000 59000 21000- Pig 139000 203000 64000- Chicken 721000 1838000 1117000- Duck 8000 22000 14000- Turkey, goose, muscovy duck - 7000 7000- Mythun - 39000 39000Fish and prawn breeding- Fish breeding pond acre 16.17 86.37 70.21

* Dam to be Built1. Manipura Dam, Falam Township, Benefited acres (100000)

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 81

Page 91: Chronicle of National Development

82 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Forests ConservationThanks to the cooperation of the Government and the local people, forest conservation

and plantation in the state is gaining more progress than that in the past. Many newprotected public forests have been set up and tree plantation in the state shows encour-aging signs of improvement.

The past mass movement managed to grow only about 50,000 saplings. At presentmore people are taking part in the task. The state has planted 6030,000 saplings. I wouldlike to prove the state’s progress in the forestry sector with the table.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Reserved Forest sq/mile 605 696 91Protected public forest sq/mile - 1335 1335Natural land area plantation acre 1000 25670 24670-Village firewood acre - 20830 19830-Industrial plantation acre 200 150 (-) 50-Watershed plantation acre - 1350 1350-Thitseint plantations acre - 300 300Mass tree planting Tree

(in Million) 0.05 6.03 5.98

Development in the forestry sector of Chin StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Green forests of Chin State

82 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 92: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 83

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Airways-Airfield field 1 1 - - under 5000 ft runway airfield field 1 1 -Extension of motor road mile 695/0 1061/6 366/6- tarred road mile 40/0 193/6 153/6- gravelled road mile 5/0 278/4 273/4- hard road mile 30/0 22/3 upgrading- earth road mile 620/0 567/4 upgradingBridge- Public Works - Above 180 feet bridge 2 5 3 - completed bridge bridge 2 4 2

- bridge under construction* bridge - 1 1 - Under 180 feet bridge 37 47 10

Development in the transportation sector of Chin StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

* Bridge under construction1. Mehsaung bridge (Manipura river) Tiddim-Reed lake road, 460 feet Bailey type suspension bridge.

Road and Transport SectorThe Government has been building many new miles of roads in the mountainous

region. Earth roads have been upgraded into gravel ones, and the gravel roads to tarredfacilities. The 115-mile Kalay-Falam-Haka road has already completed at present. Tarredroads including 70-mile-and-four-furlong Gangaw-Haka road, 102-mile Mindat-Matupi road,172-mile-and-seven-furlong Haka-Matupi road, 115-mile-and-one-furlong Kalay-Falam-Hakaroad and Kyaukhtu-Mindat road, linking Chin State and Magway Division, have been built.The sector-wise upgrading of the gateways to Chin State — Mandalay-Sagaing-Monywa-Gangaw-Haka road and Pakokku-Pauk-Tabyin-Kyaukhtu-Mindat road — is in progress atpresent.

The Kyaukhtu Airport, built by Directorate of Military Engineers of the Ministry ofDefence in Kyaukhtu, Saw Township, Gangaw District, Magway Division, was commis-sioned into service on 10 July 2004. The airport has helped develop the transport sector ofsouthern Chin State linking Yaw and Pakokku regions in Magway Division. Cars can reachKanpetlet, Mindat and Matupi in southern Chin State from Kyaukhtu via Saw. In 1988, thestate had two over-180 feet bridges — the 270-foot Natzan Bridge in Tonzang Township andthe 240-foot Lemyo Bridge in Matupi Township. The Tatmadaw Government has built the340-foot Var Bridge across Manipura River on Kalay-Haka road in Falam Township in 1998,and 480-foot Kattel Bridge across River Manipura on Tiddim-Kattel-Reh Lake road in TiddimTownship in 2002. The 460-foot Manhsaung Bridge is being built across Manipura River onTiddim-Reh Lake section. Significant developments in the state’s road and transport sectorcan be seen in the the table.

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 83

Page 93: Chronicle of National Development

84 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

CommunicationsThe table indicates the development in the communication sector of the state including the

rise in the number of telephones.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Post office office 58 64 6Telegraph office office 16 18 2Facsimile 1 37 36Computer telegraph - 2 2Telephone-telephone office office 11 29 18-telephone line line 2526 8689 6163-exchange exchange 11 21 10-direct line line 2401 8128 5727-auto/manual phone phone 2401 7908 5507-telephone density 1X1000 1.29 3.01 1.72Microwave station station - 10 10Rural telephoneexchange exchange - 11 11e-Mail/Internet - 4 4Satellite station-VSAT station - - --iPSTAR station - 4 4

Development in the communication sector of Chin StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Tiddim Bridge

84 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 94: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 85

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Electricity consumption unit (in million) 1.552 4.951 3.399Maximum power megawatt 2.000 5.848 3.848Extened generating of electricity- Hydel power plant completed* plant 4 10 6 -Heavy ( above 10 megawatt) plant - - - - Medium (1 to 10 megawatt) plant - - - - Small ( up to 1 megawatt) plant 4 10 6 - Installed power megawatt 1.850 4.210 3.609 -Diesel-used plant plant 19 23 4-Installed power megawatt 0.859 4.210 3.351Current installed power megawatt 2.709 3.952 1.243

Development in the electric power sector of Chin StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

*Completed Hydel Power Plant1. Zalwi 0.400 megawatt (small) 19882. Donghpa 0.400 megawatt (small) 19883. Ngasithpa 1.000 megawatt (small) 19884. Paletwa 0.050 megawatt (small) 19885. Nanlaungchaung 0.200 megawatt (small)6. Laiva 0.600 megawatt (small)7. Htwihsaung 0.200 megawatt (small)8. Chichaung 0.200 megawatt (small)

ElectricityThe effective utilization of land and water resources in the state has helped develop the

power generation capacity of the state.In 1988, the state has four small scale hydel power stations — the Zarlwi in Tiddim

Township, the Daungvar in Haka Township, the Ngasitvar in Falam Township, and thePaletwa in Paletwa Township. The Tatmadaw Government has built another four dieselpower stations and six new hydel power plants, helping increase the power consumption ofthe state.

The four new hydel power plants are: the 0.2-megawatt Namhlaung Creek plant in MatupiTownship, the 0.6-megawatt Laingva plant in Falam Township, the 0.2-megawatt Htweehsaungplant in Tonzang Township, and the 0.2-megawatt Chichaung plant in Mindat Township.

The Manipura Multipurpose Dam Project will be implemented in Chin State. The Tableinforms the reader about the development of the state’s electricity sector.

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 85

Page 95: Chronicle of National Development

86 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Industrial SectorDue to the facilitation of the transport and communication sectors and increase in the

power generation in the state, many new private industries have emerged in the region. The

state now has 496 private industries, 153 more than 343 in 1988. The number of State-

owned industries has now reached eight from five in the past. The Government has been

striving to develop the industrial sector of the state which will become a major tea-growing

region in the future.

Education

The education sector of the state, with a population of only over 500,000, is witnessing

significant progress due to the Government’s assistance and encouragement. One-fifth of the

population or over 100,000 are students attending classes at basic education schools.

The Government has opened 91 new schools to open more opportunities for the youths

to pursue basic education. An arts and science university has been opened in the state for

students to be able to pursue higher education studies in their own region. Thus, the school

dropout rate goes down in the state.

The table shows the development of the state’s education sector covered by the 30-year

education promotion plan of the nation.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 progress

Upgrading of industrial power

-Industrial zones - - -

-Industry - - -

Private industry industry 343 496 153

-Cottage industry industry - 6 6

State-owned industry industry 5 8 3

Development in the industrial sector of Chin StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 96: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 87

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Basic education level

- Number of school school 1091 1182 90

- High school school 17 39 22

- Middle school school 76 86 10

- Post primary school school - 326 326

- Primary school school 998 731 upgrading

- Multi media classroom room - 31 31

- e-learning centre centre - 16 16

Number of teacher teacher 2982 4489 1507

Number of student student 62660 115240 52580

- Preprimary school

- Number of school school - 15 15

- Number of children children - 837 837

School enrolment rate percent 67.97 95.13 27.16

Adult literacy rate percent 56.87 92.2 30.58

School dropout rate

- Basic level percent 40.73 7.54 27.85

- middle level percent 40.79 10.21 29.42

Upgrading of higher education

- University, college, degree college - 1 1

- Arts and Science University - 1 1

e-learning centre - 1 1

Wide area network - - -

Number of WAN sites - 1 1

Teaching programmes - 40 40

Number of teacher teacher - 160 160

Number of student student - 9705 9705

Human Resource Development Centre centre - 1 1

Development in the education sector of Chin StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 87

Page 97: Chronicle of National Development

88 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Kale University in Kale, gateway to Chin State

Haka Hospital in Chin State

Page 98: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 89

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Technological College college - 1 1

- Government Technological College (Kalay) college - 1 1

- Number of courses course - 7 7

- Number of teachers teacher - 152 152

- Number of students (graduate) student - 525 525

- Number of students (current) student - 492 492

-Computer College college - 1 1

- Government Computer College (Kalay) college - 1 1

- Number of courses course - 5 5

- Number of teachers teacher - 23 23

- Number of students (graduate) student - 252 252

- Number of students (current) student - 361 361

Development in the science and technology sector of Chin StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Science and TechnologyThe nation is providing assistance to Chin State to catch up with other regions in producing

scientists and intelligentsia. A government technological college and a government computercollege in Kalay has already produced nearly 800 intellectuals and intelligentsia. The twocolleges have 853 students.

HealthThe health sector of the state is developing in harmony with the population growth. A 150-

bed hospital has been installed with advanced equipment. Moreover, a 25-bed hospital hasbeen upgraded to a 50-bed facility, and a 50-bed hospital to a 100-bed one. Six new stationhospitals have been built in the state. The number of specialist physician and doctors workingin the state has increased two folds. Over 200 more nurses have been assigned to the state.Seven traditional medicine dispensaries are treating patients. A nursing school has beenopened to increase the number of nurses working in the state. The Government has beenimproving the life expectancy of the state to catch up with other regions. The table offers thereaders to study the health development of the state.

Page 99: Chronicle of National Development

90 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Upgrading of hospital hospital 18 24 6

- 150-bed hospital 1 - -

- 100-bed hospital - 2 2

- 50-bed hospital 3 2 upgrading

- 25-bed hospital 2 1 upgrading

-16-bed hospital 3 3 -

- Station hospital/ Branch Tsp hospital hospital 9 15 6

Health Centres centre 66 67 1

- Rural Health Centre centre 55 56 1

- Maternal and Child Health Centre centre 9 9 -

- School Health Team team 2 2 -

Health Staff staff 629 845 216

- Doctor (Specialist/Assistant) doctor 73 158 85

- Nurse nurse 94 239 144

- Health staff staff 169 176 7

- Midwife midwife 319 332 13

- Skilled labour labour 4 12 8

- TSP Health Assistant assistant - 3 3

- Health Assistant-1 assistant - 9 9

- Health Assistant assistant 47 60 13

- Supervisor 1,2 supervisor 23 36 13

Traditional medicine

- Traditional Medicine Clinic clinic 3 7 4

Development in the health sector of Chin StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Page 100: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 91

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Urban development

-Urban roads mile 5/1 52/5 47/4

-Tarred road mile 5/1 11/2 6/1

-Gravelled road mile - 4/7 4/7

Development in the development affairs sector of Chin StateComparison between period preceeding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Urban and Rural DevelopmentIn the past, Chin State had only over five miles of urban roads. Now the state has 47 miles

of urban roads including 11 miles of tarred roads. In addition, seven bridges have been putinto service in rural area and 19 in urban area.

The state had 175 miles of village-to-village roads in the past. Now the length of ruralroads in the state has reached 423 miles. Nine towns now have clean water supply.

Work is under way to supply potable water to 467 villages.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Training School school - 1 1

- Nurses Training School school - 1 1

Drop in mortality rate

- Rural in 1000 9.9 8.9 (-)1.0

- Urban in 1000 7.1 6.2 (-)0.9

Life expectency

Rural

-Male year 56.2 60.8 4.6

-Female year 60.4 63.3 2.9

Urban

-Male year 59.0 61.5 2.5

-Female year 63.2 65.6 2.4

Page 101: Chronicle of National Development

92 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Border Areas and National Races DevelopmentThe Government is developing the central regions of the state, and has covered the god-

forsaken regions with border areas and national races development project. Six vocationalschools have been opened in Kanpetlet, Mindat, Matupi, Tiddim, Haka and Falam and eightyouth development training schools in Matupi, Kanpetlet, Falam, Thantlang, Tonzang,Haka, Tiddim and Mindat for the local people to earn their living. The table shows the successof the project in the state.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

- Granite road mile - - -

-Earth road mile - 36/4 36/4

-Urban bridge bridge - 25 25

-Wood bridge - 4 4

-Conduit conduit - 21 21

-Urban water supply tasks

Township where tasks to be carried out town 9 - 9

Completed work work 2 9 7

Rural Development

-Rural roads mile 175/0 423/3 248/3

-Gravelled road mile - 2/2 2/2

-Earth road mile 175/0 414/4 239/4

-Rural bridge bridge - 7 7

-Rural water supply tasks

-Village where tasks to be carried out village 616 148 467

-Completed work work - 153 153

Page 102: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 93

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Development regions region - 1 1

- Chin region region - 1 1

Road and bridge

-Earth road mile - 173/6 173/6

-Gravelled road mile - 28/7 28/7

-Tarred road mile - 5/5 5/5

-Road maintenance mile - 392/4 392/4

-Bridge (suspension) bridge - 5 5

Health care service

-Hospital hospital - 6 6

-Rural health centre centre - 4 4

Education

-Primary school school - 19 19

-Middle school school - 11 11

-High school school - 4 4

-Teacher teacher - 232 232

-Student student - 5467 5467

Water supply tasks task - 8 8

Livestock breeding

-Veterinary office office - 1 1

Public relations

-TV retransmission station station - 5 5

Communications

-Telephone - - 3 3

Expenditure kyat (in million) - 1499.60 1499.60

-Funds of PBANRDA kyat (in million) - 901.26 901.26

-Funds of ministries kyat (in million) - 598.34 598.34

Development in the border areas and national races affairs sector ofChin State

Comparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Page 103: Chronicle of National Development

94 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 progress

-TV retransmission station station 3 11 8

-IPRD office office - 11 11

-IPRD library library 6 11 11

-Rural library library - 613 613

Development in the information and public relations sector of Chin StateComparison between period preceeding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Information and Public RelationsThe information sector is distributing news about the Government endeavours with the aim

of harmoniously developing all the regions of the Union and narrowing development gapbetween one region and another.

The sector is helping the national brethren to march to the golden land in unity and amity.The Table shows the progress of the information sector.

The table shows the present development of the science and technology sector of ChinState being undertaken by the State.

Students seen at anti-narcotic drugs campaign in Falam Township

Page 104: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 95

Page 105: Chronicle of National Development

96 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Mon State marching to new goldenland of unity and amity

Residing in harmony with Mons and Bamars in the Mon State are the Kachin, Kayin,Chin, Pa-O, Rakhine and Shan national races. A union within the Union, the 4,749-square-mile Mon State has a population of about 2,822,000 and its population density is596 persons per square mile.

Alongside the mountain ranges reaching up to 1,500 feet in elevation, are the vastplains on which Thanlwin, Sittoung, Bilin, Attaran, Gyaing and Ye rivers flow.

There are also coastal plains on the banks of Thanlwin River and Sittoung Rivermouths. The mountain ranges including Zingyaik and Taungnyo ranges are running fromnorth to south in the state.

In his message to the 75th Anniversary National Day in 1995, Chairman of the StatePeace and Development Council Commander-in-Chief of Defence Services Senior Gen-eral Than Shwe stated, “The time is ripe for all to march hand in hand, with steadfast andstrong resolve, to reach a well-rounded modern nation soonest, while utilizing the richnatural resources and economic resources effectively in the country's interest, based onthe prevailing internal peace and stability.”

All the citizens who love the Union and who wish to see the motherland catching upwith world nations will have to work in unity, with Union Spirit as the foundation.

Thanks to the ardent participation of the people, the Government is gaining moreground in launching its development drive covering all the states and divisions on self-reliant efforts, without taking any foreign assistance. Now, I will present the develop-ments of Mon State.

AgricultureThe Government is reclaiming more land and cultivating more crops in Mon State,

where agriculture is the base of its economy.Ardent implementation of irrigation projects to introduce year-round cultivation sys-

tem has added nearly 450,000 more acres in the state, which in the past had only about150,000 irrigated acres. The outcome of the project is the emergence of nearly 200,000acres of double-cropping farms.

Page 106: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 97

In 1988, there were only Kazaing Dam, benefiting 300 acres in Bilin Township, andPhanon Sluice Gate irrigating 290 acres in Kyaikmaraw Township. The Tatmadaw Gov-ernment has built Azin and Winphanon dams in Mudon Township, Wapa Dam andZaikkaye and Kyonhtaw sluice gates in Thaton Township, Shwenattaung Dam inMawlamyine Township, and Bilin Dam in Bilin Township, and the facilities are irrigatingover 60,000 acres of land.

Paddy production in Mon State has exceeded the local demand thanks to the cultiva-tion of over 100,000 acres of summer paddy in addition to monsoon paddy.

Kadaik Dam, with 10,000-acre irrigation capacity, in Paung Town-ship and KatonSluice Gate, which will irrigate 20,000 acres of crops, are under construction at presentin the state, and the Hsandawtaung Dam is in the planning stage.

Eleven units of waterworks are pumping water from Attaran, Bilin, and Gyaing riversfor irrigating nearly 600,000 acres of crops in Mon State, which had not a single riverwater pumping project in 1988. Two more river pumping stations are under construction.Apart from paddy, beans and pulses sown acreage is increasing in the state, and all-roundassistance of the Government has tripled rubber sown acreage to 268243 acres. Likewise,pepper cultivation has increased over 100 times.

The table offers readers to study the agricultural development of Mon State during thetime of the Tatmadaw Government.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Land resource

- Sown acreage acre 969516 1403524 134008

Water supply task

- dam, lake, reservoir, drain - 76 86 10

- Task completed 76 83 7

- Task under implementation* - 2 2

- Task to be carried out** - 1 1

- Benefited acres acre 149760 243560 93800

River water pumping station station - 13 13

-Task completed station - 11 11

-Task under implementation station - 2 2

Development in the agriculture sector of Mon StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Page 107: Chronicle of National Development

98 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Development in the agriculture sector of Mon StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

*Dams under construction **Dam to be built 1. Kadaik 10000 acre (Paung) 1. Hsandawtaung (2004-2005) 2. Katun sluicegate 20000 acre (Paung)

-Benefited acres acre - 29900 29900

Damming creek - 344 344

- benefited acres acre - 31725 31725

Total benefited acres acre 149760 305185 155425

Double cropping acreage 48009 196142 148133

Extended paddy cultivation

- Monsoon paddy acreage acre 606442 831130 22458

- per acre yield basket 52.7 67.71 15.0

- Summer paddy acre - 100500 100500

- per acre yield basket - 77.74 77.74

- Total production basket in

thousand 33146 51830 18684

- Regional rice sufficiency per cent - 123 123Progress in acreage ofbeans and pulses acre 6816 81360 74544Sugarcane acreage acre - 8618 -Progress in acreage ofrubber acre 76505 268243 191738Oilpalm acre 1201 1673 472Tea acre - 92 92Progress in acreage of pepper acre 127 20054 19937Acreage of edible oil crop-Groundnut acre 14705 22405 7700-Sesame acre 4805 5472 1387

-Sunflower acre 12339 13323 984

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Page 108: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 99

Development in the livestock breeding sector of Mon StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Extended livestock breeding- Buffalo 67000 76000 9000- Cattle 332000 396000 64000- Sheep/goat 28000 61000 33000- Pig 76000 194000 118000- Chicken 848000 3377000 2529000- Duck 231000 726000 495000- Turkey, goose, muscovy duck 36000 59000 23000Fish and prawn breeding- Fish breeding pond acre 239.16 819.18 580.02- Paddy plus fish acre - 700 700 - number 1X100000 - 3.51 3.51-Prawn breeding acre - 926.33 926.33-Distribution of fingerlings - Production 1X100000 2.01 100.94 98.93 - Fish release 1X100000 0.50 96.69 96.69 - Sale 1X100000 1.50 4.25 2.25

Livestock and FisheriesMon State has seen 200 per cent increase in the livestock and fishery sector. It now

raises nearly 4 million heads of livestock, up from 1.6 million in the past. The state nowhas 507 acres of fish farms, up from 239 acres in 1988, and is breeding 230,000 fish in463 acres of paddy fields. Hatchery industry is producing over seven million fish fries.In the past, its capacity was only about 200,000.

The state is raising prawn in 926.33 acres of farms. In the past prawn breeding in thestate was even hard to imagine.

Forest ConservationThe area of reserved forests, protected public forests and wildlife parks is increasing.

Kyaikhtiyoe wildlife sanctuary has emerged in Kyaikto Township and Kelatha wildlifesanctuary, in Bilin Township. The state has seen 700 per cent increase in forest planta-tions, and in the meantime it has grown over four million saplings during the time of theTatmadaw Government thanks to the public participation. The mass movement in thepast could grow only about 100,000 saplings in 1988.

The table indicates the development of forest conservation and plantation in the state.

Page 109: Chronicle of National Development

100 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Reserved Forest sq/mile 732 779.89 47.89Protected public forest sq/mile - 62 62Natural land area sq/mile 9.24 69.56 60.32Establishment of forest plantation acre 4100 29295 25195-Commercial plantation acre 100 5855 5755-Village firewood acre - 2800 2800-Industrial plantation acre 4000 15500 11500-Watershed plantation acre - 5040 5040-Thitseint plantations acre - 300 300Mass tree planting Tree

(in Million) 0.10 4.33 4.23

Development in the forestry sector of Mon StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Plantation established in Mon State for industrial raw material

Page 110: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 101

Road and TransportMon State is upgrading the existing roads including the Myainggale-Zathabyin-

Mawlamyine road and increasing the number of bridges for ensuring smooth and securetransport to a greater degree. In the past, the state had only three over 180-foot bridges— the 200-foot Khawa Creek Bridge, the 470-foot Ye Creek Bridge, and the 648-footBilin Creek Bridge. The Government has built the 180-foot Winphanon Bridge, the 180-foot Deepadaw Bridge, the 190-foot Kwamkyaik Bridge and the 180-foot Thebyu CreekBridge.

The Government put into service the 1,420-foot Attaran River Bridge on Mawlamyine-Zathabyin-Hpa-an road in Mawlamyine Township on 26 March 1998. The facility iscovered by the State’s special projects. It is also building two 180-foot bridges — oneis Ninth-Mile Bridge on Yangon-Myeik road in Ye Township, and the other is KyotanBridge on Yangon-Mawlamyine road — and the 2,393-foot Sittoung River Bridge(Mokpalin) on Yangon-Mawlamyine road in Bilin Township.

The Tatmadaw is also building new trans-regional railroads and new railroad bridgesin the state. It opened the 600-foot Donthami rail-cum-road Bridge on Thaton-Myainggalerailroad linking Kayin State and Mon State in January 2002.

Ye-Dawei Railroad connecting the state and Taninthayi Division was inaugurated on26 March 1998 to further enhance friendship among the national races and regionaleconomy. The 102.38-mile Ye-Dawei Rail road section line includes 111.99 miles ofrailroads and 23 railway stations. The 850-foot rail-cum-road Ye Bridge on the railroadwas commissioned into service on 25 November 2003 in Mon State.

In addition, a magnificent bridge and a symbol of the people and the Tatmadaw’sconstruction ability and unity will emerge in Mon State soon. It is no other than the

Rubber plantation in Mawlamyine, Mon State

Page 111: Chronicle of National Development

102 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Railways- miles of railroad mile 195.51 210.42 14.91- miles of railtrack mile 252.30 268.61 16.31- passenger 1X1000 2065.6 2202.4 136.8

- passenger/mile mile 162535.7 166963.1 4427.4- Goods Ton (1x1000) 185.5 218.3 32.8

- Goods/mile mile 19185.7 28556.4 9370.7- Station station 47 55 8Airways-Airfield field 7 7 - - above 5000 ft runway airfiled field 1 1 - - under 5000 ft runway airfield field 1 1 -Water transport -Jetty (Inland) jetty 8 9 1Extension of motor road mile 424/0 440/3 16/3- tarred road mile 352/0 337/3 25/3- gravel road mile 3/0 21/7 18/7- hard road mile 39/0 23/1 upgrading- earth road mile 30/0 8/5 upgradingBridge- Public Works - Above 180 feet bridge 3 9 6 - completed bridges* bridge 3 6 3 - Bridges under construction** bridge - 3 3 - Under 180 feet bridge 127 203 76

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Development in the transportation sector of Mon StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

*Three major bridges built under special project **Bridges under construction1. Attaran bridge (Mawlamyine) 1. Koemine bridge (Ye)2. Sittoung bridge (Bilin) 2. Kyoedan bridge (Ye)3. Thanlwin bridge (Mawlamyine) 3. Sittoung bridge (Motpalin)

11,575-foot (over two miles long) rail-cum-road Thanlwin Bridge (Mawlamyine), thelongest and most impressive bridge in Myanmar and a milestone in the road transportsector of Mon State and the Union itself.

Bordering Bago Division, Kayin State and Taninthayi Division, Mon State is a placewhere the Asian and ASEAN highways will pass through. Please study the the table toknow the development of road and transport sector in the state.

Page 112: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 103

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 progress

Post office office 58 64 6Telegraph office 16 18 2Facsimile 1 37 36Computer telegraph - 10 10Telephone-telephone office 11 29 18-telephone line 2526 8689 6025-exchange 11 21 10-direct line 2401 8128 5727-auto/manual phone 2401 7908 5507-auto radio telephone - 220 220-telephone density 1X1000 1.29 3.00 1.71Microwave station 9 10 1Rural telephoneexchange - 8 8e-Mail/Internet - 4 4

Development in the communication sector of Mon StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

CommunicationsThe government is ensuring a harmonious development of the communication facili-

ties in the whole nation, and the table shows the communication development of the state.

Thanlwin river crossing bridge, Mawlamyine

Page 113: Chronicle of National Development

104 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Electricity consumption unit (in million) 36.984 135.829 98.845Maximum power megawatt 12.800 25.100 12.300Installed power megawatt 7.789 12.296 4.507Extened generating of electricity- Hydel power plant completed plant 1 1 - - Small ( up to 1 megawatt) plant 1 1 -Other power plants-Recycling plant plant - - --Steam plant 2 2 --Natural gas-fired plant 1 1 --Coal fired plant - - --Diesel plant 42 10 (-)32

Development in the electric power sector of Mon StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Completed hydel power plant1. Zinkyaik 0.198megawatt (small) 1988Completed steam power plant1. Mawlamyine 12.000 megawatt (heavy) 19882. Thaton 18.000 megawatt (heavy) 1988Completed natural gas-fired power plant1. Thaton 18.450 megawatt (heavy) 1988

ElectricityThe government is effectively harnessing the water resources of the regions for their

all-round progress. Apart from irrigation, dams are being built to generate power, whichhas been contributed to the national grid to supply power to all regions fair and square.Like in all other states and divisions power generation and consumption are increasingin Mon State, and the table has detailed data about the electricity sector.

Industrial SectorThe Government is increasing the power output of the state as well as its industrial

production. It is introducing industries to the regions which had less industries and layingsound foundations in the regions with better industrial base. In this way, it is building anagro-based industrial nation.

Mawlamyine Industrial Zone is included in the 19 industrial zones the nation has setup. There is more room for the private and cottage industries to develop in the state, and33 State-owned factories are manufacturing goods. The table will tell you about theindustrial development in Mon State.

Page 114: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 105

Mining and Mineral ResourcesHarmonious development of the state includes the mining and mineral sector. The four

new gold mines established after 1988 have produced 76.40 troy ounces of gold to thisdate. The state has produced 393.10 metric tons of limestone, 55.42 tons of slate, 191.11metric tons of granite and 133.42 metric tons of asbestos. Plans are under way to minea newly found lead and tungsten mixed deposit.

EducationThe education indicators are improving according to the rate of population increase in

the state. A total of 189 new schools have been opened in the state and 2893 moreteachers have been appointed. The state’s primary school enrolment rate is nearly centper cent. In 1988, the state had only one arts and science university in Mawlamyine. TheGovernment has opened one arts and science college and one education college in thestate, which sees 400 per cent increase in the number of higher education students.

Table has the data about the education development in Mon State.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Upgrading of industrial power-Industrial zone (Mawlamyine) - 3 3 -Industry - 158 158-Private industry industry 1535 2221 686-Cottage industry industry - 390 390State-owned industry industry 29 33 4

Development in the industrial sector of Mon StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Basic education level- Number of school school 1205 1394 189 - High school school 42 88 46 - Middle school school 66 86 20 - Post primary school school - 139 139 - Primary school school 1097 1079 18- Multi media classroom room - 149 149- e-learning centre centre - 24 24Number of teacher teacher 8619 11512 2893

Number of student student 258892 339966 81074

Development in the education sector of Mon StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Page 115: Chronicle of National Development

106 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

- Preprimary school - Number of school school - 41 41

- Number of children children - 987 987

Teachers’ education-Education college college 1 1

-Number of teacher teacher 33 50 17

-Number of trainees trainee 409 1935 1526

School enrolment rate percent 71.42 99.00 27.58

Adult literacy rate percent 79.18 96.6 17.4

School dropout rate- Basic level percent 39.39 8.60 31.39

- middle level percent 40.80 10.02 30.78

Upgrading of higher education- University, college, degree college 1 2 1

- Arts and Science University 1 1 -

- Collge - - -

- e-learning centre - 2 2

- Wide area network - - -

- Number of WAN sites - 1 1

Teaching programmes 31 72 41

Number of teacher 317 406 89

Number of student 7256 23376 16120

Human Resource Development Centre - 1 1

Development in the education sector of Mon StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Science and TechnologyMon State is producing scientists and intelligentsia needed in establishing an agro-

based industrial nation. Mawlamyine, covered by the 24-development zone project, nowhas a government technological college and a government computer college.

Mon State has produced 4953 technocrats during the time of the Government. The twocolleges have 163 teachers and 1710 students. The Table indicates the progress of scienceand technology in the state.

upgrading

Page 116: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 107

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Technological College college - 1 1- Government Technological College (Mawlamyine) college - 1 1 - Number of courses course 4 7 3 - Number of teachers teacher 50 142 92 - Number of students (graduate) student 247 4402 4155 - Number of students (current) student - 1098 1098-Computer College college - 1 1- Government Computer College(Mawlamyine) college - 1 1 - Number of courses course - 6 6 - Number of teachers teacher - 21 21 - Number of students (graduate) student - 798 798 - Number of students (current) student - 612 612

Development in the science and technology sector of Mon StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Mawlamyine University, Mon State

Page 117: Chronicle of National Development

108 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

HealthThanks to the improvement in public education, the people of Mon State are enjoying

good health. The Government has built seven station hospitals, upgraded two 16-bedhospitals to 25-bed facilities and constructed a new 50-bed hospital in the state, whichnow has 29 hospitals including a 300-bed facility and a 100-bed facility.

It has also built two more rural health centres, two new regional health centres, ap-pointed 415 more health staff and built one traditional medicine hospital. The number oftraditional medicine dispensaries has reached 12. The state in running a nursing school anda midwifery school. Please see the table to know the education development of the state.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Upgrading of hospital hospital 20 29 9

- 300-bed hospital 1 1 -

- 100-bed hospital 1 1 -

- 50-bed hospital - 1 1

- 25-bed hospital - 7 7

-16-bed hospital 8 1 upgrading

- Station hospital/ Branch Tsp hospital hospital 10 18 8

Health Centres centre 73 82 9

- Rural Health Centre centre 53 60 7

- Maternal and Child Health Centre centre 15 15 -

- Local Health Center centre 1 3 2

- School Health Team team 4 4 -

Health Staff staff 756 1171 415

- Doctor (Specialist/Assistant) doctor 121 190 69

- Nurse nurse 166 295 129

- Health staff staff 60 69 9

Development in the health sector of Mon StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Page 118: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 109

Urban and Rural DevelopmentThe prospering urban and rural areas in Mon State are enjoying greater progress than

in 1988. Networks of urban and rural roads have emerged in the state.As 167 miles of new urban roads have been built their total number at present has

reached 406 miles and three furlongs, including 161 miles and seven furlongs of tarredroads. The number of urban bridges is 860. Of the ten towns projected to instal watersupply system, seven now have plumbing.

Mon State has 668 miles and four furlongs of rural roads including 89 miles and sixfurlongs of tarred roads at present, up from 97 miles and two farlongs in 1988. Thenumber of its rural bridges has reached 571. The village clean water supply project hascovered 784 villages, and up to now, 574 units of waterworks have completed in 373villages.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

- Midwife midwife 325 451 126

- Skilled labour labour 10 14 4

- TSP Health Assistant assistant - 3 3

- Health Assistant-1 assistant - 10 10

- Health Assistant assistant 47 67 21

- Superviser 1,2 superviser 27 78 51

Traditional medicine

-Traditional medicine hospital hospital - 1 1

- Traditional Medicine Clinic clinic 4 12 8

Training School school 2 2 -

- Nurses Training School school 1 1 -

-Midwifery school school 1 1 -

Page 119: Chronicle of National Development

110 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Urban development

-Urban roads mile 239/3 406/6 167/3

-Tarred road mile 89/4 161/2 71/6

-Gravelled road mile 77/2 24/3 52/7

- Granite road mile - 35/5 35/5

-Earth road mile 72/5 185/4 112/7

-Urban bridge bridge - 860 860

-Concrete bridge - 539 539

-Wood bridge - 190 190

-Conduit conduit - 62 62

-Other - 69 69

-Urban water supply tasks

Township where tasks to be carried out town 10 3 7

Completed work work 2 7 5

Rural Development

-Rural roads mile 97/2 668/4 571/2

- Tarred road mile 46/6 89/6 43/0

-Gravelled road mile 28/4 91/7 63/3

- Granite road mile - 193/7 193/7

-Earth road mile 22/0 293/0 293/0

-Rural bridge bridge - 562 562

-Concrete bridge - 150 150

-Wood bridge - 298 298

-Conduit conduit - 85 85

-Other bridge - 29 29

-Rural water supply tasks

-Village where tasks to be carried out village 784 441 343

-Completed work work - 574 574

Development in the development affairs sector of Mon StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Page 120: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 111

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Development regions region - 1 1

- Mon region region - 1 1

Road and bridge

-Earth road mile - 198/6 198/6

-Gravelled road mile - 87/5 87/5

-Tarred road mile - 7/2 7/2

Health care service

-Hospital hospital - 2 2

-Clinic clinic - 1 1

-Rural health centre centre - 6 6

Education

-Primary school school - 22 22

-Middle school school - 9 9

-High school school - 8 8

-Teacher teacher - 452 452

-Student student - 15368 15368

Agriculture

-Agriculture camp camp - 4 4

-Canal canal - 1 1

Development in the border areas and national races affairs sector of Mon StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Border Areas and National Races DevelopmentThe developments in Mon State include the significant progress of a new sector

opened by the Government to further cement national unity and foster Union Spirit.The border areas and national races development project involves the task of promot-

ing the socio-economy of the national race families which have returned to the legal fold.A domestic science school is training youths of border areas to earn their living.

The table shows the Government’s goodwill to ensure peace and progress of all thepeople of Mon State including those who have returned to the legal fold.

Page 121: Chronicle of National Development

112 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 progress

-TV retransmission station station 1 4 3

-IPRD offic e office - 11 11

-IPRD library library 5 11 6

-Departmental library library - 1 1

-Rural library library - 1158 1158

-e-Library library - 9 9

Development in the information and public relations sector of Mon StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-21-2005)

Information and Public RelationsThe information sector is playing a key role in helping improve the knowledge of the

people and vitalize their patriotism and Union Spirit. I would like to present the table forthe readers to know the government’s goodwill endeavours and the sound results ofdevelopment of the whole Union is achieving at present in the march towards a goldenland of unity and amity.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Energy

-Power station station - 1 1

-Towns/village - 1 1

Public relations

-TV retransmission station station - 3 3

Communications

-Telephone - 2 2

Expendenture kyat (in million) - 2915.95 2915.95

Page 122: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 113

Page 123: Chronicle of National Development

114 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Rakhine State marching tonew golden land of unity and amity

Facing the Bay of Bengal in the west, Rakhine State lies in the westernmost sectorof the Union of Myanmar. On its 14,200 square miles of territory live Rakhines andBamars alongside Chin, Mro, Thet, Khami, Dainet, Maramagyi and Kaman races. Aunion within the Union, the state has a population of 3,045,000, and on average, everysquare mile is inhabited by 215 persons.

A long coastal stretch of land touching the Rakhine Yoma in the east, the state iscrisscrossed with a large number of natural watercourses including Naff, Mayyu andKissapanadi rivers and Maei, Tanlwe, Taungup, Thandwe, Kyeintali and Gwa creeksflowing from north to south. With an average elevation of 3,000 feet the Rakhine Yomais a mountain range whose northern peaks are higher than those of the south. Sittwayplain is the largest flat land in the region, and the sea is doted with large Phayonga,Yanbye and Manaung islands and a number of islets.

At the Special Projects Implementation Committee Meeting, held in November 1995,Head of State Senior General Than Shwe said, “Rakhine State is a region where transportis difficult, and the main means of transport is waterways. Although not a border area,Sittway region is accessible by only a very few roads. Time passed by, but the region’sroads remained in poor condition, and could not be improved for certain reasons. TheGovernment is launching the drive to develop every region of the Union, and narrow thegap between one place and another. It will build a road to improve transport betweenYangon and Sittway, the capital of Rakhine State. The work will be difficult because ofthe mountainous terrain covered with thick evergreen forests and marked by a largenumber of rivers and creeks.”

With fraternal spirit, the Tatmadaw Government is striving utmost to harmoniouslyraise the living standards of all the national races living in weal or woe in the Union.

Whether it is a state or a division, the Government has the same goodwill towards it,fulfilling all necessary infrastructures and facilities, without making any discriminationagainst any region, for harmonious development of the entire Union. Now I will presentthe developments Rakhine State is witnessing as in all the sister regions.

Page 124: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 115

AgriculturePaddy can be cultivated only on one-fourth of the state’s land area, but the Govern-

ment is trying to develop its agricultural sector, making arrangements to grow crops onall cultivable land, increase per acre yield, and boost agricultural production. In 1992, itintroduced summer paddy cultivation to the region, which cultivated only monsoon paddybefore that time.

The Government has built Gyogyakwin Dam in Taungup Township, and Kanthayaand Rahaikwin dams in Gwa Township for irrigation, and Hinywet Dam in An Townshipto supply potable water. Pyaingchaung Dam, with the capacity to irrigate 4,000 acres ofland, in Kyauktaw Township is under construction, and Zeechaung Dam is in planningstage.

Large and small dams and waterworks have extended the area of mixed-cropping inthe state more than ten times. Food sufficiency of the state has reached 143 per cent. Thestate can put more land under beans and pulses and edible oil crops, and is extendingpepper and rubber plantations, with the assistance of the Government, to grow them oncommercial scale.

As the Government has been providing necessary infrastructures and assistance, RakhineState, with favourable soil and weather for cultivation, is witnessing the emergence ofmore sound foundations in the agricultural sectors than in 1988. The table will prove it.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Land resource- Sown acreage acre - 1576903 681503Water supply task- dam, lake, reservoir, drain - 26 32 6- Task completed 26 30 4- Task under implementation* - 1 1- Task to be carried out** - 1 1- Benefited acres 82691 87141 4450River water pumping station - 3 3-Task completed - 1 1-Task to be carried out - 2 2-Benefited acres - 600 600Damming creek - 74 74- benefited acres - 4925 4925 Total benefited acres 82691 92666 9975Double cropping acreage 28401 361936 333535Extended paddy cultivation- Monsoon paddy acreage acre 790990 1100632 309642- per acre yield basket 52.27 68.31 16.04

Development in the agriculture sector of Rakhine StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Page 125: Chronicle of National Development

116 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress - Summer paddy acre - 12363 12363 - per acre yield basket - 80.00 80.00 - Total production basket in

thousand 44165 75184 31019- Regional rice sufficiency percent - 143 143Progress in acreage ofbeans and pulses acre 2816 154948 152132Rubber acreage acre 2015 8265 6250Progress in acreage of pepper acre 234 16309 16075Acreage of edible oil crop - Groundnut acre 12648 59258 46610 - Sesame acre 2098 3866 1768 - Sunflower acre 65 1128 1063 - Mustard acre 12815 94500 81685 - Niger acre - 255 255

Hinywet Dam was opened on 29-10-2002 to supply water to people living in AnTownship , Rakhine State. The dam is also aimed at supplying water to farmland.

* Dam Projects under implementation1. Pyaing choung Dam, Kyauktow Township, Miindan Village, Benefited acres(4000)* Dam to be Built1. Zeechaung Dam (2004-2005)

Page 126: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 117

Development in the livestock breeding sector of Rakhine StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Extended livestock breeding

- Buffalo 219000 280000 61000

- Cattle 59300 712000 625700

- Sheep/goat 9000 141000 132000

- Pig 70000 147000 96000

- Chicken 1506000 3608000 2102000

- Duck 11200 20800 9600

- Turkey, goose, muscovy duck - 44000 44000

Fish and prawn breeding

- Fish breeding pond acre 19 - (-)19

- Prawn breeding acre - 155533.00 155533.0

Livestock and Fisheries

Livestock breeding has been extended for Rakhine State to produce an adequate amount

of food for local consumption. The state is raising nearly Five million heads of livestock,

up from two million in 1988.

A significant development of the state at present is fresh water and prawn farming.

The industry is showing encouraging signs for local distribution as well as for export.

The industry did not exist in the state in the past, but now it is running 155,533 acres of

prawn farms.

Forest ConservationThe forest conservation project of the state is developing alongside other sectors. The

state has been setting up more reserve forests, public protected forests and natural parks.It now has over 550,000 acres of forest plantations, up from just 1,000 acres in the pastbecause of the ardent participation of the local people. The mass movement in 1988managed to grow only 100,000 saplings, but now the local people have planted overeight million saplings. The table has something more to tell readers about the develop-ment in forest conservation and plantation of the state.

Page 127: Chronicle of National Development

118 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Reserved Forest sq/mile 645 817 172Protected public forest sq/mile - 1335 1335Natural land area sq/mile - 677.88 677.88Establishment of forest plantation acre 1400 55405 54005-Commercial plantation acre 1350 48145 46795-Village firewood acre 50 7210 7160-Industrial plantation acre - 750 750-Watershed plantation acre - 50 50-Thitseint plantations acre - 1350 1355Mass tree planting Tree

(in Million) 0.10 8.10 8.00

Development in the forestry sector of Rakhine StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Road and Transport SectorThe colonial government totally ignored the transport sector of the state, with moun-

tains, forests and rivers, because the matter was out of its interest. And during the post-independence period, the matter was out of reach due to certain reasons.

The Tatmadaw Government is always thinking about plans to assist and develop allthe seven states and seven divisions of the Union and to make them prosper and stronger.

The Government has opened the new chapter of transport in the state. First, it launchedthe 202-mile-and-three-furlong Yangon-Sittway Union Highway, and then the 110-mileThandwe-Gwa-Ngathaingchaung road, the 45-mile An-Padekyaw-Maei road, the 41-mileYangon-Taungup-Kyauk-pyu road Pyinwun-Min-byin section, and 42.5-mile Taungup-Maei road. All are tarred facilities.

As the state has a large number of natural watercourses, sometimes, roads are beingbuilt through marshes, with much difficulty. Many large and small bridges have beenbuilt on rivers and creeks, and the number of over 180-foot bridges in the state hasreached 47, from only 11 in the past.

The large bridges on Kissapanadi River and Dalet, Myaungbwe, Tanlwe, Lamu, Maei,Sanepauk, Londawpauk, Deedokpauk, Kaingshe, Pikauk, Min, Ramong, Yaw, Hsatthwaand Thanthamagyi creeks in the state have been built under the special projects of theGovernment. There are four more large bridges under construction. They are the 2,704-foot Minkyaung Creek Bridge, the 703-foot Thanthamache Bridge and the 592-footThazintan-pauk Bridge on Yangon-Kyaukpyu highway in Yanbye Township, and theKyauktan Bridge on Yangon-Sittway highway in Sittway Township. Furthermore,Wunphaik Bridge will emerge on Yangon Kyaukpyu Road soon.

The table documents the transport development of the state.

Page 128: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 119

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Airways-Airfield field 7 7 - - above 5000 ft runway airfield field 1 3 2 - under 5000 ft runway airfield field 6 4 upgradingWater transport- Jetty (Inland) jetty 4 6 2Extension of motor road mile 448/0 942/2 494/2- tarred road mile 163/0 550/2 387/2- gravel road mile 135/0 230/0 95/0- hard road mile 130/0 - upgrading- earth road mile 20/0 31/6 110/2Bridge- Public Works - Above 180 feet bridge 11 48 37 - completed bridge* bridge 11 43 32 - bridge under construction** bridge - 5 5 - Under 180 feet bridge 142 343 201

Development in the transportation sector of Rakhine StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

*16 completed 180 feet and above bridges **Four bridges under construction1.Dalaetchaung 9. Dedokpauk 1. Minkyaung (Yanbye)2. Myaungbwe 10. Kaingshe 2. Thanthamache (Yanbye)3. Kitsapanadi 11. Pikauk 3. Thazintanpauk (Yanbye)4. Tanlwechaung 12. Minchaung 4. Kyauktan (Sittway)5. Lamachaung 13. Yamaung ***One bridge to be built6. Maeichaung 14. Yawchaung 5. Wanphit7. Sanepauk 15. Hsethwa (Yangon-Kyaukphyu road)8. Londawpauk 16. Thanthamagyi

Ma-ei Creek Bridge built in Taungup Township

Page 129: Chronicle of National Development

120 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

CommunicationsThe Government has developed and facilitated the transport and communications sectors

of the state. The table compares the present situation and that of the 1988.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Post office office 61 81 20Telegraph office 19 25 6Facsimile 1 30 29Computer telegraph - 3 3Telephone-telephone office 17 43 26-telephone line 1850 7335 5485-exchange 17 35 18-direct line 1621 6306 4865-auto/manual phone 1621 6305 6306-telephone density 1X1000 0.85 2.12 1.27Microwave station 7 14 7Rural telephoneexchange - 8 8e-Mail/Internet - 3 3Satellite station-DOMSAT - 1 1-VSAT - - --iPSTAR - 5 5

Development in the communication sector of Rakhine StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Local auto exchange project under implementation1. MraukU with 500 lines

Electricity“If there are mountains, roads will be built on them, and they will be beautified with

forest plantations and highland farms. Likewise, bridges will span rivers and creeks andtheir waters will be harnessed for electricity”, and that is the conviction and resolve ofthe Government to serve public interest.

While building miles of roads and a large number of bridges in the state, the Govern-ment is also implementing the 100-megawatt Thahtay Creek Hydel Power Project inThandwe Township and the 15-megawatt An Creek Hydel Power Project.

Page 130: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 121

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Electricity consumption unit (in million) 4.111 9.350 5.239Maximum power megawatt 6.300 8.200 1.900Installed power megawatt 7.789 12.296 4.507Extened generating of electricity- Projects under implementation project - 2 2 -Heavy ( above 10 megawatt) plant - 2 2 - Installed power megawatt - 115.000 115.000Other power plants -Recycling plant plant - - - -Steam plant - - - -Natural gas plant - - - -Coal plant - - - -Diesel-used plant plant 59 74 15-Installed power megawatt 7.789 127.296 119.507

Development in the electric power sector of Rakhine StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Hydel power project under implementation1. Thahtaychaung 100 megawatt (heavy)2. Anchaung 15 megawatt (heavy)

Industrial SectorThe Government has been laying sound foundations for the progress of the state’s

industrial sector. The state now has 1,585 private industries, up 1,143 from only 442 in1988. Twenty-six cottage industries and 28 State-owned industries are also manufactur-ing goods in the state.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 progress

Upgrading of industrial power

Private industry plant 442 1585 1143

-Cottage industry plant - 26 26

State-owned industry plant 24 28 4

Development in the industrial sector of Rakhine StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Page 131: Chronicle of National Development

122 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Education Sector

The Government is implementing human resources development programmes region-

wise. The special national education promotion project has helped raise the education

standard of Rakhine State to a higher stage than it was in 1988.

The state has opened 325 new basic education schools, an arts and science university,

an education college and an arts and science college. Over 450,000 students are pursuing

basic education and higher education in the state.The table serves as the education indi-

cator showing the sector’s development.

Government Technological College in Sittway

Page 132: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 123

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Basic education level- Number of school school 2391 2716 325 - High school school 36 94 58 - Middle school school 109 150 41 - Post primary school school - 146 146 - Primary school school 2246 2326 80- Multi media classroom room - 82 82- e-learning centre centre - 25 25Number of teacher teacher 8729 13003 4274Number of student student 244357 452196 207839- Preprimary school - Number of school school - 17 17 - Number of children children - 278 278Teachers’education-Education College college 1 1 upgrading-Number of teacher teacher 15 35 20-Number of trainee trainee 239 2919 2680School enrolment rate percent 62.7 96.05 33.35Adult literacy rate percent 59.78 75.00 15.20School dropout rate- Basic level percent 44.32 3.13 41.19- middle level percent 45.98 8.66 37.32Upgrading of higher education- University, college, degree college 1 2 1- Arts and Science University - 1 1- Degree college 1 - upgrading- College 1 1 1e-learning centre - 2 2Wide area network - - -Number of WAN sites - 1 1Teaching programmes 8 57 49Number of teacher 94 218 124Number of student 930 20115 19185Human Resource Development Centre - 1 1

Development in the education sector of Rakhine StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Page 133: Chronicle of National Development

124 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Science and Technology SectorThe Government has been paving the way for local youths to get access to profes-

sional institutions of higher learning in their own regions to produce a larger number ofengineers and computer experts. Thus, youths in Rakhine State also get the opportunityto attend classes at a government computer college and a government technologicalcollege in Sittway and a government technological institute in Thandwe. Up to now, thestate has produced over 1000 technocrats. Table F shows the opportunities of the youthsin the state to study science and technology.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Technological College college - 1 1- Government Technological College (Sittway) college - 1 1 - Number of courses course - 5 5 - Number of teachers teacher - 95 95 - Number of students (graduate) student - 662 662 - Number of students (current) student - 464 464-Computer college college - 1 1

- Government Computer College (Sittway) college - 1 1 - Number of courses course - 6 6 - Number of teachers teacher - 32 32 - Number of students (graduate) student - 575 575 - Number of students (current) student - 251 251Government Technical Institute institute - 1 1- Government Technical Institute (Thandwe) institute - 1 1- Number of courses course - 3 3 - Number of teachers teacher - 45 45 - Number of students (graduate) student - 410 410 - Number of students (current) student - 192 192

Development in the science and technology sector of Rakhine StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

HealthThe number of hospitals in Rakhine State has reached 42 — one 200-bed hospital,

three 100-bed hospitals, one 50-bed hospital, seven 25-bed hospitals, five 16-bed hospi-tals and 26 station hospitals. In the past it was 36.

The Government has assigned 105 more doctors and 382 extra health staff to the state.A 50-bed traditional medicine hospital and 12 traditional medicine dispensaries are treat-ing patients in the state. There are now two nursing schools in the state.

The table attests to the health development of the state.

Page 134: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 125

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Upgrading of hospital hospital 36 43 7

- 200-bed hospital 1 1 -

- 100-bed hospital 2 3 1

- 50-bed hospital - 1 1

- 25-bed hospital 1 7 6

-16-bed hospital 13 5 upgrading

- Station hospital/ Branch Tsp hospital hospital 19 26 7

Health Centres centre 118 121 4

- Rural Health Centre centre 95 99 4

- Maternal and Child Health Centre centre 18 18 -

- Local Health Cenrtre centre 1 1 -

- School Health Team team 4 4 -

Health Staff staff 1048 1432 384

- Doctor (Specialist/Assistant) doctor 126 233 107

- Nurse nurse 153 317 164

- Health staff staff 91 94 3

- Midwife midwife 539 573 34

- Skilled labour labour 8 14 6

- TSP Health Assistant assistant - 6 6

- Health Assistant-1 assistant - 17 17

- Health Assistant assistant 79 91 12

- Supervisor 1,2 supervisor 52 87 35

Traditional medicine

-Tradiditional medicine hospital hospital - 1 1

- Traditional Medicine Clinic clinic 6 13 7

Training School school 1 2 1

- Nurses Training School school - 1 1

-Midwifery school school 1 1 -

Development in the health sector of Rakhine StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Page 135: Chronicle of National Development

126 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Urban and Rural DevelopmentThere are now 224 miles and six furlongs of urban roads in the state. Of them 76 miles

and six furlongs are tarred facilities. In the past, the state had 184 miles and four furlongsof urban roads. The state has also maintained 543 urban bridges. Rural roads have alsobeen extended and upgraded in the state, which now has 456 miles and six furlongs ofrural roads, up 183 miles and four furlongs from 273 miles and two furlongs in 1988. Tothis date, the state has built 583 rural bridges.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Urban development

-Urban roads mile 184/4 224/6 40/2 -Tarred road mile 54/4 76/6 22/2 -Gravelled road mile 88/7 75/4 (-)13/3 - Granite road mile 22/1 2/0 (-)20/1 -Earth road mile 19/0 70/4 51/4-Urban bridge bridge - 543 543 -Concrete bridge - 147 147 -Wood bridge - 271 271 -Conduit conduit - 119 119 -Other - 6 6-Urban water supply tasksTownship where tasks to be carried out town 17 6 11Completed work work 3 11 8Rural Development-Rural roads mile 273/2 456/6 183/4 - Tarred road mile - 10/7 10/7 -Gravelled road mile 40/2 196/1 155/7 -Earth road mile 233/0 249/6 16/6-Rural bridge bridge - 583 583 -Concrete bridge - 44 44 -Wood bridge - 496 496 -Conduit conduit - 33 33 -Other bridge - 10 10-Rural water supply tasks -Village where tasks to be carried out village 922 395 527 -Completed work work - 688 688-Rural housing house - 7 7

Development in the development affairs sector of Rakhine StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Page 136: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 127

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Development regions region - 1 1- Rakhine region region - 1 1Road and bridge-Earthe road mile - 161/6 161/6-Gravelled road mile - 135/2 135/2-Tarred road mile - 8/5 8/5-Road maintenance mile - 15/0 15/0-Bridge (large, small) bridge - 14/221 14/221Health care service-Hospital hospital - 5 5-Clinic clinic - 8 8-Rural health centre centre - 33 33Education-Primary school school - 54 54-Middle school school - 9 9-High school school - 6 6-Teacher teacher - 281 281-Student student - 13320 13320Agriculture-Agriculture office office - 2 2-Agriculture camp camp - 25 25-Dam dam - 2 2-Dam maintenance dam - 2 2

Development in the border areas and national races affairs sector ofRakhine State

Comparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Of the 17 town water supply projects, 11 have completed. A total of 612 units ofwaterworks have already been erected in 470 villages. The entire project covers the taskof supplying clean water to 922 villages.

Border Areas and National Races DevelopmentThe Government’s Border Areas and National Races Development Project covers

Rakhine State together with many other regions. Sittway has a youth development train-ing school and Maungtaw has a vocational training school for development of localyouths. The Table explains the Government’s endeavours to develop the socio-economyof Rakhine State to catch up with other regions, with exact figures.

Page 137: Chronicle of National Development

128 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

-TV retransmission station station 1 11 10-IPRD office office - 21 21-IPRD library library 6 21 15-Departmental library library - 22 22-Rural library library - 3205 3205-e-Library library - 1 1-Sub-printing house (Sittway) house - 1 1

Development in the information and public relations sector ofRakhine State

Comparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Livestock breeding-Livestock breeding farm farm - 1 1-Veterinary office office - 2 2Energy-Power station station - 35 35-Town/village - 28 28Public relations-TV retransmission station station - 5 5Communications-Post office - 11 11-Telegraph - 5 5-Telephone - - 2 2Expenditure kyat (in million) - 8892.52 8892.52-Funds of PBANRDA kyat (in million) - 1750.25 1750.25-Funds of ministries kyat (in million) - 7142.27 7142.27

Information and Public RelationsThe Government has been developing the information and public relations sector to

enable the people of Rakhine State to get in touch with everyday news about the nationaldevelopments. The table shows how the state is improving its information sector in thedrive towards reaching the golden land of unity and amity.

Development in the border areas and national races affairs sector ofRakhine State

Comparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Page 138: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 129

Page 139: Chronicle of National Development

130 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Shan State with a total area of 60,155 square miles is situated in eastern part ofMyanmar. Kachin, Kokang, Taungyo, Danu, Palaung, PaO, Bamar, Lihsu, Wa, Ahkarand Intha are residing in Shan State together with Shan nationals. At present, as thepopulation of Shan State is about 5,263,000 the population density is 88 in one squaremile. Being the hilly region, its mountain ranges lying from north to south are about3,000 feet average in height. Some mountains are as high as over 7,000 feet. There arealso Heho, Hsipaw and Kengtung plains among mountain ranges.

Head of State Senior General Than Shwe during his inspection tour of Shan State inApril 2002 had given guidance, saying that education, health, economy of Shan Statelagged behind in development due to lack of security and peace and there had been armedinsurgency in the region. In the time of the Tatmadaw government efforts have beenmade for prevalence of peace and regional development. Border areas of Shan State arecontiguous to those of neighbouring nations. This being the case, it is needed to catch upwith them in terms of education, health and economic sectors. Only when the nationaldignity and the national forces are strong will the future of the State be bright.

Since its assumption of the State responsibility the Tatmadaw government with theparticipation of the people has been forging national solidarity while building develop-ment infrastructures in states and divisions. It has been able to bring armed insurgencyto an end. As a result, 17 armed groups have returned to the legal fold and are nowjoining hands with the government in nation-building endeavours. With combined effortsof the Tatmadaw and national race leaders unprecedented progress has been made inShan State. Progress made past and present in Shan State is doumented here.

AgricultureAlthough various kinds of crops were grown paddy was not priority in Shan State in

the past. The government is striving for development of agricultural sector for ensuringself-sufficiency in rice and edible oil and boosting the production of industrial crops andpulses and beans for export. For development of agriculture of Shan State Zawgi Damin Yaksawk Township and Humon Dam in Lashio Township were built. At the same

Shan State marching to newgolden land of unity and amity

Page 140: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 131

time, hybrid paddy that suits to the region were grown and they are now thriving. Theper-acre yield of summer paddy has increased up to about 100 baskets. There has beenself-sufficiency in rice in the region as paddy production has doubled.

Kaukkwe Dam in Lashio Township, Myogyi Dam in Ywangan Township and WanponDam in Namhsam Township are under construction and arrangements are being made forimplementing the Kenghkam Dam project plus one river water pumping project. Progressin agriculture sector may be seen in Tables.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Land resource

- Sown acreage acre 2314243 2539148 224905

- Virgin and vacant land acre 6292285 325583

Water supply task

- dam, lake, reservoir, drain - 18 24 6

- Task completed 18 20 2

- Task under implementation* - 3 3

- Task to be carried out** - 1 1

- Benefited acres 61855 174198 112343

River water pumping station - 1 1

-Task under implementation - 1 1

-Benefited acres - 3400 3400

Development in the agriculture sector of Shan StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

increase incultivable land

Poppy-substitute orange plantation in Mongla region in Shan State (East)

Page 141: Chronicle of National Development

132 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Damming creek - 57 57- benefited acres - 5410 5410

- Tubewells - 9 9

- benefited acres - 72 72

Total benefited acres 61855 184080 122125Double cropping acreage 169837 461745 291908Extended paddy cultivation- Monsoon paddy acreage acre 834176 1197077 362901

- per acre yield basket 49.11 67.56 18.45

- Summer paddy acre - 70737 70737

- per acre yield basket - 99.51 99.51

- Total production basket in

thousand 40212 87793 47581

- Regional rice sufficiency percent - 112.5 112.5

Progress in acreage ofbeans and pulses acre 54919 343727 288808Cotton acreage acre 1379 2584 1205

Sugarcane acreage acre 16659 51468 34809

Maize acreage acre 82619 288669 206050

Buck wheat acreage acre - 10406 10406

Rubber acreage acre - 9486 9486

Tea acreage acre 137021 173190 36169

Progress in acreage of pepper acre - 20351 20351

Coffee acre 10427 14426 3999

Acreage of edible oil crop

-Groundnut acre 68385 93317 24932

-Sesame acre 16929 32580 15651

-Sunflower acre 11315 18728 7413

-Mustard acre 5125 48651 43526

Development in the agriculture sector of Shan StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

*Dams under construction **Dam to be built 1. Kaukkwe 500 acres (Lashio) 1. Kenghkam (Zawgyi supporting) 2. Myogyi (Meiktila greening) (2X10)megawatt Ywangan 3. Wanpon 1000 acres (Namsan)

Page 142: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 133

Development in the livestock breeding sector of Shan StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Extended livestock breeding- Buffalo 457000 617000 160000- Cattle 942000 1199000 257000- Sheep/goat 13000 33000 20000- Pig 332000 825000 493000- Chicken 1786000 8448000 6662000- Duck 147000 257000 110000- Turkey, goose, muscovy duck 38000 44000 6000- Quail - 9000 9000Fish and prawn breeding- Fish breeding pond acre 205.69 2938.71 2733.02- Fingerlings distribution- Production 1X100000 6.78 32.43 25.65- Fish released 1X100000 3.45 29.37 25.92- Sale 1X100000 3.33 3.99 0.66

Livestock and FisheriesLivestock breeding undertakings in Shan State have doubled when compared with that

in 1988. In the past, altogether 3.7 million heads of animals were bred but now about 8.8million heads of animals are being bred for development of the meat sector. Being aplateau, progress has been made in fishery sector. In the past, there were 205.69 acresof fish breeding ponds but there are now 1,842.13 acres of fish breeding ponds or eighttimes. In 1988, only 678,000 fish were distributed but 2.1 million fish are now beingdistributed.

Buckwheat plantation in Hpaunghsaing Village in Shan State (North)

Page 143: Chronicle of National Development

134 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Forest ConservationMeasures are being taken for development of the forest sector in Shan State to keep

pace with development of agriculture and livestock breeding. As efforts are being madefor development of agriculture, meat and forest sectors the area of protected public forestand natural forest has been on the increase. In 1988, the government in cooperation withthe people had been able to grow only over 500,000 saplings but in the time of theTatmadaw government over 51 million saplings have been planted. Extended establish-ment of forest plantations is being launched with added momentum.

Catchment areas were extended for greening of the environs of Inlay Lake and pres-ervation of rivers and creeks. The forest sector of Shan State covers commercial planta-tions, plantations for village use, plantations for industrial raw materials and Thitseintplantations.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Reserved Forest sq/mile 3404 101174 6770

Protected public forest sq/mile - 463 463

Natural land area sq/mile 300.04 475.20 175.16

Establishment of forest plantation acre 9962 162099 152137

-Commercial plantation acre 2280 55226 54946

-Village firewood acre 3481 46561 43080

-Industrial plantation acre 600 14155 13555

-Watershed plantation acre 3601 46157 42556

-Thitseint plantations acre - 3550 3550

Mass tree planting Tree

(in Million) 0.51 51.18 50.67

Development in the forestry sector of Shan StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Transport SectorThe government is making efforts in all seriousness for ensuring better transport in

states and divisions while striving for improvement of socio-economic life of the entirenational people. There were only Mandalay-Nawnghkio-Kyaukme-Lashio route andMeiktila-Thazi-Shwenyaung route as gateways of Shan State in 1988. People in theregion had to rely mainly on rail transportation as there were only two modes of trans-port— motor road and railroads. Shan State marked by a series of rivers and creeks hasmountains and forests in abundance. These natural barriers prevent national brethren toget closer but remain distant. The Tatmataw Goverment, on its part, is determined toovercome these barriers.

In the time of the Tatmadaw government a network of roads and bridges were builtand upgraded in Shan State. As a result, the Hsipaw-Namlan-Panketu road and the

Page 144: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 135

Yaksawk-Kyaukgu-Nawnghkio road linking directly to Shan State (North) and ShanState (South) have emerged. Moreover, the Hanmyintmo-Myogyi-Ywangan road and thePinlaung-Pyinmana road linking Mandalay Division and Shan State have also emerged.Local people in Shan State has now been enjoying the fruits of better transport.

A total of 1373miles of motor roads including 437 miles long tarred roads were builtin Shan State. In the past, there were only two major bridges—the Kunlong Bridge andthe Takaw Bridge but in the time of the Tatmadaw government the Thanlwin Bridge(Takaw-et) and the Thanlwin Bridge (Tahsan) were added. In addition, special bridgeprojects—Namting bridge in Kunlong Township, Matlan bridge in Laikha Township andLangkhio bridge in Lingkhio Township were also constructed.

Shweli bridge (Namkham) and Hsataw bridge (Mongkai) are under construction. Ar-rangements are being made for construction of Shweli bridge (Myithson) in MomeikTownship.

In the past, the length of railroads was only 168.25 miles but it has now doubled. The101.92-mile Aungban-Pinlaung-Loikaw railroad, the 37.50-mile Shwenyaung-Yaksawkrailroad and the 165.06-mile Shwenyaung-Namhsan railroad have contributed much toensuring better transport in the region.

Moreover, the number of airport at which Jet aircraft can land and take off hasincreased from four to six. The Lashio-Muse railroad, the ASEAN highway and theAsian highway will soon emerge in Shan State.

The table shows progress made in the transport sector.

Thanlwin Bridge (Tarkawat)

Page 145: Chronicle of National Development

136 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

*Five major bridges built under special project1. Thanlwin Bridge (Tarkawet) 7. Dottawady Bridge( Naungkhio)2. Thanlwin Bridge (Tarsan) **Two bridges under construction3. Nantein Bridge (Kunlon) 1. Shweli bridge ( Namkham)4. Matlan Bridge (Laikha) 2. Hsardaw Bridge (Mongkai)5. Langkho Bridge (Langkho) ***One bridge to be built6. Tarpa Bridge ( Kutkai) 1. Shweli Bridge (Myithson) (Moemeik)

CommunicationsThe government is making all-out efforts for development of the communications

sector of Shan State. At a time when information and communications are making progress,systematic steps are being taken for development of communications sector of states anddivisions to enable the nation to stand tall among the global nations.

The table indicates comparison of figures in the past and present.

Railways- miles of railroad mile 168.25 468.72 300.47- miles of railtrack mile 186.55 501.63 315.08- passenger 1X1000 1495.9 1594.8 98.9

- passenger/mile mile 84205.5 86499.1 2293.6- Goods Ton (1x1000) 58.0 72.3 14.3

- Goods/mile mile 6174.5 11111.1 4936.6- Station station 25 95 70Airways-Airfield field 15 15 - - above 5000 ft runway airfiled field 4 6 2 - under 5000 ft runway airfield field 11 9 upgradingExtension of motor road mile 4077/0 5450/6 1373/6- tarred road mile 1459/0 1896/2 437/6- gravel road mile 781/0 781/4 0/4- hard road mile 700/0 837/4 137/4- earth road mile 1137/0 1014/4 upgradingBridge- Public Works - Above 180 feet bridge 24 39 15 - completed bridge* bridge 24 36 12 - under construction** bridge - 2 2 - bridge to be built*** bridge - 1 1 - Under 180 feet bridge 655 981 326

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Development in the transportation sector of Shan StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Page 146: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 137

Electric PowerElectric power plays a key role in boosting the national economy. Shan State con-

sumed only 24 megawatt of electricity in 1988. In the time of the Tatmadaw governmentmeasures were taken so that Shan State can consume nine times of electricity.

In the past, there were three hydel power plants in Shan State—the 0.3 megawattNanhkam small-scale hydel plant, 0.192 megawatt Muse small-scale hydel plant and 1.2megawatt Tatgyi medium-scale hydel power plant. At present, there are 12 small- andmedium-scale hydel power plants. There are the Namhmyaw, the Namhsaung Ngaung,the Pakyethaw, the Namhsaung Chaung, the Zawgyi-1, the Zawgyi-2, the Namshan Chaung,the Namhtok, the Meipan, the Mongla, the Namlap and the Silu. Shweli hydel powerplant to generate 400 megawatt in Shan State (North) and Kengtawng hydel power plantto generate 54 megawatt in Shan State (South) are under implementation. Arrangementsare being made for implementing Tahsan (Thanlwin) hydel power project in Shan Stateto generate 7,110 megawatt.

The table compares figures in 1988 and the present.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 progress

Post office office 101 157 56Telegraph office 31 88 57Facsimile 1 112 111Computer telegraph - 15 15Telephone-telephone office 27 125 98-telephone line 3075 31702 28627-exchange 27 99 72-direct line 2871 26591 23720-auto/manual phone 2871 25516 22645-telephone density 1X1000 0.78 15.01 14.23Microwave station 2 45 43Rural telephoneexchange - 26 26e-Mail/Internet - 17 17Satellite station-DOMSAT - 1 1-VSAT - 3 3-iPSTAR - 2 2

Development in the communication sector of Shan StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Local outo exchange project under implementation1. Namhsan (south) 500 lines 4. Lashio (Extension) 500 lines2. Konhein 500 lines Total 1900 lines3. Theinni 500 lines

Page 147: Chronicle of National Development

138 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Electricity consumption unit (in million) 24.285 186.372 162.087Maximum power megawatt 5.310 46.720 41.410Installed power megawatt 12.404 233.957 221.553Extened generating of electricity- Completed hydel power plant* plant 3 15 12 -Heavy ( above 10 megawatt) plant - 2 2 -Medium (1-10 megawatt) plant 1 5 4 -Small (up to 1 megawatt) plant 2 8 6Project under implementation project - 2 2 -Heavy( above 10 megawatt) plant - 2 2 - Installed power megawatt - 454.000 454.000Other power plants -Recycling plant plant - - - -Steam plant - - - -Natural gas plant - - - -Coal plant - 1 1 -Diesel-used plant plant 111 173 62-Installed power in the future megawatt 12.404 687.957 675.583

Development in the electric power sector of Shan StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

*Completed hydel power plants 1. Namhkam (1988) 0.300 megawatt (small) 2. Muse (1988) 0.192 megawatt (small) 3. Nammyaw 4.000 megawatt (medium) 4. Namhsaungngaung 4.000 megawatt (medium) 5. Pakyathaw 0.100 megawatt (small) Pakyathaw (extension) 0.200 megawatt (small) 6. Namhsaungchaung 0.500 megawatt (small) 7. Tatkyi 1.200 megawatt (medium) 8. Zawgyi-1 18.000 megawatt (heavy) 9. Zawgyi-2 12.000 megawatt (heavy)10. Namshanchaung 0.150 megawatt (small)11. Namhtot 3.000 megawatt (medium)12. Maipan 1.200 megawatt (medium)13. Mongla 0.060 megawatt (small)14. Namlat 0.480 megawatt (small)15. Hsilu 0.024 megawatt (small)**Hydel power project under implementation 1. Shweli 400 megawatt(heavy) 2. Kengtong 54 megawatt (heavy)Hydel power project to be implemented 1.Tarhsan (Thanlwin) 7110 megawatt

Page 148: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 139

Industry

In building the nation into a modern and developed one, the government based onagriculture and industry is striving for the Union to become an industrialized nation. Inthe process, priority is being given to development of private industrial sector.

Therefore, Taunggyi (Ayethaya) Industrial Zone in Shan State has emerged. Withtheinvestment of K 637.59 million, the industrial zone has 670 industries and K 1,112.03million of production value. With the assistance of the government, it is in the processof establishing modern foundries and mould shops like Mandalay and Monywa industrialzones. The table shows progress at present compared with that in 1988.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 progress

Upgrading of industrial powerIndustrial zones - 1 1Industries - 670 670Private industry plant 846 3439 2593-Cottage industry plant - 35 35State-owned industry plant 22 43 21

Development in the industrial sector of Shan StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Zawgyi Hydel Power Plant in Yaksauk Township in Shan State (South)

Page 149: Chronicle of National Development

140 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Mining and Mineral Resources

Gem lands and mining blocks in Shan State have been extended after 1988. As aresult, 36,330 carats of gems and 244.56 troy ounces of gold could be exploited. Miningand mineral sector of Shan State is making progress to the extent that 143,067 metric tonsof coal, 3,040 metric tons of lime for industrial use, 403 metric tons of lime for deco-ration, 756 metric tons of lead zinc ore, 1,348.6 metric tons of zinc ore, 107,743 ouncesof refined silver, 1,875 metric tons of pure lead, 4,247 metric tons of refined lead and2,210 metric tons of baryte could be mined.

Education

The government is making efforts for improvement of Shan State’s education sectorto be able to face the challenges of Knowledge Age. There are 1,184 basic educationschools with 11,657 teachers in Shan State. Altogether 661,726 students are pursuingeducation at the schools. In the higher education sector, there are two arts & scienceuniversities, one arts & science degree college and one education college where 26,668students are pursuing higher education. Markedly, primary school enrolment rate hasincreased up to 96.69 per cent.

The table shows progress in 1988 and present.

The magnificent main building of Panglong University in Panglong, Loilem Districtin Shan State (South)

Page 150: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 141

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Basic education level- Number of school school 3492 4676 1184 - High school school 59 202 143 - Middle school school 161 233 72 - Post primary school school - 560 560 - Primary school school 3272 3681 409- Multi media classroom room - 151 151- e-learning centre centre - 79 2795Number of teacher teacher 11399 23056 11657Number of student student 347878 661726 313848- Preprimary school - Number of school school - 133 133 - Number of children children - 2766 2766Teachers’education-Institute, school, education college college 1 1 --Number of teacher teacher 16 44 28-Number of trainee trainee 208 2438 2230School enrolment rate percent 66.61 96.69 30.08Adult literacy rate percent 47.34 91.00 40.96School dropout rate- Basic level percent 44.58 8.40 (-36.18)- middle level percent 42.27 5.03 (-37.24)Upgrading of higher education- University, college, degree college 2 5 3- Arts and Science University - 2 2- Degree College 1 2 1- College 1 1 -e-learning centre - 5 5Wide area network - - -Number of WAN sites - 4 4Teaching programmes 16 94 78Number of teacher 170 1236 1066Number of student 2983 24230 21247Human Resource Development Centre - 4 4

Development in the education sector of Shan StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Page 151: Chronicle of National Development

142 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Technological College college - 4 4

- Government Technological College (Ayethayar) college - 1 1

- Number of courses course 3 9 6

- Government Technological College (Kengtung) college - 1 1

- Number of courses course - 4 4

- Government Technological College (Panglong) college - 1 1

- Number of courses course - 4 4

- Government Technological College (Lashio) college - 1 1

- Number of courses course - 4 4

-Number of teachers teacher 50 325 275

-Number of students (graduate) student 2126 5558 3432

-Number of students (current) student - 2092 2092

-Computer Colleges college - 4 4

- Government Computer College (Taunggyi) college - 1 1

- Number of courses course - 30 30

- Government Computer College (Kengtung) college - 1 1

-Number of courses course - 4 4

- Government Computer College (Lashio) college - 1 1

-Number of courses course - 4 4

- Government Computer College (Panglong) college - 1 1

-Number of courses course - 4 4

- Number of teachers teacher - 86 86

- Number of students (graduate) student - 406 406

- Number of students (current) student - 1065 1065

Government Technical High School (Taunggyi) school - 1 1

Development in the science and technology sector of Shan StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 131-12-2005)

Science and TechnologyDevelopment of science and technology is imperative in ensuring human resources

development. To bring about harmonious development across Shan State, the governmenthas designated and is implementing the four development regions—Taunggyi, Lashio,Kengtung and Panglong. One government technological college and one governmentcomputer college each were opened in those regions.

Progress figures are shown in the table.

Page 152: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 143

HealthThe government is striving for the entire national people to be free from diseases, to

be healthy and fit, and to enjoy longevity. With this end in view, public health care

services are being provided in the whole Shan State.

The table indicates progress.

Maternity ward of People’s General Hospital in Lashio, Shan State (North)

Page 153: Chronicle of National Development

144 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Upgrading of hospital hospital 87 138 51

Specialist hospital hospital 1 1 -

- 200-bed hospital 3 4 1

- 150-bed hospital 1 2 1

- 100-bed hospital 5 4 upgrading

- 50-bed hospital 2 8 6

- 25-bed hospital 8 27 19

-16-bed hospital 35 15 upgrading

- Station hospital/ Branch Tsp hospital hospital 32 77 45

Health Centres centre 174 211 37

- Rural Health Centre centre 114 150 36

- Maternal and Child Health Centre centre 52 52 -

- School Health Team team 6 6 -

Health Staff staff 1850 3824 1974

- Doctor (Specialist/Assistant) doctor 313 758 445

- Nurse nurse 556 1387 831

- Health staff staff 136 172 36

- Midwife midwife 678 953 275

- Skilled labour labour 22 49 27

- TSP Health Assistant assistant - 14 14

- Health Assistant-1 assistant - 50 50

- Health Assistant assistant 91 141 50

- Supervisor 1,2 supervisor 54 302 248

Traditional medicine

- Traditional medicine hospital hospital - 1 1

- Traditional Medicine Clinic clinic 6 23 17

Training School school 2 4 2

- Nurses Training School school 1 3 2

-Midwifery school school 1 1 -

Development in the health sector of Shan StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Page 154: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 145

Urban and Rural DevelopmentUnprecedented urban and rural development has been achieved in Shan State. In the

past, the length of urban roads was 400 miles but it has now increased to 692 miles

including 261 miles of tarred roads. The number of bridges in urban areas has topped

1,587. Water supply was facilitated to 30 towns out of 53. The length of rural roads has

increased from 93 miles to 3,823 miles including 159 tarred roads with 896 bridges. A

total of 1,341 water works were facilitated to 918 villages out of 2,780.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Urban development

-Urban roads mile 400/1 714/7 314/6

-Tarred road mile 132/0 276/2 144/2

-Gravelled road mile 81/7 218/2 136/3

- Granite road mile 6/6 13/7 7/1

-Earthen road mile 179/4 206/0 26/4

-Urban bridge bridge - 1609 1609

-Urban water supply tasks

Township where tasks to be carried out town 54 31 23

Completed work work 4 30 26

Rural Development

-Rural roads mile 93/6 714/7 621/1

- Tarred road mile - 276/2 276/2

-Gravelled road mile 22/4 1167/5 1145/1

-Granite road mile - 5/4 5/4

-Earth road mile 71/2 206/4 135/2

-Rural bridge bridge - 896 896

-Rural water supply tasks

-Village where tasks to be carried out village 2780 1356 958

-Completed work work - 3173 3173

-Rural housing house - 29 29

Development in the development affairs sector of Shan StateComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Page 155: Chronicle of National Development

146 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Border Areas and National Races DevelopmentShan State, which lagged behind in development in successive eras, is making signifi-

cant progress and it has been able to catch up with border areas of neighbouring coun-tries.

This is the fruitful result of integrated and well-coordinated efforts of the Tatmadawand national race leaders. Border areas and national races development project started inShan State. When national race leaders joined hands with the Tatmadaw, ten borderarea development regions have emerged. The ten regions are now making more progressthan other cities in the plains. The national race leaders realizing the genuine goodwillof the government are actively engaged in regional development drive.

The table shows tangible results of border area development.

Developing Mongla in Shan State (East)

Page 156: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 147

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Development regions region - 10 10- Kokang region region - 1 1- Wa region region - 1 1- Shan region region - 1 1- Kachin North East region region - 1 1- Palaung region region - 1 1- Kengtung region region - 1 1- Homein region region - 1 1- Monehtaw, Monehta region region - 1 1- Mawhpa region region - 1 1- Pa-O region region - 1 1Road and bridge-Earth road mile - 1802/7 1802/7-Gravelled road mile - 1367/7 1367/7-Tarred road mile - 295/0 295/0-Road maintenance mile - 2493/7 2493/7-Bridge (large, small, suspension) bridge - 21/125/1 21/125/1Health care service-Hospital hospital - 39 39-Clinic clinic - 63 63-Rural health centre centre - 74 74Education-Primary school school - 341 341-Middle school school - 31 31-High school school - 40 40-Teacher teacher - 1551 1551-Student student - 48442 48442Agriculture-Agriculture office office - 23 23-Agriculture camp camp - 64 64-Dam dam - 44 44-Canal canal - 2 2-Tractor tractor - 9 9-Water supply tasks task - 5 5-Land reclamation acre - 860.24 860.24Forestry-Reserved forest - 6 6-Saw mill mill - 12 12-Nursery farm farm - 6 6

Development in the border areas and national races affairs sector ofShan State

Comparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Page 157: Chronicle of National Development

148 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Livestock breeding-Livestock breeding farm farm - 16 16-Veterinary office office - 25 25-Distribution of cow, donkey, sheep - 83 83Energy-Generator generator - 138 138-Town/village - 88 88-Town/village with hydel power - 12 12Public relations-TV retransmission station station - 51 51Mining industry-Ruby caret - 249280.6 249280.6-Saphire piece - 507.7 507.7Communications-Post office - 28 28-Telegraph - 19 19-Telephone - - 54 54Expenditure kyat (in million) - 20419.6 20419.6-Funds of PBANRDA kyat (in million) - 10325.19 10325.19-Funds of ministries kyat (in million) - 10094.41 10094.41

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 progress

-TV retransmission station station 1 71 70-IPRD office office - 72 72-IPRD library library 14 72 58-Departmental library library - 15 15-Rural library library - 3641 3641-e-Library library - 4 4-Sub-printing house * house - 3 3

Development in the information and public relations sector ofShan State

Comparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to31-12-2005)

*Sub-printing houses 1. Lashio 2. Taunggyi 3. Kengtung

Development in the border areas and national races affairs sector ofShan State

Comparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Information and Public RelationsHigher education standard and right concept of national people are

essential for improvement of socio-economic life of the entire national people and trans-forming the Union into a modern and developed one. The government is improving itsinformation sector that serves as a bridge between the State and the people in Shan Statein the drive towards reaching the golden land of unity and amity. Progress made in thisfield may be seen in the the table.

Page 158: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 149

Page 159: Chronicle of National Development

150 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Sagaing Division marching to newgolden land of unity and amity

The Union of Myanmar has prospects for development if the national people furtherenhance peace and unity in harmony.

It is known to all that since its assumption of State duties, the Tatmadaw has paidpriority to national reconsolidation, while upholding Our Three Main National Causes —non-disintegration of the Union, non-disintegration of national solidarity, and perpetua-tion of sovereignty.

The government is building infrastructures in diversified spheres for equitable devel-opment of all parts of the nation, reducing the development gap between one region andanother, and raising the living standard of the people. In its bid to construct economic,education, health and transport infrastructures of the states and divisions, the governmentis making efforts with might and main and enlisting the strength of the people and thegovernmental staff based on self- reliance. The harmonious endeavours of the State, thepeople and the Tatmadaw have yielded sustainable progress of states and divisions andit is making significant contributions towards the development of the entire Union. Now,almost all of the infrastructures required for national development have been in place.

During the inspection tour of Rakhine State on 29 November 2004, Head of StateSenior General Than Shwe gave guidance to the officials, saying that since the assump-tion of State responsibilities, the Tatmadaw has been doing its utmost with a robustconcept that all regions of the nation and national races will be able to enjoy equaldevelopment in a short time. Basically, he said, all the regions of the nation are the same,but they have specific features and characteristics of their own. It is required to utilizethe significant natural resources of the regions in a correct and effective way to narrowthe development gap between one region and another and for ensuring proportionatedevelopment of all. There will be development only if terrestrial and aquatic resourcesare tapped efficiently and effectively by manpower, he said.

The national people are indeed capable of taking a correct approach to what is goingon in the world as well as to the internal affairs. So they are now marching to a newgolden land of unity and amity by means of participating in the nation-building endeav-ours whatever role it may be for ensuring perpetual existence of their mother country aswell as for social and economic progress of the entire people.

Page 160: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 151

I have presented the government’s unremitting endeavours and activities for bringingequitable progress to the hilly regions and the plains of the nation and harmoniousdevelopment of all sectors in the interests of the nation and the people. I would also liketo present development of the seven divisions in which various national races live inunison and harmony, comparing the conditions in 1988 and those at present starting withSagaing Division.

SagaingIn the east of Sagaing Division are Kachin State, Shan State and Mandalay Division,

in the south Mandalay Division and Magway Division, and in the north Chin State. Witha total area of 36,535 square miles, the Division is like a mini union in which a diversityof national races such as Bamar, Shan, Naga, Chin, Gadu and Ganan have been livingin unity. Its population is around 5.945 million and population density is 163 per squaremile.

Its northern part is more populous. Its southern part has small mountain ranges andplains. Its north-west part shares border with India, and along this border line are more-than-10,000-foot-high Patkwaing Mountain Range and about-8,000-foot-high Naga Moun-tain Range, on which the 12,553-foot-high Mount Sarameti lies. There are other moun-tain ranges such as Pontaung and Ponnya. The Ayeyawady River, the Chindwin Riverand the Mu River flow through the region. Among the plains in the region, Shwebo Plainis the largest, and such plains as Homalin, Kabaw valley, Myittha valley, Monywapale,Meza valley and Katha are famous.

AgricultureSagaing Division is located between the Ayeyawady and Chindwin rivers and the

region is long if compared with its width. Its lower part was a region where water wasscarce in the past. It gets only a little rainfall, and there was shortage of water in sup-plying water to the farmland even in the rainy season.

However, the government has been able to upgrade the agricultural sector of theregion, and now it has become the granary of the Upper Myanmar. The governmentreclaimed the virgin and fallow lands of the region. It has constructed water pumpingstations, dams and diversion weirs with the agricultural purpose.

In the past, there were more than 3.7 million arable acres in the region and now thesown acreage has increased to more than 7.4 million in total. In olden days, the regionhad only 16 irrigation facilities.

Over the one-year period after the Tatmadaw had taken State duties, it was able tolaunch 18 projects of irrigation facilities — the underground water tapping project, ZediDiversion Weir, Letyetma Dam, Wetshu Diversion Weir, Tonegyaw Diversion Weir,Nwekhway Dam, YeU Dam, Thazi Dam, Ywathaya artesian well, Htanzalok Dam, Kindat

Page 161: Chronicle of National Development

152 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Dam, Kyepinet Dam, Letpan Dam, Ngwetha Dam and Salingyi Dam one after another.These facilities benefit 369,944 acres of farmland. The multiple-cropping acreage ofirrigated farmland has increased close to 1.5 million, up from 1 million in the past.

Sagaing Division has got river water pumping stations, which had never been in thepast in Myanmar. So far, altogether 49 water pumping projects have been completed,seven projects are under way, and four projects will be launched in the region. In con-sequence, the region can put another two million acres under crops, and the region isgreening all-year round.

The opening ceremony of the Thaphanseik Dam, the region’s greatest showcase thatenhances the prestige of the nation, took place on 17 April 2001. Head of State SeniorGeneral Than Shwe graced the occasion with his presence and delivered a speech to theceremony, saying “It took more than 40 years for previous governments just to carry outfeasibility study for construction of the Thaphanseik Dam, but they could not put theproject into reality due to various reasons. Yet, we set up a robust determination to seeto that, and now the over-40-year-long dream has come true. We have realized the projectwith the confidence that if we do so, local people will be able to carry out double or triplecropping and they can elevate their living and social standards cumulatively,” he added.

Thahpanseik Dam in Kyunhla Township, Sagaing Division

Page 162: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 153

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Land resource- Sown acreage acre 3721145 7435117 3713972- Virgin and vacant land acre 989067 367673Water supply task- dam, lake, reservoir, drain - 16 39 33- Task completed 16 34 18- Task under implementation* - 3 3- Task to be carried out** - 2 2- Benefited acres 420434 798628 378194River water pumping station - 60 60-Task completed - 49 49-Task under implementation - 7 7-Task to be carried out - 4 4-Benefited acres - 206128 206128Damming creek - 118 118- benefited acres - 19382 19382Tubewells - 2805 2805-Benefited acre - 50202 50202 Total benefited acres 420434 1074340 653906Double cropping acreage acre 456059 1478936 1022877Extended paddy cultivation- Monsoon paddy acreage acre 1039502 1611321 571819- per acre yield basket 55.61 71.93 16.32- Summer paddy acre - 375000 375000- per acre yield basket - 80.00 80.00

Development in the agriculture sector of Sagaing DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

increase incultivable land

The speech reflected the Tatmadaw Government’s firm commitment to this project,the genuine goodwill to the nation and the people, and a prudent provision for thenation’s future.

With 108 feet high and 22,587 feet (more than four miles) long earthen embankment,the dam is the largest of its kind in the nation. And the facility’s embankment is thelongest of its kind in South-East Asia. It benefits more than 500,000 acres of crops inShwebo, KhinU, Kanbalu, Daze, YeU, Dabayin, Budalin and Ayadaw townships all-yearround.

The table shows the agricultural progress of Sagaing Division.

Page 163: Chronicle of National Development

154 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

- Total production basket inthousand 52802 131969 79167

- Regional rice sufficiency percent - 142 142Progress in acreage ofbeans and pulses acre 476177 2011525 1535348Cotton acreage acre 94982 129331 34349Sugarcane acreage acre 2796 120894 118098Maize acreage acre 91223 176461 85238Rubber acreage acre - 457 457Tea acreage acre 4997 8952 3955Progress in acreage of pepper acre - 202 202Coffee acre - 492 492Progress in acreage ofedible oil crop-Groundnut acre 284662 498787 214125-Sesame acre 686632 862461 175829-Sunflower acre 73239 381537 308298-Mustard acre 13246 28697 15451-Niger acre 22724 88469 65745

*Dams under construction **Dams to be built 1. Yazagyo 6500 acres (Kale) 1. Ketlon (North) 2. Hpaungkata 1000 acres (Salingyi) 2. Ayadaw 3.Ainya 750 acres (Ayadaw) Ingyinbin (Ayadaw)

Page 164: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 155

Development in the livestock breeding sector of Sagaing DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Extended livestock breeding- Buffalo 320000 398000 78000- Cattle 1727000 2085000 358000- Sheep/goat 266000 391000 125000- Pig 304000 704000 400000- Chicken 2870000 8266000 5396000- Duck 59000 185000 126000- Turkey, goose, muscovy duck 23000 42000 19000- Quail - 43000 43000- Mythun - 1000 1000Fish and prawn breeding- Fish breeding pond acre 538.69 4489.73 3951.04- Fingerlings distribution- Production 1X100000 10.00 465.89 455.89- Fish release 1X100000 6.63 375.67 369.04- Sale 1X100000 3.37 90.22 86.85- Fish released into Ayeyawady river 1X100000 - 325.75 325.75

Livestock and FisheriesTaking into account the food security of the nation’s future population of more than

100 million, the government is constructing good foundations in various sectors. It is alsotaking measures for enabling Sagaing Division to become a region that provides a greatdeal of fish and meat for other states and divisions.

The region is adhering to the guidance of the Head of State on distribution of pedigreespecies of fish, breeding fish in rural regions on a commercial scale, and releasingfingerlings into the Ayeyawady River. The table shows progress of the livestock andfishery sector.

Forest ConservationThe regional development tasks and environmental conservation are interdependent.

Only when the nation’s natural resources are well conserved and protected, will the stepsbe taken effectively for national progress. So, it is needed to prevent the people fromcutting down the trees indiscriminately so as to avert the deforestation, while growingtrees for forming new forests.

Strictly following the guidance of the Head of State, Sagaing Division has managedto conserve forests and set up new forests annually in the region. It has planted trees on

Page 165: Chronicle of National Development

156 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

all the vacant lands on Sagaing Mountain and speeded up implementation of the projectfor the greening of Minwun Mountain.

The tables show the region’s progress in implementing the nine districts greeningproject in cooperation with local authorities, service personnel and the locals.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Reserved Forest sq/mile 3404 10174.85 6770.85Protected public forest sq/mile - 1445 1445Natural land area sq/mile 1013.89 2086.48 1072.59Establishment of forest plantation acre 9962 162099 152317-Teak special plantation acre - 11000 11000-Commercial plantation acre 4850 64985 60135-Village firewood acre 3481 46561 43080-Industrial plantation acre 600 14155 13555-Watershed plantation acre 3601 46157 42556-Thitseint plantations acre - 3550 3550Mass tree planting Tree

(in Million) 0.505 51.18 50.675Timber and Timber product Kyat in Million 133.51 2710.61 1374.10- Myanma Timber Enterprise Kyat in Million 486.96 1605.44 1118.48- Private Kyat in Million 849.55 1105.17 255.62Saw mill and furniture factory factory 23 140 117-State-owned factory 23 17 (-)6-Private factory - 123 123

Development in the forestry sector of Sagaing DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Transport SectorBeing large and mountainous and endowed with rivers and creeks, Sagaing Division

had poor transport in the past. In the time of the Tatmadaw Government, Sagaing-Monywa Road, Monywa-Kale Road, Tagaung-Shwegu Road, Tamu-Zedi Road, Hkamti-Lahe Road ( 56 miles), Htamanthi-Leshi Road (41 miles), Kalewa-Monywa Road (115miles), and Kyepin-et Dam bypass (10 miles and three furlongs) section of Swebo-Myitkyina Road were upgraded.

The total length of the road in the region has increased to 2,132 miles including 1,038miles of tarred roads, compared to only 1332 miles in 1988. The region is now enjoyingbetter transport.

Besides, new bridges emerge one after another. In the past, there were only 17 bridges,each of which is more than 180 feet long. Now, the region has got 12 more such kindof bridges including 465-foot Meza Bridge (Indaw), 2,330-foot Shweli Bridge (Katha),4,730.2-foot Chindwin Bridge (Monywa), 1,320-foot Myittha Bridge (Kalewa) and 4,957-foot Shinbyushin Bridge (ChaungU). Phainglin Bridge and Kangyiwa Bridge projects on

Page 166: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 157

Tamu-Zedi Road in Tamu Township are under construction. Yetpha Creek Bridge (408feet) Project on Thetkekyin-Phaungpyin-Homalin-Hkamti Road and Nantsalein Bridge(320 feet) on Hkamti-Lahe Road will be launched in future.

With respect to the bridge projects implemented in Sagaing Division by the govern-ment, it can be noted that only the two large bridges spanning Chindwin River wereconstructed. Up to 1988, there were no bridges across the river and the region’s transportsector was poor in the past.

The government is opening transport facilities one after another in the region includ-ing two large bridges — Chindwin Bridge (Monywa) and Sinbyushin Bridge (ChaungU).Sinbyushin Bridge lies on ChaungU-Pakokku-Gangaw-Kale railroad, which is contribut-ing towards all-round development of Sagaing Division.

The 277.34-mile ChaungU-Kale railroad links east banks and west banks of theAyeyawady River and the Chindwin River in Sagaing Division. The facility was builtwith the aim of ensuring all-round progress of Pakokku, Gangaw and Kale regions andChin State. The 146-mile ChaungU-Kyaw railroad section was inaugurated in April 1997and the 105.34-mile Kale-Yaymyetni railroad section in July 1997. The two sections have70 stations. Yaymyetni-Kyaw section is under construction. In order to complete thissection, the officials have to overcome many natural barriers including the constructionof the 5,610-foot-long Pontaung-Ponnya tunnel.

Chindwin Bridge (Monywa) is 4320 feet long and it spans Chindwin River inMonywa Tonwship, Sagaing Division

Page 167: Chronicle of National Development

158 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

In addition, the government reconstructed Budalin-YeU railroad and extended it up toKhinU, and built 2,125-foot bridge spanning Mu River to link Mandalay-Myitkyinarailroad and Sagaing-Monywa railroad stretching from east to north.

With farsightedness, the government is constructing new airports, railroads, roads andbridges to shape the better future of the nation. Plans are under way to construct moretransport facilities in the region.

Asian highways, ASEAN highways, and transnational highways will be constructed infuture. The table shows progress of transport facilities of Sagaing Division that is enjoy-ing prospects for progress.

*Five above 180-feet bridges **Three bridges under constructionbuilt under special project 1. Mezar Bridge (Indaw)1. Hpainglin Bridge (Tamu) 2. Kangyiwa Bridge (Tamu)2. Shweli Bridge (Katha) 3. Uru Bridge (Homalin)3. Chindwin Bridge (Monywa) (Special project)4. Myittha Bridge (Kalewa) ***Two bridges to be built5. Hsinbyushin Bridge (ChaungU) 1. Yethpachaung Bridge

2. Nansalein Bridge

Railways- miles of railroad mile 316.50 420.63 104.13- miles of railtrack mile 350.11 460.59 110.48- passenger 1X1000 5211.6 5556.6 345.0

- passenger/mile mile 381905.9 392308.8 10402.9- Goods Ton (1x1000) 176.1 291.3 114.2

- Goods/mile mile 26138.5 46976.6 20838.1- Station station 62 79 17Airways-Airfield field 7 7 - - above 5000 ft runway airfiled field 1 4 3 - under 5000 ft runway airfield field 6 3 upgradingExtension of motor road mile 1332/0 2131/5 799/5- tarred road mile 345/0 1037/7 692/7- gravel road mile 150/0 330/6 180/6- hard road mile 540/0 413/6 upgrading- earth road mile 297/0 349/2 52/2Bridge- Public Works - Above 180 feet bridge 17 34 17 - completed bridge* bridge 17 29 12 - under construction** bridge - 4 4 - bridge to be built*** bridge - 1 1 - Under 180 feet bridge 694 961 267

-completed bridge bridge 694 979 285

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Development in the transportation sector of Sagaing DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Page 168: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 159

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 progress

Post office office 158 157 (-)1Telegraph office 32 45 13Facsimile 1 53 52Computer telegraph - 8 8Telephone-telephone office 23 85 62-telephone line 2040 18871 16831-exchange 23 64 41-direct line 1842 17484 15642-auto/manual phone 1842 17004 15162-auto radio phone - 114 114-CDMA - 95 95-Cellula - - --DECT - 271 271-GSM - - --telephone density 1X1000 0.42 2.75 2.33Microwave station 4 22 18Rural telephoneexchange - 4 4e-Mail/Internet - - -X.25 line line - - -Micro link link - - -Satellite station-DOMSAT - 2 2VSAT - - --iPSTAR - 9 9

Development in the communication sector of Sagaing DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Communications

The region’s communication sector is making progress in parallel with other sectors.The table reflects the State’s capabilities for progress of the region in external and localcommunication.

Local auto exchange project under implementation1. Monywa (extension) 256 lines2. Tamu 750 lines3. Wuntho 400 linesTotal 1406 lines

Page 169: Chronicle of National Development

160 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Electric PowerThe government is taking measures for supply of more electricity for the region. In

1988, the region’s electricity consumption was more than 87 million units only. At thattime, there was not a single hydropower plant. But, after that period, the region wasfacilitated with the 30-megawatt Thaphanseik hydropower plant, the 1.26-megawattZeegyaung hydropower plant, and the 0.05-megawatt hydropower plant Lahe hydropowerplant, increasing the figures of the units to 297.33 million.

The capacity of generators has risen to 38.837 megawatt, up from 11.888 megawattsin 1988. The government is never content in serving the interests of the nation and thepeople.

Thahpanseik hydel power plant near Thahpanseik Village in Kyunhla Township,Shwebo District, Sagaing Division

Page 170: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 161

The 1,200-megawatt Htamanthi and the 660-megawatt Shwesaryay hydel-power plantprojects will emerge in the region soon. The table indicates progress of the electricpower sector of the region.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Electricity consumption unit (in million) 87.578 239.253 151.675

Maximum power megawatt 7.500 60.674 53.174

Installed power megawatt 11.888 38.837 26.949

Extened generating of electricity

- Completed hydel power plant* plant - 3 3

-Heavy ( above 10 megawatt) plant - 1 1

-Medium (1-10 megawatt) plant - 1 1

-Small (up to 1 megawatt) plant - 1 1

-Installed power megawatt - 31.310 31.310

Project under implementation** project - 2 2

-Heavy( above 10 megawatt) plant - 2 2

- Installed power megawatt - 1860.000 1860.000Other power plants

-Recycling plant plant - - -

-Steam plant - - -

-Natural gas plant - - -

-Coal plant - - -

-Diesel-used plant plant 92 62 national grid

- Installed power megawatt 11.888 7.527 (-)4.361

-Installted power in the future megawatt 11.888 1898.837 1886.949

Development in the electric power sector of Sagaing DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

*Completed hydel power plants 1. Thahpanseik 30.00 megawatt (heavy) 2. Zeechaung 1.260 megawatt (medium) 3. Lahe 0.050 megawatt (small)**Hydel power project under implementation 1. Htamanthi 1200 megawatt (heavy) 2. Shwesaryay 660 megawatt (heavy)

Page 171: Chronicle of National Development

162 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 progress

Upgrading of industrial power

Industrial zones - 3 3

Industries - 1311 1311

Private industry plant 1426 4464 3038

-Cottage industry plant - 360 360

State-owned industry plant 53 69 16

Development in the industrial sector of Sagaing DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Industry

Sagaing Division is enjoying cumulative progress in the industrial sector. In the regionare Monywa, Shwebo and Kale industrial zones.

With a total investment of K 599.33 million, Monywa Industrial Zone is made up of615 enterprises. Its annual turnover is K 1,809.83 million. Shwebo Industrial Zone con-sists of 453 industries with a total investment of K 326,57 million and an annual turnoverof K 556.70 million. And Kale Industrial Zone comprises 243 industries with an invest-ment of K 236.85 million in total and annually produces goods valued at K 715.11million.

The number of private factories and plants has grown to more than 3,000 alongside360 small-scale industries and 70 State-owned industries. The table represents progressof the region’s industrial sector.

Mining and Minerals The region is extending its mining industry. The number of its mining blocks of jade,

copper, gold and coal is on the increase. It also discovered other mineral deposits includ-ing quart. It produced 220,000 kilos of jade, 28,592 metric tons of copper, 4,237.17 troyounces of pure gold, 568.68 troy ounces of raw gold, and 15,475.4 metric tons of coal.

Page 172: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 163

EducationSagaing Division is contributing towards the government’s drive for producing more

intellectuals and intelligentsia and outstanding educated persons so as to enable the nationto exist forever and ensure national progress. So far, the government has opened 1022more post-primary schools to help local youths pursue education constantly. The figuresof basic education schools have increased to 976 including 139 basic education middleschools and 162 basic education high schools.

The government opened an institute of economics, and a university in Monywa, auniversity of education in Sagaing, a university in Kale, a degree college in Shwebo, andan education college each in Sagaing and Monywa, to enable local people to pursueeducation in respective regions. The number of students of higher education has surged40 times.

The table depicts the region’s progress in the educational sector.

Institute of Economics in Monywa, Sagaing Division

Page 173: Chronicle of National Development

164 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Basic education level- Number of school school 3603 4579 976 - High school school 65 229 164 - Middle school school 159 304 145 - Post primary school school - 1022 1022 - Primary school school 3379 3024 upgrading- Multi media classroom room - 152 152- e-learning centre centre - 66 66Number of teacher teacher 15072 28231 13159Number of student student 600501 926969 326468- Preprimary school - Number of school school - 166 166 - Number of children children - 3246 3246Teachers’education-Education college college 1 2 1-Number of teacher teacher 15 94 79-Number of trainee trainee 146 4351 4205School enrolment rate percent 67.97 97.08 29.11Adult literacy rate percent 80.87 95.6 14.7School dropout rate- Basic level percent 42.02 10.11 31.91- middle level percent 41.23 16.90 24.33Upgrading of higher education- University, college, degree college 2 6 4- Institute - 2 2- Arts and Science University - 1 1- Degree College - 1 1- College 2 2 -e-learning centre - 8 8Wide area network - - -Number of WAN sites - 4 4Teaching programmes 8 96 88Number of teacher 150 730 580Number of student 1458 67672 66214Human Resource Development Centre - 4 4

Development in the education sector of Sagaing DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Page 174: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 165

Science and TechnologyThe region is also enjoying the improvement of the science and technology sector. The

table shows progress of the number of students in the region.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Technological College college - 1 1

- Government Technological College(Monwya) college - 1 1

- Number of courses course 4 7 3

- Number of teachers teacher 43 160 117

- Number of students (graduate) student - 5128 5128

- Number of students (current) student - 2379 2379

-Computer College college - 1 1- Government Computer College (Monywa) college - 1 1 - Number of courses course - 4 4 - Number of teachers teacher - 33 33 - Number of students (graduate) student - 599 599 - Number of students (current) student - 1145 1145Technical Institute institute - 1 1- Government Technical Institute (Sagaing) institute - 1 1 - Number of courses course - 5 5 - Number of teachers teacher - 56 56 - Number of students (graduate) student - 1567 1567 - Number of students (current) student - 924 924Technical High School school - 1 1

Development in the science and technology sector of Sagaing DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

HealthThe State has upgraded 10 hospitals in the region to provide better health care services

for the people. The figures of hospital have stood 89 including two 200-bed hospitals,five 100-bed hospitals and two 50-bed hospitals. It also opened six more health carecentres, 22 traditional health care centres and two traditional medicines hospitals. A totalof nearly 600 health staff including 91 specialists and assistant surgeons have beenappointed in these health care facilities. It also opened a nurses training school along witha midwifery training school to produce nurses and midwives.

The table shows progress of health staff in the region.

Page 175: Chronicle of National Development

166 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Upgrading of hospital hospital 79 89 10Specialist hospital hospital - - -Teaching hospital hospital - - -- 300-bed hospital - - -- 200-bed hospital - 2 2- 150-bed hospital 1 - upgrading- 100-bed hospital 3 5 2- 50-bed hospital 3 2 upgrading- 25-bed hospital 5 10 5-16-bed hospital 27 21 upgrading- Station hospital/ Branch Tsp hospital hospital 40 49 9Health Centres centre 222 228 6- Rural Health Centre centre 175 182 7- Maternal and Child Health Centre centre 41 41 -- Regional Health Centre centre 1 1 -- School Health Team team 5 5 -Health Staff staff 1937 2521 584- Doctor (Specialist/Assistant) doctor 208 299 91- Nurse nurse 242 554 312- Health staff staff 169 169 -- Midwife midwife 1008 1042 34- Skilled labour labour 11 30 19- TSP Health Assistant assistant - 9 9- Health Assistant-1 assistant - 37 37- Health Assistant assistant 147 163 16- Supervisor 1,2 supervisor 152 218 66Traditional Medicine-Tradiditional medicine hospital hospital - 2 2- Traditional medicine clinic clinic 6 22 16Training School school 1 2 1- Nurses Training School school - 1 1-Midwifery school school 1 1 -

Development in the health sector of Sagaing DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Page 176: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 167

Urban and Rural DevelopmentSagaing Division has been facilitated with a network of transport facilities. The length

of the urban roads has risen from 186 to 646 miles including 206 miles of tarred roads.The region has a total of 995 urban bridges. So far, urban water supply projects have beencompleted in 18 out of 37 towns.

At the same time, the length of rural roads has surged 20 times from more than 150miles to over 3,092 miles. The region has 1340 rural bridges. The water supply projecthas thoroughly covered 2,057 out of 2,454 villages.

Specialist Hospital in Kale

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Urban development

-Urban roads mile 185/7 667/5 481 -Tarred road mile 41/6 217/0 175/2 -Gravelled road mile 86/7 138/1 51/2 - Granite road mile 17/0 29/1 12/1 -Earth road mile 40/2 283/3 243/1-Urban bridge bridge - 1031 1031-concrete bridge - 463 463-wood bridge - 470 470-conduit conduit - 87 87-other bridge - 11 11

Development in the development affairs sector of Sagaing DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Page 177: Chronicle of National Development

168 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Progress of Border Areas and National RacesOnly when the education level of national races in border areas is high, will they have

a wide view of things along with good ideas and be able to play a leading role in theregional development tasks. The government has been building basic foundations forregional progress in Naga and Kabaw regions in order to effectively reduce the develop-ment gap between one region and another. The table shows progress of the border areasand national races development sector.

-Urban water supply tasks Township where tasks to be carried out town 37 19 18 Completed work work 8 18 10Rural Development-Rural roads mile 150/3 3176/7 3026/4 - Tarred road mile 55/3 63/3 8/0 -Gravelled road mile 59/6 403/4 343/6 -Granite road mile - 142/2 142/2 -Earth road mile 35/2 2566/6 2531/4-Rural bridge bridge - 1407 1407 -concrete bridge - 366 366 -wood bridge - 857 857 -conduit conduit - 68 68 -other bridge - 116 116-Rural water supply tasks -Village where tasks to be carried out village 2454 318 2136 -Completed work work - 2946 2946 -Rural housing house - 275 275

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Development regions region - 2 2- Naga region region - 1 1- Kabaw region region - 1 1Road and bridge-Earth road mile - 195/0 195/0-Gravelled road mile - 81/6 81/6-Tarred road mile - 16/7 16/7-Road maintenance mile - 2493/7 2493/7-Bridge (large, suspension) bridge - 1/5 1/5

Development in the border areas and national races affairs sector ofSagaing Division

Comparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Page 178: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 169

Health care service -Hospital hospital - 4 4 -Clinic clinic - 4 4 -Rural health centre centre - 25 25Education -Primary school school - 89 89 -Middle school school - 1 1 -High school school - 8 8 -Teacher teacher - 396 396 -Student student - 13885 13885Agriculture -Agriculture office office - 1 1 -Agriculture camp camp - 4 4 -Dam dam - 9 9 -Water supply tasks task - 3 3 -Tractor tractor - 1 1Forestry -Reserved forest - 1 1Livestock breeding -Livestock breeding farm farm - 1 1 -Veterinary office office - 3 3 -Distribution of cow, donkey, sheep - 4 4Energy -Generator generator - 28 28 -Towns/village with electricity - 21 21 -Town/village with hydel power - - -Public relations -TV retransmission station station - 8 8Communications -Post office - 8 8 -Telegraph - 10 10 -Telephone - 5 5Expenditure kyat (in million) - 2388.5 2388.5 -Funds of PBANRDA kyat (in million) - 822.81 822.81 -Funds of ministries kyat (in million) - 1515.69 1515.69

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Human ResourcesThe government established the University for Development of National Races to

bring progress to the Union and to help locals participate in the project for progress ofborder areas and national races and to create opportunities for the teachers, produced bythe institute for development of national races, shouldering duties across the nation topursue education in the university and to lift their lifestyle by themselves.

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 169

Page 179: Chronicle of National Development

170 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 ProgressUniversity for Development ofNational Races university - 1 1-Number of teacher teacher 64 130 66-Number of student student 3147 8905 5758Cooperatives College college - 1 1-Number of teacher teacher - 30 30-Number of student student - 113 113Youth Development Training School* school - 4 4-Number of teacher teacher - 20 20-Number of student student - 1527 1527Agriculture Institute institute 1 1 --Number of teacher teacher 26 26 --Number of student student 107 730 623

Development of the Union and Human Resource Development inSagaing Division

Comparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

*Youth Development Training School1. Kale 2.Hkamti3. Layshi 4. Lahe

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 progress

-TV retransmission station station 1 19 18-IPRD office office - 40 40-IPRD library library 12 40 28-Departmental library library - 35 35-Rural library library - 4524 4524-e-Library library - 52 52-Sub-printing house (Kalay) house - 1 1

Development in the information and public relations sector of Sagaing DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

The training centres for development of youths are nurturing the youths in suchborder regions in Sagaing Division as Kale, Hkamti, Leshi and Lahe. The Institute ofAgriculture has been established in Shwebo to disseminate agricultural methods to localfarmers in the region. The table indicates progress in the field.

Information & Public RelationsThe Tatmadaw Government is employing the public mass media to ensure oneness of

the parts of the nation and the national races sharing the same views and outlooks. Thetable shows progress of the information sector in the region.

170 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 180: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 171

Page 181: Chronicle of National Development

172 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Taninthayi Division marching to newgolden land of unity and amity

The Union of Myanmar is formed with seven states and seven divisions, in which, allthe national races are living in weal or woe.

It is their family spirit of amity, sympathy, helpfulness, mutual reliance, understanding,forbearance and mutual interest that has made the nationalities to live in firm unitywithout having any regional or ideological discrimination.

It is a loveable Myanmar character that comes out from the family spirit reflecting theUnion which is like a stem with 100 fruits.

At the graduation of the 47th Intake of Defence Services Academy, Chairman of theState Peace and Development Council Commander-in-Chief of Defence Services SeniorGeneral Than Shwe said, “All the national races born of the same stock of ancestors havebeen living through thick and thin in our nation. It has been so long since all the nationalraces have been enjoying equal rights as citizens right from birth. All the national racesare loyal to the State, and have friendly and good nature, which are also characteristicsof the Myanmar race.”

The Tatmadaw always serves the interest of the Union with loyalty. It views thenation’s future with sincerity. With generosity, it is exerting all its efforts for progress ofall the states and divisions. And with goodwill, it is erasing all doubts among the nation-alities and is leading them on the correct way.

At the ceremony to put Thanlwin Bridge (Mawlamyine) the largest and most magnifi-cent one in Myanmar, into service, Head of State Senior General Than Shwe said, “Sinceyears ago, the Government has wished to build the bridge that is an auspicious facilitybenefiting both the region and the nation. But it could not build the facility soonerbecause of many difficulties, especially the financial and technological constraints, thatmade it waited for an opportune time.

“Now, the national economy has developed to a certain degree, and the nation hasbeen gaining more and more expertise after building small, medium and large bridgesstep by step till acquiring the technology and ability to build such a large bridge.’’

Page 182: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 173

“Whatever difficulties the nation is facing, the united strength, and the strength, whichcomes out from the firm community peace and stability and the rule of law, are of vitalimportance for the nation. And the two strengths will enable the nation to overcome allkinds of difficulties it is facing.”

The developments of Taninthayi Division stand witness to the fact that with the twostrengths, the Tatmadaw manages to build grand bridges one after another in the nation.

Taninthayi Division

Bordering Mon State in the north, Taninthayi Division is the southernmost region ofthe Union. On its 16,736-square-mile territory live Bamar, Kayin, Mon, Rakhine, Shanand Salon national races. Forming a union within the Union, the division has a populationof about 1,537,000 and, on average, 92 persons are living in every square mile of theregion.

Generally, it can be said a mountainous region, for, the mountain ranges with eleva-tions reaching up to nearly 3,000 feet stand as a long wall alongside the thin stretch ofplains facing the Andaman’s Sea in the west. Of the many rivers, Dawei, Taninthayi andLenya rivers are famous. The coastal sea is dotted with many islands.

Scenic beauty of Kawthoung

Page 183: Chronicle of National Development

174 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

AgricultureIn the past, Taninthayi Division’s economy relied mainly on rubber plantations. But

now, its agricultural patterns have totally changed. Thanks to the assistance provided bythe government, it is cultivating other species of crops that grow well in the division thatis now producing adequate amount of rice for its population.

Over 400,000 acres of land have been reclaimed, and waterworks and small scaledams are irrigating over 90,000 acres of crops. Yinwa Dam has been built in KawthoungTownship, and Anyabya Dam is being built in Dawei Township to irrigate 3,200 acresof crops.

The Government has been implementing projects to turn Chin State into a major tea-growing region, Rakhine State into a major pepper-growing region, Mon State into amajor rubber-growing region, Sagaing division into the rice bowl of upper Myanmar, andTaninthayi Division into an oil bowl. It is laying down long-term plans to meet thedomestic edible oil demand, and has put over 100,000 acres of land under oil palm in theTaninthayi Division to this date.

Emerging together with the development in oil palm cultivation of the division is thenational entrepreneurs’ tradition of adhering to the Government’s policy and respondingto its goodwill. Vast oil palm farms of the national entrepreneurs are emerging along theUnion Highway in the division. Thus, the division will have an abundant supply of edibleoil and rice and also natural gas from offshore drilling plocks. Rubber and pepper plan-tations are also being extended in the division. The table has more.

Kawthoung archipelago

174 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 184: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 175

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Land resource- Sown acreage acre 536904 937896 400942- Virgin and vacant land acre 926194 733145 193049Water supply task- dam, lake, reservoir, drain - 1 3 2- Task completed 1 2 1- Task under implementation - 1 1- Task to be carried out - - -- Benefited acres 257 3475 3200River water pumping station - 4 4-Task completed - 2 2-Task to be carried out - 2 2-Benefited acres - 500 500Damming creek - 167 167- benefited acres - 8773 8773Total benefited acres 257 12728 12471Double cropping acreage 3925 37201 33276Extended paddy cultivation- Monsoon paddy acreage acre 193317 374558 181241 - per acre yield basket 55.18 65.35 10.17- Summer paddy acre - 30100 30100 - per acre yield basket - 65.81 65.81- Total production basket in

thousand 10282 23747 13465- Regional rice sufficiency percent - 100 100Progress in acreage ofbeans and pulses acre - 6532 6532Rubber acreage acre 88449 119353 30904Oil palm acreage acre 16878 164375 147497Progress in acreage of pepper acre 54 31987 31933Acreage of edible oil crop-Groundnut acre 438 637 199-Sesame acre 768 1349 581-Sunflower acre 58 102 44-Niger acre - 95 95

Development in the agriculture sector of Taninthayi DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

increase incultivable land

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 175

Page 185: Chronicle of National Development

176 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Livestock and Fisheries

The Government has been distributing quality strains, feedstuff and medicines and

disseminating techniques to develop the meat and fish sector of the division. Because of

the inclusion of the animal disease prevention project in the drive to promote the sector,

the division's current meat production has increased three times greater than that of the

past. Coastal and deep-sea fishing industry of the region is also gaining progress with

greater momentum. Please see the table to know the exact data.

Oil palm plantation of Taninthayi Division

176 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 186: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 177

Development in the livestock breeding sector of Taninthayi DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Extended livestock breeding- Buffalo 94000 132000 38000- Cow 92000 135000 43000- Sheep/goat 10000 25000 15000- Pig 39000 126000 87000- Chicken 640000 2954000 2314000- Duck 118000 326000 208000- Turkey, goose, muscovy duck 19000 26000 7000- Quail - 7000 7000Fish and prawn breeding- Fish breeding pond acre - 324.32 324.32Prawn breeding acre - 935.21 935.21

Forest ConservationConcerning the forestry sector, the Head of State has given guidance, saying, “Failure

to protect and conserve the natural resources will be followed by ill effects in the longrun. Destruction of forest resources will lead to destruction of land and water resources.Thus, it is important for all of us to conserve and protect them for long-term interest,instead of viewing only the short-term interest.”

Prawn export industry

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 177

Page 187: Chronicle of National Development

178 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Reserved Forest sq/mile 4500 4526.22 26.22Protected public forest sq/mile - 356.61 356.61Natural land area sq/mile 18.99 2234.38 2215.39Establishment of forest plantation acre 600 10365 9765-Commercial plantation acre 600 8390 7790-Village firewood acre - 1825 1825-Watershed plantation acre - 150 150-Thitseint plantations acre - 300 300Mass tree planting Tree

(in Million) 0.01 5.02 5.01Timber and timber products (kyat in million) 281.09 330.25 49.16

Development in the forestry sector of Taninthayi DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

In accord with the guidance, greater efforts are being made to conserve and protect thedivision’s forest resources for their everlasting existence. Over 2,000 square miles ofwildlife parks have been set up in the region. The table shows the development of forestplantation and conservation in the division with the participation of the local people.

Road TransportRakhine State and Taninthayi Division were called backward coastal regions in the

past due to their geographical conditions. Both are thin stretches of land lying betweenthe mountain ranges and the sea. Thus, they lacked development in the past.

The Tatmadaw Government has been able to beautify and develop all regions whethertheir geographical conditions are of the same type or not. It is building roads and bridgesin every region.

The Government is like a gardener nurturing every plant in the garden to becomebeautiful with blossoming flowers. Thanks to a network of roads and bridges, the divisionnow is easily reachable from other states and divisions. There is now easy access by roadfrom Putao in the northern point of the Union to Kawthoung in Taninthayi Division atthe southern tip.

Dawei-Myeik-Thanithayi-Bokpyin-Kawthoung road has become an all-weather facil-ity. The division now has over 740 miles of motor roads including over 436 miles oftarred roads. The present length of roads is 343 miles and two furlongs longer than thatof the past.

In addition to the Union Highway passing through the division, 14 over-180 bridgeshave emerged in it. Of them seven have been covered by special projects. The famousbridges in the division are: the 500-foot Winwa Bridge in Thayetchaung Township, the

178 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 188: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 179

Development in the transportation sector of Taninthayi DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

500-foot Palauk Bridge and the 600-foot Palaw Bridge in Palaw Township, the 3,612-foot Kywegu-Kyaukphya Bridge and the 810-foot Pathoung Bridge in Myeik Township,the 1,360-foot Taninthayi Bridge in Taninthayi Township, and 860-foot Lenya-MandaingBridge in Bokpyin Township. The railroad which ended in Ye in Mon State in the pasthas been extended to Dawei in the division that is 102.38 miles from Ye. Ye- Daweirailroad was launched in March 1998. Airports in Kawthoung and Myeik have beenupgraded to become facilities that can handle landing and taking off of passenger jets.Four more wharves have been erected in the division. The division bordering Thailandin the east and touching the sea in the west is enjoying sound transport development. Infuture, the Asian highway and the ASEAN highway will pass through the region.

The table stands witness to the transport development of the division during the timeof the Tatmadaw Government.

Railways

- miles of railroad mile - 87.47 87.47

- miles of railtrack mile - 95.68 95.68

- passenger 1X1000 - 35.5 35.5

- passenger/mile mile - 1894.4 1894.4

- Goods Ton (1x1000) 0.5 4.5 4

- Goods/mile mile - 186.9 186.9

- Station station - 20 20

Airways

-Airfield field 4 6 2

- above 5000 ft runway airfiled field 2 4 2

- under 5000 ft runway airfield field 2 2 -

Jetty (Inland) jetty 7 11 4

Extension of motor road mile 397/0 740/2 343/2

- tarred road mile 213/0 436/1 223/1

- gravel road mile 5/0 205/4 200/4

- hard road mile 136/0 27/0 upgrading

- earth road mile 43/0 74/5 28/5

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 179

Page 189: Chronicle of National Development

180 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 ProgressPost office office 29 46 17Telegraph office 9 20 11Facsimile - 28 28Computer telegraph - 3 3Telephone-telephone office 6 85 79-telephone line 530 5976 5446-exchange 6 23 17-direct line 469 4980 4511-auto/manual phone 469 4926 4457-auto radio phone - 54 54-telephone density 1X1000 0.48 3.30 2.82Microwave station 2 9 7Rural telephoneexchange - 6 6Email/Internet - 2 2Satellite station-DOMSAT - - -VSAT - 1 1-iPSTAR - 9 9

Development in the communication sector of Taninthayi DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Line extension of auto telephone department under implementation1. Myeik 2000 lines

Communication SectorTaninthayi Division is prospering together with other sister states and divisions like a

tree thriving in a garden called the Union. The table indicates the development of thecommunication sector of the division where the national brethren have been living in unity.

*Seven above 180 feet bridges built under special project1. Winwa Bridge (Thayetchaung)2. Palauk Bridge (Palaw)3. Palaw Bridge (Palaw)4. Kyweku-Kyaukpya Bridge( Myeik)

Bridge- Public Works - Above 180 feet bridge 8 15 7 - completed bridge* bridge 8 14 6 - under construction** bridge - 1 1 - Under 180 feet bridge 142 203 61 -completed bridge bridge 142 203 61

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

5. Pathaung Bridge (Myeik) (Military engineering)6. Taninthayi Bridge (Taninthayi)7. Laynyamandaing Bridge (Bokpyin)**One bridge under construction1. Heinne Bridge (Yepyu)

180 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 190: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 181

ElectricityAlthough it is rich in land and water resources, Taninthayi Division was like an

ordinary flower without any hue throughout the past eras, as there was no one to developthe region.

It has started to shine since the Tatmadaw Government’s assumption of the Stateduties. Now it will add beauty to the Union. Up to 1988, the division had only 0.154-megawatt Myitnge hydel power station. But after 1988, the Government built the 0.15-megawatt Kattalu hydel power station and the 0.192-megawatt Yetagon Creek hydelpower station in the division.

Soon, the 600-megawatt Taninthayi River hydel power plant, the 25-megawattTheinkhun Creek hydel power station and the 20-megawatt Thakyet Creek hydel powerstation will emerge in the division. The hydel power stations of the division will serveas the nation’s strength in the future. Table F will tell the reader more about the electric-ity sector development of the region.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Electricity consumption unit (in million) 3.502 6.616 3.114Maximum power megawatt 4.567 8.718 4.151Extened generating of electricity- Completed hydel power plant* plant 1 3 2 -Small (up to 1 megawatt) plant 1 3 2 -Installed power megawatt 0.154 0.496 0.342Project under implementation** project - 3 3 -Heavy( above 10 megawatt) plant - 3 3 - Installed power megawatt - 645.000 645.000Other power plants -Recycling plant plant - - - -Steam plant - - - -Natural gas plant - - - -Coal plant - - - -Diesel-used plant plant 23 38 15Installed power megawatt 7.612 14.5 6.919-Installted power in the future megawatt 12.404 687.957 675.583

Development in the electric power sector of Taninthayi DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

*Completed hydel power plant **Hydel power projects under implementation1. Myitnge (1988) 0.154 megawatt (small) 1. Taninthayi 600 megawatt (heavy)2. Kattalu 0.150 megawatt (small) 2. Thakyetchaung 20 megawatt (heavy)3. Yetagunchaung 0.192 megawatt (small) 3. Theinkunchaung 25 megawatt (heavy)

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 181

Page 191: Chronicle of National Development

182 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Mining and Mineral ResourcesTaninthayi Division also consists of Pale Yadana Myay or pearl land. After 1988, the

production of pearls has increased by 105,470.57 momme as pearl centres are now sevenin number. The production of tin and tungsten reached 447.29 metric tons. The discoveringof coal reserve resulted in the production of 119,162.83 metric tons of coal. The sandused for making of glass was found, and such kind of sand was produced 9,734.38 metrictons.

EnergyIn the time of the Tatmadaw government, all the states and divisions in the Union are

developing to an extent that it is difficult to say whose progress is greater than whose.All the flowers are now blooming as a result of the goodwill of the gardener whosewishes are to enable all the flowers to be in full bloom.

There have now emerged off-shore oil fields as if it seemed to be possible to create anaphorism that would go “Mottama is famous for Yadana, Taninthayi for Yetagon, andRakhine Offshore for gold”. They are in fact the treasure bequeathed by ancestors toposterity. It will not be wrong to assume that these gas fields guarantee inexhaustibleexploitation till many a generation to come. Encouraging are the development in energy inTaninthayi Division in the time of the Tatmadaw government. They are shown in the table.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 progress

Upgrading of industrial powerIndustrial zones - 1 1Industries - 19 19Private industry plant 331 820 489-Cottage industry plant - 72 72State-owned industry plant - 12 12

Development in the industrial sector of Taninthayi DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

IndustryThe industrial development pace of Taninthayi Division is gaining speed as the gov-

ernment encourages the efforts to realize the goal. Although there are just 19 enterprisesin Myeik industrial zone, the investment has hit K 593.9 million, with a production valueof over US$ 9 million and K 633.26 million. The number of factories related to marineresources, minerals, rubber and oil palm is likely to rise. Even now, the number of privatefactories has increased to 489 apart from existing 72 cottage industries and 12 State-owned factories. The table shows industrial development of the division.

182 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 192: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 183

Rig No- 1 of Yadana Oilfield lies offshore Taninthayi Coast

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 progress

Oilfield (offshore) field - 1 1Length of gas pipeline mile - 208.15 208.15- on shore mile - 40.15 40.15- offshore (under water) mile - 126.00 126.00- offshore (on ground) mile - 42.00 42.00Crude oil production barrel - 2792723 2792723Natural gas production cubic feet - 102293.85 102293.85

Development in the energy sector of Taninthayi DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 183

Page 193: Chronicle of National Development

184 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

EducationFor a nation, education is the best means of investment. With this end in view, the

Tatmadaw government is taking measures to promote the level of education in Taninthayi

Division.

“The task for the establishment of a modern and developed nation that can face the

challenges likely to arise in future is based on the development of human resources.

After drawing up a special plan for promotion of national education, measures are

being taken to develop human resources as well-rounded individuals essential for the

country”, said Head of State Senior General Than Shwe at the Annual General Meeting

of Union Solidarity and Development Association on 19-2-2002.

Progress made in the past and the present in the education drive to ensure equal

learning opportunity in Taninthayi Division can be seen in the table.

Myeik Degree College

184 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 194: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 185

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Basic education level- Number of school school 962 1133 171 - High school school 21 60 39 - Middle school school 47 82 35 - Post primary school school - 176 176 - Primary school school 894 815 upgrading- Multi media classroom room - 52 52- e-learning centre centre - 18 18Number of teacher teacher 3451 6380 3129Number of student student 147070 257694 110624- Preprimary school - Number of school school - 37 37 - Number of children children - 1100 1100Teachers’education-Institute, school, education college college 1 1 upgrading-Number of teacher teacher - 50 50-Number of trainee trainee - 1321 1321

School enrolment rate percent 67.97 96.21 28.24Adult literacy rate percent 80.18 98.6 18.4School dropout rate- Basic level percent 44.82 8.99 35.83- middle level percent 42.53 21.25 21.28Upgrading of higher education- University, college, degree college 1 3 2- Arts and Science University - 2 2- College - 1 1e-learning centre - 3 3Wide area network - - -Number of WAN sites - 2 2Teaching programmes 8 56 48Number of teacher 46 386 340Number of student 397 12035 11638Human Resource Development Centre - 2 2

Development in the education sector of Taninthayi DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 185

Page 195: Chronicle of National Development

186 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

HealthIn this age, health has been given top priority. Hospitals are being built and upgraded

across the country to carry out health care on an extensive scale.A new 200-bed hospital was built in the region, and the 100-bed hospital upgraded

into the 200-bed one. Moreover, three 50-bed hospitals were also opened there, alongsidenine station hospitals and two rural health centres.

Another 121 specialists and assistant doctors were employed there. Now, the regionhas 952 medical staff, up from 503 in the past. A traditional medicine hospital was alsoopened there to give treatment with traditional medicines. Now, the traditional medicinedispensaries are eight in number. Apart from the existing midwifery school, a nursing

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Technological College college - 2 2- Government Technological College (Dawei) college - 1 1 - Number of courses course - 7 7- Government Technological College (Myeik) college - 1 1 - Number of courses course - 7 7 - Number of teachers teacher - 90 90 - Number of students (graduate) student - 530 530 - Number of students (current) student - 384 384-Computer Colleges college - 2 2- Government Computer College (Dawei) college - 1 1 - Number of courses course - 5 5- Government Computer College (Myeik) college - 1 1-Number of courses course - 4 4 - Number of teachers teacher - 35 35 - Number of students (graduate) student - 802 802 - Number of students (current) student - 467 467

Development in the science and technology sector of Taninthayi DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Science and TechnologyIn the past, Yangon was the only place to pursue engineering. The same thing can be

said of computer science. The number of students admitted to the then universities andinstitutes was limited. There were those whose dreams were broken for various reasons.Now, the doors to education are kept open to all in every favourable places. The govern-ment has helped the young in Taninthayi Division to enable them to have easy access tothe branches of education like science and technology. They can be seen in the table.

186 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 196: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 187

school was also constructed with the aim of producing more nurses within the region.Efforts are under way to bring about economic growth and social advancement in the

region. The figures related to the health sector of the region are stated in the table.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Upgrading of hospital hospital 22 29 7Specialist hospital hospital - -Teaching hospital hospital - - -- 300-bed hospital - - -- 200-bed hospital - 2 2- 150-bed hospital - - -- 100-bed hospital 2 1 -(1)- 50-bed hospital - 3 3- 25-bed hospital 1 1 --16-bed hospital 11 5 -(6)- Station hospital/ Branch Tsp hospital hospital 8 17 9Health Centres centre 57 59 2- Rural Health Centre centre 39 41 2- Maternal and Child Health Centre centre 12 12 -- Local Health Centre centre 1 1 -- School Health Team team 5 5 -Health Staff staff 503 970 467- Doctor (Specialist/Assistant) doctor 75 196 121- Nurse nurse 83 316 233- Health staff staff 41 45 4- Midwife midwife 239 266 27- Skilled labour labour 9 23 14- TSP Health Assistant assistant - 4 4- Health Assistant-1 assistant - 10 10- Health Assistant assistant 32 50 18- Supervisor 1,2 supervisor 24 55 21Traditional medicine-Tradiditional medicine hospital hospital - 1 1- Traditional Medicine Clinic clinic 4 8 4Training School school 1 2 1- Nurses Training School school - 1 1-Midwifery school school 1 1 -

Development in the health sector of Tanithayi DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 187

Page 197: Chronicle of National Development

188 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Development AffairsWith the growing economic and social infrastructures, Taninthayi Division has be-

come a developed region. The gradual development of the living standard of local peoplecan be seen in the table.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Urban development

-Urban roads mile 110/3 258/7 148/4

-Tarred road mile 34/0 160/7 126/7

-Gravelled road mile 22/1 46/4 24/3

- Granite road mile 28/0 - upgrading

-Earth road mile 26/2 51/4 25/2

Development in the development affairs sector of Taninthayi DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

200-bed specialist hospital in Myeik

188 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 198: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 189

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

-Urban bridge bridge - 712 712

- concrete bridge - 516 516

- wood bridge - 187 187

- other bridge - 9 9

-Urban water supply tasks

Township where tasks to be carried out town 10 3 7

Completed work work - 7 7

Rural Development

-Rural roads mile 104/5 720/1 615/4

- Tarred road mile 22/0 355/0 333/0

-Gravelled road mile - 181/2 181/2

-Granite road mile 17/5 1/3 upgrading

-Earth road mile 65/0 182/4 117/4

-Rural bridge bridge - 228 228

-concrete bridge - 48 48

-wood bridge - 157 157

-other bridge - 23 23

-Rural water supply tasks

-Village where tasks to be carried out village 672 422 250

-Completed work work - 298 298

-Rural housing house - 14 14

Development of Border Areas and National RacesThe sustainable development of the whole Union is directly proportionate to regional

stability. In this age, the prospect of development has no longer been concerned with thegeographical remoteness of a particular area. It is the rule of law and order as well asregional stability that can bring with it prosperity. The government wants every regionto enjoy equitable development. Therefore, it is working hard to leave a good legacybehind, a peaceful, tranquil, and developed nation.

The Tatmadaw government has thus added Taninthayi Division to the zones coveredin the development project. In the table are the endeavours the Tatmadaw governmenthas made in Taninthayi Division.

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 189

Page 199: Chronicle of National Development

190 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Development regions region - 1 1

- Taninthayi region region - 1 1

Road and bridge

-Earthern road mile - 251/2 251/2

-Gravelled road mile - 105/2 105/2

-Tarred road mile - 38/5 38/5

-Road maintenance mile - 14/4 14/4

-Bridge (large, small) bridge - 8/7 8/7

Health care service

-Clinic clinic - 2 2

-Rural health centre centre - 9 9

Education

-Primary school school - 28 28

-Middle school school - 1 1

-Highschool school - 4 4

-Teacher teacher - 152 152

-Student student - 4827 4827

Agriculture

-Agriculture camp camp - 1 1

Energy

-Generator generator - 2 2

-Towns/village - 1 1

Public relations

-TV retransmission station station - 7 7

Expendit ure kyat (in million) - 2956.09 2956.09

-Funds of PBANRDA kyat (in million) - 582.75 582.75

-Funds of ministries kyat (in million) - 2521.79 2521.79

Development in the border areas and national races affairs sector ofTaninthayi Division

Comparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

190 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 200: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 191

Taninthayi Bridge in Taninthayi region

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 progress

-TV retransmission station station - 11 11-IPRD office office - 16 16-IPRD library library 2 16 14-Departmental library library - 1 1-Rural library library - 1076 1076-e-Library library - 2 2

Development in the information and public relations sector ofTaninthayi Division

Comparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Information and Public Relations“Only the efforts made not with inapplicable wishes but with the genuine goodwill

that came out from the bottom of the heart will receive the return of same thing from thepublic”, the Head of State gave guidance. In line with the guidance, steps are being takento promote the information sector of Taninthayi Division in the march towards a consoli-dated new nation.

The table shows measures being taken for regional development.

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 191

Page 201: Chronicle of National Development

192 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 202: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 193

Page 203: Chronicle of National Development

194 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Bago Division marching to newgolden land of unity and amity

The nation-building task is a non-stop endeavour that should be handed down fromone generation to another and should be implemented with all-out efforts. For a devel-oping country like Myanmar, it is a colossal task covering every sector and corner of thenation.

The entire Myanmar community needs unity. In the same manner, the entire Unionneeds peace and stability, a strong national force, sound economic foundations in everysector, and assistance to enhance economic and social power.

There was also the most dire need of all the needs the nation was facing in 1988.During the time, the colonialist wolves were waiting for an opportunity to break up

the Union into pieces, and the opportunists were ready to move in to exploit the nation.In the minds of the entire national people was none other than the Tatmadaw which

constantly stood by them in times of emergency, and that was its fine historic tradition.Hence, the Tatmadaw had to take over the State duties since then to attend to the manyneeds of the people in discharging the historic duty.

At the Special Meeting of the Union Solidarity and Development Association held on19 February 2002, Head of State Senior General Than Shwe said, “It is not for nothingthat we are now in the present position in the country. We are working day and night asbest we could for the emergence of a peaceful, modern, developed nation. It can beachieved not by words but by practical deeds. We are fully aware that there can bedifficulties and obstacles ahead. There are a lot of disturbances from inside and outsidethe country. Against all the odds, we are working because of our love of the nation. Ifthere are no disturbances and obstacles, the pace and development of the nation will bequicker and so will the work to build a democratic nation.’’

It is just 16 years since the Government has started the national development drive.But within a short span of time, the nation can stand tall, achieving success after successin various sectors, and all the states and divisions are playing their own role in the marchtowards golden land in unity and amity.

On 5 February 2004, Head of State Senior General Than Shwe gave guidance ondevelopment tasks in Mawlamyine, saying, “The Government has been providing assist-ance for progress of all the regions of the Union. Economic development in all the statesand divisions will lead to developing the national economy. Ardent efforts for regionaland national development are a must.’’

Page 204: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 195

“All the states and divisions are in the process of developing themselves more andmore. Only if the individuals strive to develop themselves and their own communities,will the nation be able to continue its development drive well. As the onus is on thepresent generation for the betterment of the new generations, all must be dutiful.”

The whole Union is invigorated with new energy thanks to the encouragement givento shine all the regions. And it is the sincere efforts of the Tatmadaw Government thathave beautified and developed Bago Division where large stretches of paddy fields anda number of magnificent bridges have emerged. Now, I will present the situation of thepast and present of Bago Division.

Bago DivisionLying in the south portion of the central plains of Myanmar, Bago Division is sharing

a common land border with Magway and Mandalay Divisions in the north, Kayin andMon states in the east, Yangon Division in the south and Rakhine State and AyeyawadyDivision in the west. The 24,793-square-mile region is home to Kayin, Bamar, Mon,Chin, Rakhine, Shan and Pa-O national races living in unity since yore. A union withinthe Union, its population is 5,555,000 and its population density is 224 persons persquare mile.

Except Bago Yoma, a mountain range, running from north to south in the central partof the division, its eastern and western regions are plains. Ayeyawady River flows in thewestern part, and Sittoung and Bago rivers in the east.

Zaungtu Dam in Bago Township

195

Page 205: Chronicle of National Development

196 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

AgricultureWith innovative efforts, the Government has been adding value to land and water resources.

It is building regulating dams to prevent floods, and reservoirs to irrigate crops. It is developingthe division to become a reliable agricultural region of the nation.

Of the 3.1 million acres of crops fields of the division, 40 dams and 55 waterworks areirrigating 1.5 million acres. Up to this day, the nation has built Natmaw Dam, irrigating 8,000acres of land, and Shwedaung Dam, irrigating 1,200 acres of land, in Shwedaung Township,Singuchaung-gaung Dam, irrigating 1,500 acres of land, in Okpo Township, Taungmauk andKyeepin dams in Padaung Township, two dams by the same name ‘South Nawin Dam’ irrigating67,000 acres of land, in Paukkhaung Township, Minye Dam, irrigating 2,000 acres of land, andSittoung Dam, irrigating 7,000 acres of land, in Ottwin Township, Mataungta Dam, irrigating10,520 acres of land, in Pyay Township, Seikphutaung and Kanni dams, each irrigating 2,000acres of land, in Toungoo Township, Yebo Dam, irrigating 2,000 acres of land, and TaungnyoDam, irrigating 50,000 acres of land, in Nattalin Township, Zalathtaw Dam, irrigating 2,000 acresof land, Mazin Dam, irrigating 6,500 acres of land, Shwepyi 3 Dam, irrigating 1,250 acres ofland, Zaungtu Dam, irrigating 36,250 acres of land, and Pathi Dam, irrigating 4,000 acres of land,in Bago Township, Ngamwechaung Dam, irrigating 500 acres of land, in Phyu Township, BawniDam, irrigating 6,000 acres of land, in DaikU Township, Weigyi Dam, irrigating 45,000 acres ofland, in Paungde Township, Maungkaing Dam, irrigating 3,000 acres of land, in Pandaung Town-ship, Kangyigon Dam, irrigating 1,400 acres of land, in Pyay Township, Thedaw Dam, irrigating12,000 acres of land, Letpadan Township, Shangaing Dam, irrigating 25,000 acres of land, inWaw Township, Hswachaung Dam, irrigating 35,000 acres of land, in Yedashe Township, ThonzeDam, irrigating 50,000 acres of land, in Thayawady Township, Paingkyone Dam, irrigating30,000 acres of land, in Kawa Township, Bawbin Dam, irrigating 30,000 acres of land, inGyobingauk Township, Kantinbilin Dam, irrigating 25,000 acres of land, in Minhla Township,Kawliya Dam, irrigating 24,500 acres of land, in DaikU Township, Tawa Dam, irrigating 32,000acres of land, in Thanatpin Township, Alaingni Dam, irrigating 10,000 acres of land, in BagoTownship, Gamon and Minhla dams, each irrigating 15,000 acres of land, in Okpo, Chaungmagyi(Myohla) Dam, irrigating 3,000 acres of land, in Yedashe Township, Shwehla Dam, irrigating35,000 acres of land, in Kawa Township, and Khawa Dam, irrigating 2,000 acres of land, inPadaung Township.

Fifty-five river water pumping stations, 12,063 small dams and 7,093 tube-wells have alsobeen built in the division. The irrigation facilities have doubled the double-cropping of paddy toover 1.5 million acres. The division has put 550,00 acres of land under monsoon paddy and175,000 acres of land under summer paddy. The division is producing food more than twice theamount of local consumption. It is distributing half the amount of its rice production to otherregions.

Beans and pulses cultivation is showing encouraging signs. The division is cultivating about1.3 million acres of beans and pulses, over 300,000 acres of edible oil crops, and nearly 50,000acres of rubber, which has ready markets abroad.

But the prospering Bago Division and its energetic people are not content with the presentdevelopments. The land has natural resources, manpower and bright prospects. The TatmadawGovernment has been helping people get available land and water resources ready for use.

Yenwe Dam, which will irrigate 118,500 acres of crops, in Kyauktaga Township, PyuchaungDam, which will irrigate 120,000 acres of crops, in Pyu Township, Khaboung Dam, which willirrigate 135,000 acres of crops, in Ottwin Township, and Moeyungyi Dam, which will irrigate40,000 acres of crops, in Waw Township are under construction at present. The table shows thedeveloping agricultural sector of the division.

196 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 206: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 197

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Land resource- Sown acreage acre 2825165 3098578 273413- Virgin and vacant land acre 634893 319576 (-)315317Water supply task- dam, lake, reservoir, drain - - 140 44- Task completed 96 136 40- Task under implementation - 4 4- Task to be carried out - - -- Benefited acres 890748 1931218 1140470River water pumping station - 87 87-Task completed - 55 55-Task under implementation - 1 1-Task to be carried out - 31 31-Benefited acres - 101532 101532Damming creek - 1206 1206- benefited acres - 34665 34665Tubewells - 709 709-Benefited acre - 8329 8329 Total benefited acres 890748 2075744 1184996Double cropping acreage 622253 1510911 888658Extended paddy cultivation- Monsoon paddy acreage acre 2019562 2560135 540573 - per acre yield basket 65.43 69.52 4.09- Summer paddy acre - 175500 175500 - per acre yield basket - 80.04 80.04- Total production basket in

thousand 131181 196455 65274- Regional rice sufficiency percent - 211 211Progress in acreage ofbeans and pulses acre 272786 1285822 1013036Cotton acreage acre 15527 33975 18448Sugarcane acreage acre 45407 65099 19692Jute acreage acre - 13585 13585Maize acreage acre - 5342 5342Rubber acreage acre 11167 49872 38705Progress in acreage of pepper acre - 405 405Coffee acre - 1282 1282Progress in acreage ofedible oil crop-Groundnut acre - 145498 145498-Sesame acre - 161526 161526-Sunflower acre - 56748 56748-Mustard acre 204 645 441-Niger acre 3869 3932 54

Development in the agriculture sector of Bago DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Dams under construction1. Yenwe 118500 acres (Kyauktaga) 3.Kabaung 135000 acres (Ottwin)2. Pyuchaung 120000 acres (Pyu) 4. Moeywingyi 40000 acres (Waw)

Wakadok (Moeywingyi supporting)

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 197

Page 207: Chronicle of National Development

198 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Waigyi Dam in Paungde Township, Bago Division

Swachaung Dam in Yedashe Township, Bago Division

Page 208: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 199

Livestock and FisheriesOnce, the Head of State gave guidance, saying, “All will have to pay special attention

to development of other economic sectors in harmony with the agricultural development.As the Government is running the agricultural and livestock breeding industry, assistanceshould also be provided for the private sector to participate in it.”

In accord with the guidance, the division is developing its fish and meat sector. It israising over seven million heads of buffaloes, cattle, sheep, goats, pigs, duck and chickenand extending fish and prawn farms. The table stands witness to the progress of thelivestock and fisheries sector of the division.

Development in the livestock breeding sector of Bago DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Extended livestock breeding

- Buffalo 198000 262000 64000

- Cow 1058000 1289000 231000

- Sheep/goat 17000 37000 20000

- Pig 365000 524000 159000

- Chicken 5277000 10930000 5653000

- Duck 1757000 2820000 1063000

- Turkey, goose, muscovy duck 68000 104000 35000

Fish and prawn breeding

- Fish breeding pond acre 2520.94 24056.09 21535.15

- Fingerlings distribution

- Production 1X100000 10.02 485.13 675.11

- Fish release 1X100000 2.15 352.35 350.20

- Sale 1X100000 7.52 332.78 325.26

Fingerlings released into Ayeyawady river 1X100000 - 101.50 101.50

Forest conservationLand, water and climate are the nation’s basic natural resources. In accord with the

guidance, which said, “We must conserve and protect our forests as their destruction willdamage the soil and water that will cause adverse changes in the climate”, the divisionis conserving and protecting forests and establishing forest plantations.

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 199

Page 209: Chronicle of National Development

200 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Local people are also conserving and protecting forests and planting trees in theircommunities. The table indicates the development of the division's forestry sector.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Reserved forest sq/mile 5180 5272 92

Protected public forest sq/mile - 573 573

Natural land area sq/mile - 40 40

Establishment of forest plantation acre 24900 316093 291193

-Teak special plantation acre - 63000 63000

-Commercial plantation acre 18960 145673 126713

-Village firewood acre 1150 34810 33660

-Industrial plantation acre 4790 32640 27850

-Watershed plantation acre - 30970 30970

-Thitseint plantations acre - 5150 5150

Mass tree planting Tree

(in Million) 0.50 18.89 18.39

Bago mountain range

greening works

-Firewood plantation acre - 90 90

-Watershed plantation acre - 1600 1600

-Thitseint plantation acre - 200 200

-Natural forest conservation acre - 2000 2000

Firewood substitute fuel

-Stove - 1200 1200

-Briquette - 200000 200000

-Recycling of agricultural waste ton - 350 350

-Timber and timber products kyat in million 1961 3476.49 1515.49

Development in the forestry sector of Bago DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

200 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 210: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 201

Road and Transport

Although it is a central region, Bago Division lacked wide and smooth roads till 1988.The 354-mile six-lane Yangon-Mandalay Highway Project covers Bago Division as thehighway passes through the region.

The Government has upgraded the Yangon-Pyay-Magway road, Phayagyi-Thaton roadand Pyay-Aunglan road, and expanded the Letpadan-Hinthada road and Pyay-Paukkhaung-Toungoo road.

Preparations have now started to lay the Asian, ASEAN and transnational highwaysthat will pass through the division in the future.

In addition to Ayeyawady and Sittoung rivers, other creeks and small rivers are alsoflowing in the region. Thus, a number of bridges large and small are being built in thedivision. The Nawade Bridge in Pyay is the first Ayeyawady River bridge built by theTatmadaw Government. Located on Pyay-Sinde road, the 4,183-foot facility was com-missioned into service in 1997. The government used K 833.17 million and US $ 8.685million to build the facility that is now helping develop the west bank of the Ayeyawady.

Nawade Bridge spanning Ayeyawady River was constructed in Bago Division. Like-wise, the 1500-foot-long Sittoung Bridge spanning Sittoung River was also constructedto link the region with Nyaunglebin, Shwegyin, and Madauk.

A total of 16 bridges with the length of 180 feet and above, including Nawade andSittoung Bridges, were opened in the region in the time of the Tatmadaw government.There also emerged in the region such bridges as Myitmakha Bridge which is 1,520 feetlong on Letpadan-Hinthada Road in Letpadan Township, Khabaung Bridge on Yangon-Mandalay Highway in Taungoo Township, Kadokchaung and Kawliya Bridges in DaikUTownship, Pyu Creek Bridge in Pyu Township, Yenwe Creek Bridge, Baingda Bridgeand Kwinchaung Bridge in Nyaunglebin Township, Bago River-crossing Bridge in BagoTownship, Wetpok Bridge on Yangon-Pyay Road in Thegon Township, and ThaikchaungBridge and Bamaung Bridge on Pyay-Paukkhaung-Taungoo Road in Paukkhaung Town-ship.

Kawa bridge which is 400 feet in length is being constructed across Bago River inKawa Township. Arrangements are under way to build Sittoung bridge (Natthankwin)on Penwegon-Kyaukkyi Road and another Bago river-crossing bridge in the region. Theemergence of a network of roads and bridges in the region will strengthen the Union inother way.

Like motor roads, railroads are also being constructed and upgraded in the region.Now, the east Bago Yoma has been linked with the west Bago Yoma by railroad. Arailroad linking Pyay, Aunglan, Taungdwingyi, Kyaukpadaung, Bagan and Myingyanwas also constructed. Therefore, its surrounding areas will soon boom in trade.

The new railroads constructed in Bago Division are shown in the table.

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 201

Page 211: Chronicle of National Development

202 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Railways

- miles of railroad mile 354.84 371.09 16.25

- miles of railtrack mile 754.35 772.23 17.88

- passenger 1X1000 5024.0 5356.5 332.5

- passenger/mile mile 342796.0 352133.4 9377.4

- Goods Ton (1x1000) 87.4 136.8 49.4

- Goods/mile mile 10087.6 17259.7 7172.1

- Station station 94 99 5

Airways

-Airfield field 2 3 1

- above 5000 ft runway airfiled field 1 2 1

- under 5000 ft runway airfield field 1 1 -

Extension of motor road mile 815/0 1065/7 250/7

- tarred road mile 707/0 747/7 40/7

- gravel road mile 24/0 65/3 41/3

- hard road mile 80/0 149/5 69/5

- earth road mile 4/0 103/0 99

Bridge

- Public Works

- Above 180 feet bridge 36 56 20

- completed bridge bridge 36 52 16

- under construction bridge - 1 1

- bridge to be built bridge - 3 3

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Development in the transportation sector of Bago DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Three above 180 feet bridges built under One bridge under constructionspecial projects 1. Kawa bridge (Kawa)1. Nawade bridge (Pyay) (Ayeyawady river crossing) Three bridges to be built2. Khabaung bridge (Toungoo) 1. Sittoung bridge (Natthangwin)3. Sittoung (Shwegyin-Madauk) 2. Bago bridge (Circular road)

3. Bago bridge (Urban road)

202 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 212: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 203

With the length of 1500 feet, Sittoung Bridge(Shwegyin-Madauk) lies onNyaunglebin-Madauk-Shwegyin Road

Nawaday Bridge (Pyay) in Pyay Township, Bago Division

Page 213: Chronicle of National Development

204 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Communications

With socio-economic life enjoying a quantum leap throughout the country, steps arebeing taken to ensure a parallel development in the communication sector. “Communi-cation and transport are central to economic growth. A better transport system should becarried out to boost economy”. They are the success achieved in the efforts to developthe communication and transport sector of Bago Division. In the table, figures are shownin comparison with the conditions in 1988 and those at the present.

Development in the communication sector of Bago DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Post office office 115 123 8

Telegraph office 33 41 8

Facsimile 2 72 70

Computer telegraph - 8 8

Telephone

-telephone office 30 102 72

-telephone line 5497 27478 21981

-exchange 30 70 40

-direct line 3841 22587 18746

-auto/manual phone 3841 22587 18746

-telephone density 1X1000 1.37 4.20 2.83

Microwave station 11 17 6

Rural telephone

exchange - 32 32

e-Mail/Internet - 3 3

Line extension of auto phone exchange department Local auto phone exhcange(under implementation) (under implementation)1. Gyobinkauk 500 lines 1. Shwegyin 500 lines2. Nattalin 500 lines 2. Thanatpin 500 lines3. Paungde 500 lines Total 1000 lines4. Zigon 500 linesTotal 2000 linesDECT Telephone project first phase (under implementation)Bago (East) 1000 lines

204 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 214: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 205

ElectricityThe Union of Myanmar did not merely bear over 100 national races. She also be-

queathed her offspring with hilly regions, mountain ranges, valleys, coasts, rivers andcreeks, wetland, sea, and islands.

‘The eldest son is responsible to assume the duty of father’, so goes a Myanmarsaying. Now, the Tatmadaw is assuming that duty and doing its best to preserve andbetter what has been left on its shoulders.

Untapped energy is exploited and put into use. Thus, Zaungtu Hydel Power Projectcame into being in Bago Division. There was no hydel power station in the region till1988. Power Grid and diesel-powered factories were then the reliable things.

The Bago River is well-known because of Zaungtu multi-purpose project. And ZaungtuDam can feed over 36,000 acres of farmland with irrigation water. It can also prevent thefloods in Bago and its vicinity. It also generates 20 megawatts of electricity.

Other hydel power projects like Zaungtu are under way to place them in service ofnational interests. They are Shwegyin (75 megawatts), Kun Creek (60 megawatts), PyuCreek (40 megawatts), Khabaung (30 megawatts), and Yenwe (25 megawatts). They willproduce 230 megawatts of electricity in total.

Sandalwood cannot be found in every forest, just as ruby cannot be found in everymountain, so goes a saying. In the time of the Tatmadaw government, arrangements arebeing made to establish at least one hydel power in every state and division. Now, BagoDivision is in the prospect of producing more electricity. The contrast of developmentbetween the past and the present in Bago Division can be seen in Table.

Zaungtu hydel power plant in Bago Division

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 205

Page 215: Chronicle of National Development

206 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Industry‘Efforts are to be made to transform the country into an industry based on agriculture’.

In line with the guideline, encouragement has been given to the industrial developmentin Bago Division. Nowadays, Pyay Industrial Zone in Bago Division has contained 166enterprises with an investment of K 507.74 million. The zone’s production value has hitK 424.65 million.

In the industrial sector, the involvement of the private sector is getting higher in ratio.With private-owned factories close to 3,000, the zone has 4,709 factories in total. Thecottage industries are 484 in number while the State-owned factories are 106. Data areshown in the table.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Electricity consumption unit (in million) 196.829 300.799 103.970Maximum power megawatt 43.800 71.800 28.000Installed power megawatt 55.665 76.410 20.745Extened generating of electricity- Completed hydel power plant plant - 1 1 -Heavy ( above 10 megawatt) plant - 1 1 -Installed power megawatt - 20.000 20.000Project under implementation project - 5 5 -Heavy( above 10 megawatt) plant - 5 5 - Installed power megawatt - 230.000 230.000Other power plants -Recycling plant plant - - - -Steam plant - - - -Natural gas plant 1 1 - -Coal plant - 1 1 -Diesel-used plant plant 21 16 national grid-Installted power in the future megawatt 55.665 306.410 250.745

Development in the electric power sector of Bago DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Completed hydel power plant Completed natural gas-fired plant1. Zaungtu 20 megawatt (heavy) 1.Shwedaung 55.35megawatt (heavy)1988Hydel power project under implementation1. Yenwe 25 megawatt (heavy)2 Phyuchaung 40 megawatt (heavy)3. Khabaung 30 megawatt (heavy)4. Kunchaung 60 megawatt (heavy)5. Shwegyin 75 megawatt (heavy)

206 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 216: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 207

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Upgrading of industrial powerIndustrial zones - 1 1Industries - 166 166Private industry plant 1729 4709 2980-Cottage industry plant - 484 484State-owned industry plant - 106 106

Development in the industrial sector of Bago Division

Comparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Metal Bearing Plant in Indagaw Industrial Zone in Bago Division

Mineral resourcesBago Division can be said to be a gold mine in the golden land. In the past, there was

only a gold mine in the region. But, the number has now increased to 11. In 1988, theregion could produce just 9.52 troy-ounce of gold, but now it can produce 78.24 troy-ounce of gold. Asbestos was discovered and has been produced 326.87 metric ton.

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 207

Page 217: Chronicle of National Development

208 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

EnergyCrude oil, also called black gold, can also be produced in Bago Division. Natural gas

is being exploited on a greater scale at Pyay oil field. A pipeline with a length of 173.20miles has also been laid to distribute natural gas. The natural gas will contribute muchto the drive for the replacement of diesel or petrol cars with Compressed Natural Gas(CNG) kits. Progress is shown in the table.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Oilfield (onshore) Pyay field 3 1 completedLength of gas pipeline mile 119.50 173.2 53.70Crude oil production barrel - 76143 76143Natural gas production cubic feet - 792.96 792.96

Development in the energy sector of Bago DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

A CNG Station

208 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 218: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 209

Education

The promotion of education is of vital importance for the lasting existence and stabil-

ity of a race. Students are being nurtured to become educated persons who will serve the

interests of the country in the future.

As part of the efforts to ensure constant learning, there have been opened 578 primary

schools, 119 middle schools, and 132 high schools in Bago Division. Two more arts and

science universities and one more degree college were also opened there, given the vast

area of the region. As a result, the number of students of basic education has reached nearly

800,000, while that of students of higher education has exceeded 60,000. It is therefore

encouraging to see in the table the growing number of students in Bago Division.

Pyay University

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 209

Page 219: Chronicle of National Development

210 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Basic education level

- Number of school school 3706 4444 738

- High school school 80 212 132

- Middle school school 180 299 119

- Post primary school school - 578 578

- Primary school school 3446 3358 upgrading

- Multi media classroom room - 142 142

- e-learning centre centre - 48 48

Number of teacher teacher 24155 27098 2943

Number of student student 602756 793860 191104

- Preprimary school

- Number of school school - 275 275

- Number of children children - 3254 3254

Teachers’education

-Education college college 3 2 Transfer

-Number of teacher teacher 52 76 24

-Number of trainee trainee 600 2828 2228

School enrolement rate percent 67.99 97.22 29.23

Adult literacy rate percent 89.20 97.95 8.75

Development in the education sector of Bago DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

210 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 220: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 211

Science and TechnologyA technological university was opened in Pyay, which is a strategic place, in order to

produce engineers and computer scientists. A technological college and a computer col-lege were also constructed in Pyay and Toungoo. Now, they are nurturing educatedyouths. This being the case, technocrats capable of constructing simultaneously 100bridges similar to Nawade Bridge in form and size will gain in number.

The table shows progress at present and in 1988.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

School dropout rate

- Basic level percent 41.55 16.54 21.01

- middle level percent 39.32 17.17 22.15

Upgrading of higher education

- University, college, degree college 2 5 3

- Arts and Science University - 2 2

- Degree college - 1 1

- College 2 2 -

e-learning centre - 5 5

Wide area network - - -

Number of WAN sites - 7 7

Teaching programmes 16 116 100

Number of teacher 169 633 464

Number of student 1242 60734 59492

Human Resource Development Centre - 3 3

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 211

Page 221: Chronicle of National Development

212 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Institute of Technology institute - 1 1

Institute of Technology (Pyay) institute - 1 1

-Number of courses course - 3 3

-Number of teachers teacher - 19 19

-Number of students (graduate) student - 2261 2261

-Number of students (current) student - 1574 1574

Technological College college - 2 2

- Government Technological College (Toungoo) college - 1 1

- Number of courses course 4 7 3

- Government Technological College (Pyay) college - 1 1

-Number of courses course 3 7 4

-Number of teachers teacher 93 275 182

-Number of students (graduate) student 1821 12096 10275

-Number of students (current) student - 3448 3448

-Computer Colleges college - 2 2

- Government Computer College (Toungoo) college - 1 1

- Number of courses course - 6 6

- Government Computer College (Pyay) college - 1 1

-Number of courses course - 6 6

-Number of teachers teacher - 38 38

-Number of students (graduate) student - 268 268

-Number of students (current) student - 904 904

Development in the science and technology sector of Bago DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

212 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 222: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 213

HealthDistrict-level hospitals are staffed with specialists who will give lectures on six

specializations, and state- and division-level hospitals with specialists who will givelectures on 12 specializations to provide public health care on a greater scale.

Now, Bago Division possesses two 200-bed hospitals, one 150-bed hospital, two 100-bed hospitals, 17 25-bed hospitals, four 16-bed hospitals, and 52 station hospitals. Thetotal number has seen an increase of 25 hospitals when compared with that of 1988.Besides 199 health centres, there also emerged another 16 health centres. The region alsonow has one traditional medicine hospital and 26 dispensaries.

A total of 2,545 health staff including 399 specialists and assistant doctors have beenemployed in the region. In the past, the region had only two midwifery schools. Now,the region gets two more nursing schools.

The table indicates progress in the health sector.

200- bed Specialist Hospital in Pyay, Bago Division

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 213

Page 223: Chronicle of National Development

214 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between214 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Upgrading of hospital hospital 61 82 21

- 200-bed hospital - 2 2

- 150-bed hospital 3 1 upgrading

- 100-bed hospital 1 2 1

- 50-bedhospital 4 4 -

- 25-bedhospital 6 17 11

-16-bedhospital 14 4 upgrading

- Station hospital/ Branch Tsp hospital hospital 33 52 19

Health Centres centre 183 199 16

- Rural Health Centre centre 142 158 16

- Maternal and Child Health Centre centre 35 35 -

- School Health Team team 5 5 -

Health Staff staff 1758 2545 787

- Doctor (Specialist/Assistant) doctor 207 399 192

- Nursenurse 258 607 349

- Health staff staff 160 176 16

- Midwife midwife 869 1012 143

- Skilled labour labour 14 25 11

- TSP Health Assistant assistant - 9 9

- Health Assistant-1 assistant - 28 28

- Health Assistant assistant 126 134 8

- Superviser 1,2 superviser 124 155 31

Traditional Medicine

-Tradiditional medicine hospital hospital - 1 1

- Traditional medicine clinic clinic 8 26 18

Training School school 3 5 2

- Nurses Training School school - 2 2

-Midwifery school school 3 3 -

Development in the health sector of Bago DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

214 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 224: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 215

Development AffairsAmong the historic projects of the country are urban and rural development projects.

Success has been achieved in these projects as a result of the combined efforts made bythe government and the people.

In the past, rural areas lagged behind in development. Even cities lacked urban char-acteristics. However in the time of the Tatmadaw government, there emerged roadslinking one village and the other, one town and the other, and one district and the other.The table shows the achievements gained in the urbanization tasks being carried out inBago Division.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Urban development

-Urban roads mile 333/7 597/1 263/3

-Tarred road mile 157/7 220/4 62/5

-Gravelled road mile 20/1 65/0 44/7

- Granite road mile 0/7 137/4 136/5

-Earth road mile 155/0 174/1 19/1

-Urban bridge bridge - 1446 1446

-Urban water supply tasks

Township where tasks to be carried out town 28 10 18

Completed work work 2 18 16

Rural Development

-Rural roads mile 445/6 3024/2 2578/4

- Tarred road mile 46/6 67/0 20/2

-Gravelled road mile 213/5 241/7 28/2

-Granite road mile 91/2 542/3 451/1

-Earth road mile 94/1 2173/0 2078/7

-Rural bridge bridge - 777 777

-Rural water supply tasks

-Village where tasks to be carried out village 2675 1274 1401

-Completed work work - 2271 2271

-Rural housing house - 415 415

Development in the development affairs sector of Bago DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 215

Page 225: Chronicle of National Development

216 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Information and Public RelationsIn accord with the guideline— to make the general public realize the policies and

objectives of the State, the information sector is being implemented to enable it to takefull shape.

Efforts are being made for the extension of TV retransmission stations and the openingof libraries in all areas down to villages. The tasks being undertaken for the informationsector of Bago Division are shown in the table.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

-TV retransmission station station 2 4 2-IPRD office office - 31 31-IPRD library library 9 31 22-Departmental library library - 18 18-Rural library library - 1231 1231-e-Library library - 4 4

Development in the information and public relations sector of

Bago DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Shwewartun Hotel, Bago Division

216 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 226: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 217

Page 227: Chronicle of National Development

218 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Magway Division marching to newgolden land of unity and amity

Thanks to the endeavours of the Myanmar national races, the country has the shiningperiods in her history. History has seen the emergence of the First Myanmar Empire inBagan period, the Second Myanmar Empire in Toungoo period and the Third MyanmarEmpire in Konboung period. All were powerful and strong empires, endowed with threestrengths — the strength of unity, the economic strength and the military might. Duringthe periods, the national races strictly adhered to the moral conduct and possessed strongnational spirit.

The people were able to ward off all the enemies of the nation coming from abroador within the nation. The people also had the amazing strength to rebuild the nationwhenever it had faced deterioration. The victories of the people throughout the historystand witness to the fact.

At the conclusion of the Myanmar Affairs and International Studies course on 3 July2004, Head of State Senior General Than Shwe said, “We can clearly know all thesignificant events of the nation and her main requirements if we study her past, observeher present-day events and foresee her future. If a citizen takes part in the task ofattending to the nation’s needs in person, with constructive attitude, while knowing allthe events occurred or are occurring in the country, we can say he is dutiful in discharg-ing the national duty. Dutiful citizens with high conviction are the nation’s strength.”

The nation has been achieving success after success, with the united strength of theGovernment, the Tatmadaw and the people, in entering a new age, with bright prospects.Since its assumption of the State duties, the Tatmadaw has been giving priority to build-ing agricultural, transport and communication, education and health infrastructures re-quired for the national modernization and development drive. As the country is witness-ing infrastructure development in every sector, she is in the process of generating moreelectricity and producing extra oil to further raise her dignity.

During his visit to Magway Division on 22 December 2004, Head of State SeniorGeneral Than Shwe gave guidance, saying, “The Government has been paying specialattention to launching the national development drive for simultaneous development ofMagway Division and all other states and divisions and the border areas and to narrowthe gap between one region and another soonest. As as result, the nation has seen pro-portionate progress in all the regions.

Page 228: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 219

“The Government is launching the development drive covering all parts of the nationdespite many difficulties it is facing. It is carrying out the task with the conviction ofdeveloping the nation and the race.

“The developments are the result of united and cooperative efforts of the Governmentand the people. And the national developments stand witness to the fact that unity issuccess. The Government, the people and the Tatmadaw should continue to safeguardand build the nation with harmonious efforts.”

Both the history and the present-day developments prove that unity is success. Withits many developments resulting from the successful endeavours of the Government, thepeople and the Tatmadaw, Magway Division proudly declares that unity is strength.

Magway DivisionLocated in the central part of the nation, Magway Division is sharing a common land

border with Sagaing Division in the north, Mandalay Division in the east, Bago Divisionin the south, and Chin and Rakhine states in the west. The 17,306-square-mile divisionis home to various national races including Bamar, Chin, Rakhine, Kayin and Shan. Asit has a population of 5,118,000, its population density is 296 persons per square mile.

Ayeyawady River has formed large stretches of plains along its course in the division.Its other regions are mountainous. Over 3,000-foot high Ponnya range runs from northto south in the north-east sector. Minbu and Taungdwingyi plains are the largest in thedivision, where a number of creeks including the Yaw, the Salin, the Mone and the Mannare flowing.

Mone Creek Dam in Sedoktara Township, Magway Division

219

Page 229: Chronicle of National Development

220 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

AgricultureIn the past, Magway Division and some of its surrounding areas were known as the

arid region. Later they were called the dry region. The Tatmadaw Government has beendeveloping Magway Division to help it enjoy prosperity and adequate amount of watersupply for multi purposes. With goodwill, the Government has made efforts to ensureabundant supply of water for the division. It has beautified the division's landscape andbuilt irrigation facilities for success of its agriculture. The phrase “a cluster of dams” ispopular in the division after 1988.

Three new dams in the division — the Kinbuntaung in Taungdwingyi Township, theSalepakhannge in Chauk Township, and the Duringabo in Aunglan Township — nowirrigating 20,800 acres of land in 1991. The Government has been building more damsin the division including Bokchaung Dam in Myothit Township, Pwetha Dam in AunglanTownship, Theechauk Dam in Pauk Township and Myaingchaung Dam in Myaing Town-ship in 1992, Gazunma Dam in Seikphyu Township and Taungkhayan Dam in GangawTownship in 1993, Hsinchaung Dam in Yesagyo Township in 1994, Natmauk DiversionDam and Natmauk Dam in Natmauk Township in 1995, Bangon Dam in TaungdwingyiTownship in 1996, Yaw Creek Dam 2 in Pauk Township in 1997, Hsadan Dam inMyothit Township and Mann Creek Dam in Ngaphe Township in 1998, Ngamin Dam inTaungdwingyi Township in 1999, and South Yama Dam in Myaing Township in 2000.Kyetmauk and Leti dams in Myaing Township, Yanpe Dam in Taungdwingyi Township,Sunchaung and Palin dams in Myothit Township, Salin Dam in Salin Township, NagaDam in Yenangyoung Township, Kyauktaga Dam in Natmauk Township and BwetgyiDam in Aunglan Township are also helping develop the agricultural sector of the divi-sion.

Mone Creek Multipurpose Dam, commissioned into service on 29 December 2003, isthe 33rd dam built by the Government. The facility is generating electricity and supplyingcool and clean water for the division. As the dam is irrigating over 100,000 acres of cropsyear-round, the people of Magway are striving to double their crop production as theynow have adequate amount of water supply which is the most important requirement forthem.

And there are more. The four dams under construction — one each in Pwintbyu,Kanma, Gangaw and Sedoktara townships — will irrigate over 22,000 acres of land, andMyakhetaung Dam and a series of weirs on Yaw Creek will come out soon to addirrigation capacity of the division. The facilities will bear fruits till posterity.

Dams, waterworks and other water supply projects have helped increase sown acreageand per acre yield of the division. As farmers can grow rice in the region, its foodproduction can now fulfil 71 per cent of local consumption, up from only 50 per cent inthe past. Magway Division, renowned as the edible oil bowl of Myanmar, is extendingcultivation of other crops. The table has more about the agricultural developments of thedivision coming out as another reliable region of the nation.

220 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 230: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 221

Development in the agriculture sector of Magway DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Land resource

- Sown acreage acre 2722030 6315927 3593897

- Virgin and vacant land acre 432708 208685

Water supply task

- dam, lake, reservoir, drain - 12 52 40

- Task completed 12 45 33

- Task under implementation - 2 2

- Task to be carried out - 2 2

- Benefited acres 185885 501593 315708

River water pumping station - 51 51

-Task completed - 44 44

-Task under implementation - 4 4

-Task to be carried out - 2 2

-Benefited acres - 99651 99651

Damming creek - 17 17

- benefited acres - 2019 2019

Tubewells - 1294 1294

-Benefited acres - 10543 10543

Total benefited acres 185885 607406 451521

Double cropping acreage 638127 1765721 1127594

Extended paddy cultivation

- Monsoon paddy acreage acre 304521 669339 364818

- per acre yield basket 55.41 73.76 18.35

- Summer paddy acre - 151623 151623

- per acre yield basket 55.41 85.07 29.66

- Total production basket in

thousand 13328 53147 39819

- Regional rice sufficiency percent - 71 71

increase incultivable land

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 221

Page 231: Chronicle of National Development

222 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Progress in acreage of

beans and pulses acre 367770 1719597 1351827

Cotton acreage acre 95922 333313 237391

Sugarcane acreage acre 489 16091 15602

Maize acreage acre 70043 86155 16112

Progress in acreage of pepper acre - 714 714

Coffee acre - 259 259

Progress in acreage of

edible oil crop

-Groundnut acre 314773 372468 57695

-Sesame acre 1033374 1270467 237093

-Sunflower acre 35387 493702 158315

-Mustard acre 152 1516 1364

-Niger acre 4007 24089 20082

Development in the agriculture sector of Magway DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Dam projects under implementation Dams to be built1 Pade 6400 acres (Aunglan) 1. Myaketaung dam2. Kyeeon-Kyeewa (2X30) megawatt (Pwintbyu) 2. Yawchaung diversion weir3. Made 4000 acres (Kanma)4. Myittha 12000 acres (Gangaw)

(2X15) megawatt5. Buywa (2X30) megawatt (Sedoktara)

222 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 232: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 223

Livestock and Fisheries“Assistance will have to be provided to farmers to raise livestock as their income will

increase only if they can run livestock farms in addition to the main job of cultivation.”It is one of the guidances the Head of State has given for national development. Atpresent, the livestock and fisheries industry is helping raise the income of the localpeople. The division is now raising over 10.6 million heads of livestock, up from 13million heads in the past. Fish farms have increased four times than that in the past.Paddy-plus-fish farming is gaining ground in the division. With the guidance of the Headof State, the division released over 47.5 million fries into Ayeyawady River to developfishery business till the future generations.

Development in the livestock breeding sector of Magway DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Extended livestock breeding

- Buffalo 86000 100000 14000

- Cow 1578000 1990000 412000

- Sheep/goat 383000 771000 388000

- Pig 279000 710000 431000

- Chicken 4841000 10011000 5170000

- Duck 55000 109000 54000

- Turkey, goose, muscovy duck 8000 9000 1000

Fish and prawn breeding

- Fish breeding pond acre 101.20 420.53 319.33

- Paddy plus fish acre - 1375 1375

- Number 1X100000 - 2.75 2,75

- Fingerlings distribution

- Production 1X100000 - 369.27 369.27

- Fish released 1X100000 - 367.10 367.10

- Sale 1X100000 - 2.17 2.17

Fingerlings released into Ayeyawady river 1X100000 - 475.53 475.53

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 223

Page 233: Chronicle of National Development

224 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Forest ConservationThere is a saying, which goes, “A large and thriving tree can house 10,000 birds.” So

the one who destroys a forest while exploiting it is like a person who destroys his ownrace. The Tatmadaw Government has been striving to conserve and extend forests andincrease the number of wildlife in the nation. Concerning the matter, Head of State SeniorGeneral Than Shwe has given the following guidance:

“As the Nine-District Greening Project is a special project, it cannot be implementedwith ordinary efforts. Serious attention and energetic efforts are needed. We will not loseour precious resources only if we see the project as a national task. Otherwise, the landwill become uninhabitable in 50 years. In this context, the Government will implementthe project without fail for the people to enjoy its benefits till posterity.”

In the past, Magway Division could be called a dry region receiving less amount ofrain annually because of the mountain ranges barring the monsoon winds to reach it. Nowthe division is covered by the Thirteen-District Greening Project. The Tables show thedevelopment of the division's regional greening project due to the harmonious progressof the forestry sector and the fish and meat sector.

Tree planting in rural areas

224 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 234: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 225

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Reserved Forest sq/mile 3880 3940 60Protected public forest sq/mile - 371 371Natural land area sq/mile 215.10 215.15 0.05Establishment of forest plantation acre 6338 199260 192922-Teak special plantation acre - 27000 27000-Commercial plantation acre 3438 47720 44282-Village firewood acre 600 50015 49415-Industrial plantation acre 2300 18100 15800-Watershed plantation acre - 62525 62525-Thitseint plantations acre - 1500 1500Mass tree planting Tree

(in Million) 0.57 45.98 45.41Establishment of plantations acre - 100135 100135-Firewood plantation acre - 51790 51790-Watershed plantation acre - 29800 29800-Mountain range plantation acre - 7325 7325-Other acre - 9660 9660-Research plantation acre - 160 160-Other acre - 9660 9660-Thitseint plantation acre - 1400 1400-Natural forest conservation acre - 523431 523431Firewood substitute fuel-Stove - 194308 194308-Briquette - 33207 33207-Recycling of agricultural waste ton - 113728 113728Water supply tasks-Pond pond - 510 510-Dam dam - 297 297-Tubewell well - 26 26Bago mountain range greening work-Establishment of plantation acre - 4550 4550- Firewood plantation acre - 25 25- Watershed plantation acre - 4075 4075- Other acre - 350 350- Thitseint plantation acre - 100 100- Natural forest conservation acre - 20500 20500

Development in the forestry sector of Magway DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 225

Page 235: Chronicle of National Development

226 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Road and Transport Sector

Water flows from higher ground to lower place.The efforts of the people of the Union have reached all the backward places of the

nation including those in Magway Division. The Government has built many bridges inthe division. Although it is located in the central part of the nation, only some areas havegood transport. Even the regions of the division lying on the eastern bank of AyeyawadyDivision had few roads in the past. For the west bank the matter of good transport wasout of the question.

The Government has built the 97-mile-seven furlong Pakokku-Pauk-Kyaukhtu-Mindatroad and the 112-mile-seven-furlong Seikphyu-Saw-Kyaukhtu-Mindat road both reach-ing Chin State, the 140-mile Pakokku-Pauk-Htilin-Gangaw road in the division, the 28-mile Taungdwingyi-Myothit-Natmauk road, the 62-mile-four-furlong Magway-Natmauk-Pyawbwe road reaching Mandalay Division. It has also upgraded the Magway-Taungdwingyi-Kyaukpadaung-Meiktila road. The division now has1789miles of roadsincluding 986 miles and six furlongs of tarred roads.

In the past, Innwa Bridge was the only bridge on Ayeyawady River. Now it has sisterbridges — the Bala Min Htin in Myitkyina, the Nawade in Pyay, the Anawrahta inChauk, and the Ayeyawady Bridge (Magway) in Magway.

Of the 14 over 180-foot bridges built by the Government in Magway Division, fourare covered by special projects. They are: the 300-foot Launggat Creek Bridge on Kale-Gangaw road in Gangaw Township and the 500-foot Shwechaung Bridge on Pathein-Monywa road in Ahtet Minhla Township, and the two Ayeyawady River bridges — the5,192-foot Anawrahta Bridge on Chauk-Seikphyu road in Chauk and the 8,989-footAyeyawady Bridge (Magway) in Magway.

Now, on Pathein-Monywa Road in Sagu Township is Mann Creek Bridge; Kale-Gangaw Road in Gangaw Township, Tawwin Bridge; Pauk-Kyaukhtu Road in KyaukhtuTownship, Natho Bridge; Gangaw-Haka Road, Myittha Bridge; Seikbyu-Kandwin-PakokkuRoad in Seikbyu Township, Yaw Creek Bridge; Minhla-Kani-Minbu-Salin-TanyaungRoad in Minbu Township, Nwetame Bridge; Salin-Pwintbyu Road in Pwintbyu Townshi;and Mone Creek Bridge.

Bwetkyi Bridge (Aunglan) and Mone Creek Bridge (Pwintbyu) are under construction.Pauk Bridge-1 (Ohndaw), Pauk Bridge-2 (Yaypya) and Daungnay Creek Bridge projectswill be implemented soon.

The bridges in Magway Division are contributing towards regional development. Theregions on the west bank of Ayeyawady River that lagged behind in development willbe able to stay in touch with the regions on the east bank of the river before long.

226 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 236: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 227

In the time of the Tatmadaw Government, a railroad linking Magway Division and thewestern regions came into being. It is 146-mile-long ChaungU-Pakokku-Gangaw-Kalerailroad section. Soon, the extension of the railroad will be completed from ChaungU toKyaw, then from Kale to Yaymyetni, and then to the scheduled region. The facility hasprospects to be extended from Kale to Tamu then to the border of Myanmar and India.

In the past, there were small airports in Magway, Gangaw, Saw, Htilin, Lanywa, Paukand Sedoktara in Magway Division. The government opened Magway Airport on 6-6-2003, Kyaukhtu Airport on 10-7-2004 and Pakokku Airport on 5-9-2004, and jets can usethem.

All the States and Divisions have witnessed dramatic development in a short time. Thetable shows the progress of the transport sector of Magway Division.

Ayeyawady Bridge (Magway) in Magway Township

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 227

Page 237: Chronicle of National Development

228 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Railways- miles of railroad mile 94.42 429.58 335.16- miles of railtrack mile 99.60 456.75 357.15- passenger 1X1000 1916.8 2043.7 126.9

- passenger/mile mile 142274.3 146149.8 3875.5- Goods Ton (1x1000) 22.8 53.9 31.1

- Goods/mile mile 2808 9689.5 6881.5- Station station 21 102 81Airways-Airfield field 9 12 3 - above 5000 ft runway airfield field - 3 3 - under 5000 ft runway airfield field 9 9 -

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Development in the transportation sector of Magway DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

The inauguration of Kyaukhtu Airport in Hsaw Township, Magway Division

228 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 238: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 229

Three new above 5000 ft runway airfields

1. Magway2. Kyaukhtu3. Pakokku

Four completed above 180 feet bridges Three bridges to be constructed

1. Anawrahta Bridge(Chauk) (across Ayeyawady river) 1. Pauk Bridge(1) (Ohndaw)2. Launggat Bridge (Gangaw) 2. Pauk Bridge(2) (Yepya)3. Ayeyawady Bridge (Magway) (across Ayeyawady river) 3.DaungNayChaung Bridge4. Shwe Chaung Bridge (Ahtet Minhla)5. Bwetgyi Bridge (Aunglan)6. Monechaung Bridge (Pwintbyu)

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Extension of motor road mile 1308/0 1789/0 481

- tarred road mile 503/0 986/0 483/0

- gravel road mile 95/0 234/6 139/6

- hard road mile 543/0 374/5 upgrading

- earth road mile 167/0 193/5 upgrading

Bridge

- Public Works

- above 180 feet bridge 20 39 19

- completed bridge bridge 20 34 14

- bridge under construction bridge - 2 2

- bridge to constructed bridge - 1 1

- under 180 feet bridge 324 413 89

- completed bridge bridge 324 413 89

Development in the transportation sector of Magway DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 229

Page 239: Chronicle of National Development

230 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Auto exchange project under planning

1. Myaing Telephone line (500)

2. Gangaw Telephone line (500)

Total Telephone line (1000)

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Post office office 132 148 16

Telegraph office 29 34 5

Facsimile - 55 55

Computer telegraph - 9 9

Telephone

-telephone office 23 75 52

-telephone line 3400 18462 15062

-exchange 23 60 37

-direct line 2579 16990 14411

-auto/manual phone 2579 16582 14003

-DECT phone - 408 408

-telephone density 0.90 3.28 2.28

Microwave station 7 31 24

Rural telephone - 15 15

exchange - 17 17

E-mail/Internet - 14 14

Satellite station

-DOMSAT - - -

-VSAT - 1 1

-iPSTAR - 3 3

Development in the communication sector of Magway DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

CommunicationsThe region has also achieved cumulative development in the communication sector.

The table indicates the progress of its communication sector.

230 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 240: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 231

Electric Power

The government is also taking measures for further development of the region through

the electric power sector. It implemented the Mone Creek Multi-purpose Dam Project.

The table depicts the progress of the electric power sector.

Monechaung (Mone Creek) hydel power plant

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 231

Page 241: Chronicle of National Development

232 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Electricity consumption unit (in million) 317.898 527.457 209.559

Maximum power megawatt 63.850 89.420 25.570

Current installed power megawatt 112.065 179.083 67.018

Extended generating of electricity

- Hydel power plant completed plant - 1 1

-Heavy ( above 10 megawatt) plant - 1 1

Installed power megawatt - 75.000 75.000

- Project under implementation plant - 2 2

Other power plants

-Reclying power plant plant - - -

-Steam engine plant plant - - -

-Natural gas-powered plant plant 3 3 -

-Coal-fired plant - - -

-Diesel-used plant plant 45 26

Development in the electric power sector of Magway DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Hydel power plant completed1. Monechaung 75.000 megawatt (large) (1988)Natural gas-powered plant completed1. Kyunchaung 54.3000 megawatt (large) (1988)2. Mann 36.900 megawatt (large) (1988)3. Chauk 15.260 megawatt (large) (1988)

232 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 242: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 233

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 progress

Upgrading of industrial power

- Industrial zones zone - 2 2

- Industries industry - 329 329

-Private industry plant 932 2115 1183

-Cottage industry plant - 168 168

State-owned industry plant 38 64 26

Development in the industrial sector of Magway DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

IndustryThe national development absolutely relies on national unity. With speedy construc-

tion tasks, the nation is now on the path to development. And with the achievement inthe electric power and energy sectors, the region has prospects for industrial develop-ment.

The government organized industries and enterprises into Yenan-gyoung and PakokkuIndustrial Zones. The former is made up of 82 enterprises with a total investment of K118.25 million and an annual turnover of more than K 170 million. The latter comprises247 enterprises with a total investment of K 477.06 million and an annual turnover ofnearly K 550 million.

The number of private factories has increased to 2,115. The region has got 168 cottageindustries in total along with 64 State-run factories. The table reflects the region’s indus-trial progress.

Mining and MineralsAfter 1988, the region has been able to explore a coal deposit and a limestone deposit.

So far, the region has produced 1,407.37 metric tons of coal and 35,094.80 metric tonsof industrial limestone. Efforts are now being made for extended exploration of mineraldeposits in the region.

EnergyThe government has upgraded the 10 oilfields and discovered three more oilfields.

They are Ayadaw, Chauk, Lanywa, Yenan-gyoung, Mann, Yaynanma, Htauksharpin,Kanni, Petpe, Kyaukkhwet, Letpanto, Thagyidaung and Sabei oilfields. The table repre-sents the progress of the energy sector of the region.

Page 243: Chronicle of National Development

234 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Oilfield (onshore) field 10 13 3

Length of gas pipeline mile 52.30 348.52 296.22

Crude oil production barrel - 3027292 3027292

Natural gas production cubic feet - 33510.47 33510.47

Plants plant 6 7 1

- refinery refinery 2 2 -

- CNG CNG 1 2 1

Development in the energy sector of Magway DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Well No-1 in Thagyitaung oil and gas field in Pauk Township,Pakokku District, Magway Division

Page 244: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 235

Education

The government is upgrading Magway to the capital of the central Myanmar and

Pakokku to the capital of the regions on west bank of the Ayeyawady River. Magway

Division has become famous for its better education standard. The Ministry of Education

has opened 549 basic education schools with 7085 teachers. More than 600,000 students

go to these education facilities. It has also opened two arts and science universities, a

degree college and two education colleges. The number of higher education students has

risen to nearly 60,000, up from 3,488 in the past. In addition, it has established the

Institute of Agriculture, the Cooperative Training School and the Youths Development

Training Centre. The table shows progress of the education sector.

Magway University

Page 245: Chronicle of National Development

236 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Development in the education sector of Magway DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Basic education level

- Number of school school 3394 3943 549

- High school school 53 180 127

- Middle school school 148 272 124

- Post primary school school - 696 298

- Primary school school 3193 2795 upgrading

- Multi-media classroom room - 100 100

- e-learning centre centre - 40 40

Number of teacher teacher 15661 22746 7085

Number of student student 471132 633396 162264

- Preprimary school

- Number of school school - 119 119

- Number of children children - 1907 1907

Teachers education

- Education college college 1 2 1

- Number of teacher teacher 28 91 63

- Number of trainees trainees 114 3286 3127

School enrolment rate percent 65.77 97.25 31.48

Adult literacy rate percent 85.88 95.1 9.2

School dropout rate

- Basic level percent 43.6 6.73 36.87

- middle level percent 39.18 7.32 31.86

Upgrading of higher education

- University, college, degree college 3 5 2

- University - 2 2

Page 246: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 237

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

- Degree College 1 1 0

- College 2 2 0

e-learning centre - 5 5

Wide area network - - -

Number of WAN sites - 6 6

Teaching programmes 8 66 58

Number of teacher 240 593 353

Number of student 3488 59769 56281

Human Resource Development Centre - 3 3

Science and TechnologyThe development of the region contributes towards that of the national. The new

generation youths will have to shoulder the national-defence and nation-building duties.The youths born around 1988 can now grab the opportunities that their ancestors hadnever enjoyed. The table compares the science and technology sector in 1988 and that ofpresent.

Development in the science and technology sector of Magway DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Technological College college - 2 2

- Government Technological College (Magway) college - 1 1

- Number of courses course - 6 6

- Government Technological College (Pakokku) college - 1 1

- Number of courses course - 4 4

Number of teachers teacher - 188 188

Number of students (graduate) student - 1761 1761

Number of students (current) student - 2651 2561

-Computer College college - 2 2

Page 247: Chronicle of National Development

238 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

HealthThe government is taking steps for better health care concerns for enabling the entire

people to enjoy fitness and longevity and to be free from diseases. It is taking preventive

measures against diseases especially malaria, tuberculosis and AIDS, giving medical

treatments and raising the health standard of local people in Magway Division.

The government has built a teaching hospital and a 200-bed specialist hospital in the

region. Now, there are two 100-bed hospitals, six 50-bed hospitals, five 25-bed hospitals,

11 16-bed hospitals and 11 station hospitals numbering 66, accounting for 10 more

hospitals in the region.

A total of 244 specialists and assistant surgeons and 1,222 health staff have been

appointed in these medical facilities. Seven health care centres, a traditional medicine

hospital and 18 dispensaries have emerged in the region.

The government has constructed an institute of medicine and a university of primary

health in Magway with a view to producing physicians and medical experts. The table

reveals an increase in the number of the health staff and medical facilities of the region.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

- Government Computer College (Magway) college -1 1

- Number of courses course - 4 4

- Government Computer College (Pakokku) college - 1 1

-Number of courses course - 4 4

-Number of teachers teacher - 50 50

-Number of students (graduate) student - 454 454

- Number of students (current) student - 1192 1192

Technical Institute institute - 2 1

- Government Technical Institute (Chauk) institute - 1 1

-Number of courses course - 4 4

-Government Technical Institute (Yenangyoung) Institute - 1 1

- Number of courses course - 4 4

-Number of teachers teacher 53 213 160

-Number of students (graduate) student 1716 6290 4584

-Number of students (current) student - 1455 1455

Page 248: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 239

Magway Institute of Medicine is facilitated with satellite system to conduct courses

Development in the health sector of Magway DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Upgrading of hospital hospital 56 66 10

- Specialist hospital hospital - - -

- Teaching hospital hospital - 1 1

- 300-bed hospital - - -

- 200-bed hospital 1 2 1

- 150-bed hospital 1 1 -

- 100-bed hospital 3 2 (-)1

- 50-bed hospital 3 6 3

- 25-bed hospital 4 5 1

- 16-bed hospital 16 11 (-)5

- Station hospital/ Branch Tsp hospital hospital 28 38 10

Page 249: Chronicle of National Development

240 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Health Centres centre 184 192 8

- Rural Health Centre centre 143 150 7

- Maternal and Child Health Centre centre 33 33 -

- Local Health Centre centre 2 3 1

- School Health Team team 6 6 -

Health Staff staff 1627 2849 1222

- Doctor (Specialist/Assistant) doctor 187 431 244

- Nurse nurse 229 804575 804346

- Health staff staff 151 159 8

- Midwife midwife 834 1002 168

- Skilled labour labour 16 35 19

- TSP Health Assistant assistant - 5 5

- Health Assistant-1 assistant - 25 25

- Health Assistant assistant 123 160 37

- Superviser 1,2 superviser 87 228 141

Traditional Medicine

- Traditional Medicine Hospital hospital - 1 1

- Traditional Medicine Clinic clinic 7 20 13

-Traditional Medicine Science - - -

Training School school 1 3 2

- Nurses Training School school - 2 2

- Midwifery School school 1 1 -

Institutes institute - 2 2

-Medical Institute institute - 1 1

-Basic Health Institute institute - 1 1

-Faculty members member - 200 200

-Students member - 3687 3687

Page 250: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 241

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Urban development-Urban roads mile 237/7 463/7 226/0 -Tarred road mile 50/3 132 83/0 -Gravelled road mile 46/3 52 81/5 -Granite road mile 11/7 20/2 8/3 -Earth road mile 129/2 259/5 130/3-Urban bridge bridge - 1158 1158Urban water supply tasksTownship where tasks to be carried out town 25 14 21Completed work work 7 21 14Rural Development-Rural roads mile 654/5 2735/0 2080/3 -Tarred road mile 12/6 61/2 48/4 -Gravelled road mile 93/2 239/6 146/4 -Granite road mile 272/5 308/0 (-)35/3 -Earth road mile 276/0 2126/0 1850/0Rural bridge bridge - 435 435Rural water supply tasksVillage where tasks to be carried out village 1469 136 1333Completed work work - 1939 1939-Rural housing house - 149 149

Development in the development affairs sector of Magway DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Development AffairsThe urban and rural development sector is making progress in parallel with economic,

education and health sectors of the region. The length of roads has increased to 463milesand one furlong including more than 132 miles of tarred roads. The five rural develop-ment tasks are in full swing in the region. The length of rural roads has risen to 2,735miles.

The water supply project has thoroughly covered 21 out of 25 towns so far. Thegovernment is also implementing the fresh water project effectively for supply of waterto the villages in the division. Up to now, the project has benefited 1,333 out of 1,469villages. The table indicates progress of roads and water supply projects in MagwayDivision.

Page 251: Chronicle of National Development

242 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

- TV retransmission station station 1 3 2

- Information and Public Relations office - 25 25

Offices

-IPRD library library 10 25 15

- Rural library library - 4762 4762

-e-library library - 4 4

-Sub-printing house house - 1 1

Development in the Information and Public Relations sector ofMagway Division

Comparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Information and Public RelationsThe government is also realizing the information sector for local people to enhance

their knowledge power. The sector has enlightened the people to a certain degree andserves as a better bridge between the government and the people. The table shows theprogress of the mass media of the region.

Computer Network building of Magway Sub-printing House

Page 252: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 243

Page 253: Chronicle of National Development

244 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Mandalay Division marching to newgolden land of unity and amity

As a gesture of honouring the Union Day, the day on which the Union of Myanmar

was conceived, the development of the seven divisions and seven states is being pre-

sented to the national people living in the motherland.

A tribe that had been in existence for millions of years in the motherland diversified

into over 100 national races such as the Kachin, the Kayah, the Kayin, the Chin, the

Bamar, the Mon, the Rakhine, and the Shan. It is a national prestige to be proud of that

these national races have amalgamated into a people called “Myanmar” and evolved

throughout the consecutive periods of history.

The message sent by Head of State Senior General Than Shwe on the occasion of the

58th Anniversary Union Day read: “Drawing lessons from history, the State Peace and

Development Council laid down a national policy — non-disintegration of the Union,

non-disintegration of national solidarity, and perpetuation of sovereignty. In accordance

with this policy, strenuous efforts are being made to transform the country into a peace-

ful, modern and developed nation and to ensure that the country exists as long as the

world does. In line with the seven-point Road Map that will pave the way for the

establishment of a peaceful, modern, developed, discipline-flourishing democratic nation

as desired by the entire people, the National Convention, which is the most vital and the

very first phase of the Road Map, has been in progress.

Page 254: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 245

“At the same time, the government and people in tandem have committed themselves

unswervingly to the successful implementation of the State’s economic objectives aimed

at enabling the Union of Myanmar to keep pace with the world nations in terms of

modernization.”

The concerted efforts between the Tatmadaw and the people have resulted in aston-

ishing development in all sectors of all regions. Plans are under way to enable the country

to stand on its own feet after contemplating the possible future challenges. A thorough

thought will provide vivid pictures. To enable the people to take enjoyment from such

pictures of development, the author here presented the development trends of Mandalay

Division on its march to a golden land of unity and amity.

The scenic beauty of Mandalay Palace Moat

Page 255: Chronicle of National Development

246 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Mandalay DivisionMandalay Division is situated in central Myanmar. In the south lie Bago Division and

Kayin State; and in the west, Sagaing and Magway Division. The division is 14,294square miles wide. National races such as Bamar, Shan, Danu, Lisu, Palaung, Kayin andChin live in the Union as small Unions. It is an area of dense population and has apopulation of 7,627,000. The population density is 534 per square mile. In the east thereare mountain ranges whose heights are over 6,000 feet. In the south west is Bago Yoma.In the north of the Bago Yoma is Mt Popa, which is 4,981 feet high. In the west, thereis Ayeyawady Plain, in the east, Mandalay-Kyaukse plain and in the south Sittoung plain.The Chindwin River joins the Ayeyawady River near Myingyan.

The Dokhtawady River or Myitnge River and its tributary, Panlaung River, join theAyeyawady River near Innwa.

Chairman of the State Peace and Development Council Commander-in-Chief ofDefence Services Senior General Than Shwe inspects scale model of Yeywa hydel

power project.

Page 256: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 247

AgricultureAs the division is in the arid zone, ancient Myanmar kings built many dams and creeks

for supply of water. Cultivation was made through irrigation in Kyaukse and its environs.

The region was renowned as the granary of Myanmar in those days. The cultivation

acreage of the whole country was only half a million acres during the annexation of

Myanmar by the imperialists.

After over a hundred years, Mandalay Division was a region where rice was insuffi-

cient and cultivation of other crops also decreased. There was no cultivation with no rain

and no dams.

The Tatmadaw government is fulfilling the requirements of the people. The Tatmadaw

born of the people never forgets the people’s lives and difficulties of every region.

Therefore, after taking up the State duties, it is fulfilling the requirements of the people.

At the opening of North Pinle Dam on 13 April 1996, Senior General Than Shwe said

that he was born and brought up in those areas. He had realized the hardships of the

farmers in the areas since childhood.

They needed no gold but water. If water was available in the areas, it means they

possessed gold. That is why water availability and regional development tasks are being

implemented after the government had taken up State duties. He spoke of the need to

work harder.

There are 45 dams in the division in 16 years. Hsinthe and Kintha dams were built

in Tatkon, Thaphangyoung,Hsindewa, Welaung and Kyauktalone dams in Taungtha,

Samon and Thettaw dams in Thazi and Chaungkauk dam in Pyawbwe. Sitha, Hsinlan and

Dokwin were built in Pyin OoLwin, Soonlun, South Pinle and North Pinle in Myingyan,

Kinta in Kyaukse and Chaung- magyi dam in Pyinmana, Lebyu in Yamethin, Thebyu in

Lewe, Myakan in Nyaung U, Thapbyeyo in Wundwin, Zidaw in Nahtogyi, Thittetkon in

Myittha, Thinbon, kwintha and Ponmakyi in Mahlaing, Myotha, Natthadaw and Phaung-

kataw in Ngazun, Yanaungmyin in Lewe and Chaungmanet in TadaOo.

Seven river water-pumping projects were implemented to irrigate the farmlands of the

division. To ensure the greening of the division, regional development and regional self-

sufficiency of food, nine river-water pumping projects are being implemented and plans

are under way to carry out seven others. In addition, more dams and reservoirs will be

built to improve the living standard of farmers in Mandalay Division.

Page 257: Chronicle of National Development

248 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Eight dams have been constructed in the division — the Paunglaung in Pyinmana

township benefiting 35,000 acres of farmland, the Madan and the Chaungmange in Leway

township benefiting 8,000 acres each, the Sedawgyi Ye Ku in Mataya benefiting 127,000

acres, the Marlenattaung in Sinku benefiting 8,000 acres and the Ngathayauk in NaungU

benefiting 2,000 acres. Moreover, Kani Dam and Shanmange Dam will be built soon.

Thanks to the efforts of the people alongside the assistance of the State, Mandalay

Division has hugely boosted the cultivation of crops and paddy, helping improve theeconomy of the State.

Lawkananda river water pumping project in Nyaung U Township

Page 258: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 249

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 ProgressLand- Sown acreage acre 3403766 5274002 1870236Water supply task- dam, lake, reservoir, drain - 64 119 55- Task completed 64 109 45- Task being carried out - 5 5-Task to be carried out - 2 2- Benefited acres 624548 1057711 433163River water pumping project - 86 86- Task completed - 70 70- Task being implemented - 9 9- Task to be carried out - 7 7- Benefited acres - 132736 132736Damming creek - 14 14- benefited acres - 1804 1804Artesian wells - 1381 1381- Benefited acres - 10855 10855 Total benefited acres 624548 1213106 588558Double cropping acreage acre 712118 1122344 410226

Development in the agriculture sector of Mandalay DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Coffee plantation in PyinOoLwin Township

Page 259: Chronicle of National Development

250 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Development in the agriculture sector of Mandalay DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Extended paddy cultivation

- Monsoon paddy acreage acre 582490 841225 258735

- per acre yield basket 53.93 72.29 18.36

- Summer paddy acre - 188662 188662

- per acre yield basket - 90.00 90.00

- Total production basket

in thousand 29017 57560 28543

- Regional rice sufficiency percent - 53 53

Progress in acreage of

beans and pulses acre 475720 132642 886922

Progress in acreage of cotton 214281 277221 62940

-Sugarcane acreage acre 37870 65968 28098

Progress in maize acreage acre 43390 44430 1040

Tea leave acreage acre 2050 6396 4346

Pepper acreage acre - 279 279

Progress in acreage of coffee acre 1732 7916 6184

Progress in edible oil crops

- Groundnut acre 275483 320345 44862

- Sesame acre 809365 1083841 274476

- Sunflower acre 72626 349825 277199

Dams under construction

1. Chaung Ma Nge 8,000 acres (Lewe)2. Hse Daw Gyi 127,000 acres (Madaya)3. Madan 8,000 acres (Lewe)4. Nga Tha Yauk 2000 acres (NyaungU)5. Marle Nat Taung 8,000 acres (Hsingu)Dams to be constructed1. Kamni (MondaingYeku) Embankment-12. Shan Ma Nge (Mondaing Yeku) Embankment-2

Page 260: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 251

Livestock and Fishery

The ancestors made a suggestion that the people grow plantations of kitchen crops inthe back of the homes to ensure sufficiency of food.

The government has taken measures for extended cultivation of crops and livestockbreeding in Mandalay Division. It has also released a variety of fish species into theAyeyawady River. The table shows progress of the region’s livestock breeding sector.

Development in the livestock breeding sector of Mandalay DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Extended livestock breeding

- Buffalo 122000 11,000 (-) 12000

- Cattle 1,528,000 1,992,000 464,000

- Sheep/goat 555,000 801,000 246,000

- Pig 331,000 478,000 147,000

- Chicken 3,139,000 8,883,000 5,744,000

- Duck 178,000 278,000 100,000

- Turkey, goose, muscovy duck 45,000 49,000 4000

Fish and prawn breeding

- Fish breeding pond acre 595.25 6287.40 5692.15

-Fish-plus-paddy feild acre - 504 504

-Number of fish 1x100000 - 4.04 4.04

Distribution of fingerlings 1x100000 37.72 3673.34 3535.62

-production 1x100000 9.79 1882.33 1872.54

-breeding 1x100000 26.28 1874.52 1848.24

- sale 1x100000 - 1170.00 1170.00

Page 261: Chronicle of National Development

252 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Forest ConservationMore than 18 million of people live in Mandalay, Sagaing and Magway Divisions,

accounting for one-third of the nation’s population.

These regions’ dense population is detrimental to environmental conservation, causing

an undesirable impact on regional climate. These had suffered adverse effects on the

agricultural works for more than 100 years. If the situation remains unchanged for next

50 years, some deserts will appear on the map of Myanmar. Therefore, the government

had to construct many irrigation facilities and plant trees to form forests in the regions.

It has also realized the special regions greening project in the Central Myanmar. The

taables show progress of the project.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Reserved forest sq/mile 3857 3857 -

Protected public forest sq/mile - 85 85

Environmental Conservation forest sq/mile 128.98 187.52 58.54

Establishment of forest plantation acre 14305 233628 219323

- Teak special plantation acre - 24,000 24,000

-Commercial plantation acre 5805 51,975 46170

-Village firewood acre 4700 58778 54078

-Industrial plantation acre 1800 37050 35250

-Watershed plantation acre 2000 68075 66075

-Thitseint plantations acre - 1500 1500

Mass tree planting Tree

(in Million) 0.80 30.60 29.8

Wood and wood products Kyat

(Million) 1583.97 2251.71 667.74

Setting up plantations acre - 61907 61907

Development in the forestry sector of Mandalay DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Page 262: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 253

-firewood plantation acre - 19690 19690

-watershed plantation acre - 30300 30300

-mountain range plantation acre - 3650 3650

-research plantation acre - 152 152

-other plantations acre - 6815 6815

-Thitseint plantation acre - 1300 1300

Natural forest conservation acre - 265,000 265,000

Fuel-substitute wood

-stove stove - 88751 88751

-briquette briquette - 20405 20405

-agricultural waste ton - 23423 23423

-water supply

-pond - 361 361

-silt-prevented dams - 482 482

-underground water - 23 23

Bago Greening Work (acre)

-plantations acre - 1890 1890

-fuel wood plantation acre - 90 90

-watershed plantation acre - 1600 1600

-Thitseint plantation acre - 200 200

-natural forest conservation acre - 2000 2000

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Development in the forestry sector of Mandalay DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Page 263: Chronicle of National Development

254 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

TransportSuperficially, Mandalay seemed to be a region enjoying smooth transport because of

roads linking one city and another. But, it still has many requirements and needs ifcompared tasks to be carried out for cementing relations and friendship among the na-tional races in the region, national and regional development.

With a lofty aim to ensure smooth transport of the entire nation and emergence of amodern and developed nation, the government is making unremitting endeavours toconstruct Union Highways, district-to-district roads, town-to-town roads, village-to-vil-lage roads alongside roads in border areas in collaboration with respective departmentsand organizations.

It has upgraded Mandalay-Tagaung-Bhamo-Myitkyina Road, Magway-Namauk-Pyaw-bye Road, Twinnge-Momeik Road, Mandalay-Mogok-SiU-Bhamo Road, Mandalay-PyinOoLwin-Wetwun-Nawnghkio Road, Mandalay-Sagaing-Monywa Road, Mandalay-Meiktila Road, and Magway-Taungdwingyi-Kyaukpadaung-Meiktila Road. Altogetherseven large bridges have emerged in the region — two 210-foot-long bridges acrossZawgyi River on Yangon-Mandalay Highway in Kyaukse Township, 700-foot-longDokhtawady Bridge across Dokhtawady River on the road leading to Mandalay-TadaUInternational Airport, 300-foot Panlaung Bridge spanning Panlaung Creek, 300-footSamonpauk Bridge spanning Samonpauk Creek on Myingyan-Yaywun road section inMyittha Township, and 300-foot-long Tangar Bridge spanning Chaungmagyi Creek onMandalay-Mogok road section in Madaya Township.

The six bridge projects are under way and on completion, each bridge will be morethan 180 feet long. Before long, there will emerge five more bridges — Panlaung,Myitnge and Pincha bridges in Singaing Township, Panunglaung Bridge in Pyinmana,and KyaukO Bridge in Mogok Township. Besides, there also emerged the 5,604 feet longYadanabon Bridge across Ayeyawady River near Inwa Bridge (3,960 feet) in AmarapuraTownship.

The British colonialists annexed the nation and exploited Myanmar for nearly 124years, but they built only one bridge across the 1,000-mile-long Ayeyawady River. Theynever took into account the progress of the regions on the west bank of the AyeyawadyRiver as well as the border areas and far-flung areas. In contrast, the Tatmadaw Govern-ment has constructed seven Ayeyawady River crossing bridges in 16 years.

They practised the divide-and-rule policy and drove a wedge between the hilly regionsand the plains, and exploited natural resources of the nation. But, the government hasbuilt a network of roads and bridges to enhance amicable relations among the nationalraces. Table shows progress of the region’s transport sector.

Page 264: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 255

Development in the transportation sector of Mandalay DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Railways-miles of railroad mile 459.83 613.38 153.55-miles of railtrack mile 623.11 805.64 182.53-passenger 1X1000 6019.7 6418.2 398.5 - passenger/mile mile 443253.1 455327.1 12074.0- Goods Ton (1x1000) 498.5 883.6 385.1- Goods/mile mile 88718.8 195390.9 106672.1- Station station 125 175 50Airways-Airfield field 5 7 2- above 5000 ft runway airfield field 4 7 3- under 5000 ft runway airfield field 1 - UpgradingExtension of motor road mile 1035/0 1284/7 249/7- tarred road mile 853/0 1102/2 249/2- gravel road mile 71/0 91/5 20/5- hard road mile 74/0 50/3 upgrading- earth road mile 37/0 40/5 3/5Bridge- Public Works- Above 180 feet bridge 18 33 15- completed bridge bridge 18 27 9- bridge under construction bridge - 5 5- Under 180 feet bridge 227 382 155- completed bridge bridge 227 382 155

Three 180 feet and above bridges in Mandalay Division1. Dokhtawady Bridge (TadaU)2. Nadaungkya Bridge (Shwesayan)3. Tanga Bridge (Madaya)Six bridges under construction1. Panlaungchaung Bridge (Singaing)2. Ayeyawady Bridge (Yadababon) (Amarapura)3. Panlaunchaung Bridge (Pyinmana)4. Myitnge Bridge (Singaing)5. Pincha Bridge (Singaing)6. Kyauk O Bridge (Mogok)

Page 265: Chronicle of National Development

256 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

4. NyaungU (extension) line (500)5. Myingyan (extension) line (700)

Total line (2900)DECT telephone project1. Mandalay line (3000)

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Post office office 140 149 9Telegraph office office 37 47 10Facsimile 1 365 364Computer telegraph - 10 10Fax - 11 11Telephone- telephone office office 27 70 43- telephone line line 10858 77705 66847- exchange exchange 27 54 27- direct line line 9326 51146 41820- auto/manual phone phone 9326 40046 30720- auto radio phone phone - 619 619- CDMA phone phone - 1918 1918- Cellular phone phone - 4227 4227- DECT phone phone - 1450 1450- GSM phone phone - 8764 8764- telephone density 1X1000 1.98 7.53 5.55Microwave station station 12 21 9Rural telephone- exchange exchange - 20 20- e-mail/Internet - 181 181X-25 Line line - 23 23- Micro link - 64 64

Development in the communication sector of Mandalay DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Extension of Auto exchange line under planning1. Myaing Telephone line (3000)2. Gangaw Telephone line (500) Total line (3500)Auto exchange project under planning1. Taungtha line (700)2. Mahlaing line (500)3. Nahtogyi line (500)

CommunicationsThe government has also upgraded the communication sector of the region in propor-

tion with its population and trade. The table indicates progress of the region’s commu-nication sector.

Page 266: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 257

Electric powerThe government is making all-out efforts to boost generation of electricity for the

people. Now, it is implementing 12 hydropower projects simultaneously.One of the 12 projects is Ye Ywa Hydropower Project, 31 miles south-east of

Mandalay. In the time of the Tatmadaw Government, there have emerged Sedawgyihydropower plant (25 megawatts), Paunglaung hydropower plant ( 210 megawatts) andMogok hydropower plant (4 megawatts) in Mandalay Division, increasing the capacityof electricity generation to 180 megawatts, up from 45 megawatts in 1988.

On completion, Ye Ywa Hydropower Plant will be able to generate 790 megawatts.It is also implementing Ahtet Paunglaung Hydropower Project and completion, it

will be able to generate 140 megawatts.In his inspection tour of Ye Ywa Hydropower Project on 18 December 2004,

Senior General Than Shwe gave guidance to the officials, saying that it is necessary tocomplete the project as soon as possible to be able to meet the electricity demand of theState. Measures are to be taken in accord with the set standard.

And serious attention is to be paid to the project as it is a huge one.In 1988, the electricity consumption of Mandalay Division was 183.59 million

units. Now, the region can consume 519.935 million units. Upon completion of Ye Ywaand Paunglaung hydropower projects, the region’s electricity generation will increasefour times.

Therefore, the local people will be able to enjoy better economic and living stand-ards. The table reflects progress of the electric power sector of Mandalay Division.

Construction site of Yeywa hydel power project implemented on Myitnge River(Dokhtawady River), 31 miles to the south-east of Mandalay, Mandalay Division

Page 267: Chronicle of National Development

258 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Electricity consumption unit (in million) 183.590 551..610 368.02

Maximum power megawatt 45.000 180.000 135.000

Current installed power megawatt 59.100 366.100 307.00

Extended generating of electricity

- Hydel power plant completed plant 1 4 3

-Heavy ( above 10 megawatt) plant 1 3 2

- Small ( up to 1 megawatt) plant - 1 1

- Installed power megawatt 56.000 295.000 239.000

-Projects under construction plant - 2 2

- Heavy (above 10 megawatt) plant - 2 2

- Installed power megawatt - 930.000 930.000

Other power plants

-Reclying power plant plant - - -

-Steam engine plant plant - - -

-Natural gas- fired plant - - -

-Coal-fired plant - - -

-Diesel-used plant plant 10 18 8

-Installed power for power grid megawatt 59.100 1243.460 1184.360

Development in the electric power sector of Mandalay DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Completed hydel power plants1. Kinta 56 megawatt (heavy) (1988)2. Hsedawgyi 25 megawatt (heavy)3. Paunglaung 210 megawatt (heavy)4. Mogok 4 megawatt (medium)Hydel power plants under construction1. Yeywa 790 megawatt (heavy)2. Ahtet Paunglaung 140 megawatt (heavy)

Page 268: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 259

IndustryBoosting consumption of more electricity is helping promote the region’s industrial

sector along with the socio-economic life of local people.

So far, the government has established Mandalay, Myingyan and Meiktila indus-

trial zones in the region. Mandalay Industrial Zone consists of 1,155 enterprises with a

total investment of K 1,883.44 million. Its annual turnover has surged nearly nine times,

accounting for K 1,6091.25 million.

Myingyan Industrial Zone is made up of 310 enterprises with a total investment of

K 3,661.31 million and its an annual turnover has increased three times, accounting for

K 964.95 million. Meiktila Industrial Zone comprises 416 enterprises with a total invest-

ment of K 495.78 million. It has boosted production of goods valued at K 1,321.01

million.

During his inspection tour of Yenangyoung Industrial Zone on 22 December 2004,

Head of State Senior General Than Shwe gave guidance, saying that the establishment

of the industrial zones is to ensure the development of import-substitute industries in the

country, production of quality products with the use of modern equipment, creation of job

opportunities and use local-made products easily at reasonable prices.

In the initial period, the industrial zones were on the level only a bit better than

blacksmith’s forges. With the encouragement and assistance of the government and en-

deavours of the industrialists, significant achievements have been made in the znes.

He pledged that the government would constantly provide necessary assistance for

the development of the zones and their industries.

While encouragement is given to respective industrialists for the development of

their enterprises, emphasis is to be put on steps not to inflict harm to the interests of the

nation and the people. Now, the Industrial Development Committee has been formed to

constantly fulfil the requirements of the industrial zones.

The increasing number of private-run factories in Mandalay Division is heartening.

There were only 4,485 factories in 1988, and now there are 9,280 factories.

It has got 1,435 cottage industries so far. The table represents progress of the

region’s industrial development.

Page 269: Chronicle of National Development

260 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Upgrading of industrial power- Industrial zones zones - 3 3 - Industries plant - 1881 1881-Private industry plant 4485 9280 4795-Cottage industry plant - 1435 1435-State-owned industry plant 102 138 36

Development in the industrial sector of Mandalay DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

MineralsIt is Mandalay Division that has a land of precious stones, namely Mogok. Nowa-

days, the division can accelerate the momentum of gems and mineral exploration becauseof the State’s assistance.

Up to now, 245 gem mining blocks have been extended and 2639000 carats ofvarious kinds of gems mined. Gold, lead, tin and tungsten mining blocks are on theincrease.

Marble, antimony, sodium carbonate oxide, lime stone and other kinds of mineralare also being mined.

Hsinmin -2 Cement Plant in Kyaukse, Mandalay Division

Page 270: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 261

Education Nowadays, Mandalay Division has become a shining star in its education sector.

On account of the efforts to ensure the balanced development of the whole country,Mandalay City of the Upper Myanmar now can be called a city of universities. Ministryof Education has opened Mandalay University of Foreign Languages, Mandalay Univer-sity of Distance Education, Yadanabon University, Meikhtila University, Miekhtila Uni-versity of Economics and Kyaukse University in the division compared to the one in thepast, Mandalay University.

The number of people, pursuing higher education now has increased to nearly140000 from only over 20000 in the past.

There are 4469 basic education schools where more than 1 million students arelearning. School enrolment rate of kindergarten has come to full percentage. The follow-ing the table shows the educational index of Mandalay Division.

Myingyan Degree College in Myingyan Township, Mandalay Division

Page 271: Chronicle of National Development

262 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Basic education level- Number of school school 3680 4469 789 - High school school 87 235 148 - Middle school school 180 237 57 - Post primary school school - 665 584 - Primary school school 3413 3332 ( -81)- Multi-media classroom room - 202 202- e-learning centre centre - 63 63Number of teacher teacher 22653 34494 11841Number of student student 747105 1078186 331081- Preprimary school - Number of school school - 107 107 - Number of children children - 2498 2498Teacher Training Education- Education College college 2 2 -- Number of teachers teacher 59 102 43- Number of trainees trainees 788 5482 4694School enrolment rate percent 68.40 98.42 30.02Adult literacy rate percent 81.69 98.50 16.81School dropout rate- Primary level percent 38.67 11.16 27.51- middle level percent 36.77 8.73 28.04Upgrading of higher education- University, college, degree college 3 10 7- Institute institute 1 1 0- Arts and Science University university 1 6 5- Degree College college - 1 1- College 1 2 1- e-learning centre - 12 12- Wide area network - - -- Number of WAN sites - 14 14Teaching programmes 44 122 78Number of teacher 1115 2083 968Number of student 20191 139829 119638Human Resource Development Centre - 8 8

Development in the education sector of Mandalay DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Page 272: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 263

Science and TechnologyMandalay Technological University and Computer University has been established

in Upper Myanmar to link technological colleges and computer colleges opened in everystate and division. Besides, Myanmar Aerospace Engineering University has been openedin Meikhtila with a view to producing space scientists. The development of the sinenceand technology sector in Mandalay Division is shown in the table.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Technological College college - 1 1

- Government Technological College (Mandalay) college - 1 1

-Number of courses course - 7 7

-Number of teachers teacher - 151 151

-Number of students (graduate) student - 8655 8655

-Number of students (current) student - 5121 5121

-Computer College college - 1 1

- Government Computer College (Mandalay) college - 1 1

-Number of courses course - 4 4

-Number of teachers teacher - 65 65

-Number of students (graduate) student - 921 921

-Number of students (current) student - 2093 2093

- Myanmar Aerospace Engeneering University university -

- Myanmar Aerospace Engeneering

University(Meiktila) university - 1 1

-Number of courses course - 5 5

-Number of teachers teacher - 83 83

-Number of students (graduate) student - - -

-Number of students (current) student - 291 291

-Technological College college - 2 2

- Government Technological College

(Mandalay) college - 1 1

-Number of courses course 5 11 6

-Number of teachers teacher 63 250 187

-Number of students (graduate) student 3593 8655 4702

-Number of students (current) student - 3038 3038

Development in the science and technology sector of Mandalay DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Page 273: Chronicle of National Development

264 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

HealthThe goverment now is serving the interests of the people according to the policies

on education and health in border and rural areas.

It is planning to establish cities of coffee, industry, education, business and health

under the 24 special region development projects.

In Mandalay Division, station hospitals and hospitals were opened and Mandalay

city will become a health centre of Upper Myanmar.

There are six health and medical universities, seven specialist hospitals and two

teaching hospitals. Health development of the division is shown in the table.

University of Traditional Medicine (Mandalay)

Page 274: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 265

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Upgrading of hospital hospital 67 88 21- Special hospital hospital 3 7 4- Teaching hospital hospital 1 2 1- 300 - bed hospital - 1 1- 200-bed hospital - 2 2- 150-bed hospital - 1 1- 100-bed hospital 5 6 1- 50-bed hospital 5 8 3- 25-bed hospital 3 8 5- 16-bed hospital 14 9 upgrading- Station hospital/ Branch Tsp hospital hospital 36 44 8Health Centres centre 216 223 7- Rural Health Centre centre 155 159 4- Maternal and Child Health Centre centre 36 36 -- Local Health Centre centre 13 16 3- School Health Team team 12 12 -Health Staff staff 2271 4823 2551- Doctor (Specialist/Assistant) doctor 373 1012 639- Nurse nurse 468 1950 1482- Health staff staff 197 217 20- Midwife midwife 947 1117 170- Skilled labourer labourer 35 100 65Traditional medicine- Traditional Medicine Hospital hospital 1 1 -- Traditional Medicine Clinic clinic 12 30 18-Traditional Medicine Science 1 1 -Training School school 3 4 1- Nurses Training School school 1 2 1-Midwifery Training School school 2 2 -Institute institute 1 6 5-Institute of Medicine institute 1 1 --Institute of Dental institute - 1 1-Institute of Nursing institute - 1 1- Institute of Pharmacy institute - 1 1- Institute of Paramedical Sciences institute - 1 1-Traditional Medicine University university - 1 1-Number of teacher teacher 169 1342 1173-Number of student student 150 7287 7137

Development in the health sector of Mandalay DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Page 275: Chronicle of National Development

266 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Urban and Rural DevelopmentUnder the Tamadaw government urban and rural areas in the division have devel-

oped. There are 400 miles of roads including 293 tarred roads. Water supply projectswere undertaken in 16 townships out of 26.

There were only 500 miles of rural roads. As rural roads link with urban ones, thereare now over 3,067 miles of rural road. Altogether 5,676 rural water supply projects havebeen carried out in the division.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-05 Progress

Urban development-Urban roads mile 303/4 730/2 426/6 -Tarred road mile 101/6 273/1 1713 -Gravelled road mile 123/5 142/5 19 Granite road mile 49/5 9/4-Earth road mile 28/4 305/0 276/4-Urban bridge bridge - 1272 1272 -Concrete bridge - 673 673 -Wood bridge - 411 411-Conduit pipe pipe - 55 55- Other - 133 133-Urban water supply tasksTownship where tasks to be carried out town 26 10 16Completed work work 10 16 6Rural Development-Rural roads mile 532/6 3067/7 2535/1 -Tarred road mile 40/0 184/7 144/7 -Gravelled road mile 149/2 708//7 559/5 -Granite road mile 242/4 195/3 upgrading -Earth road mile 101/0 1978/6 1877/6-Rural bridge bridge - 740 740- Concrete bridge - 243 243- Wood bridge - 295 295- Conduit pipe pipe - 170 170-Other - 32 32-Rural water supply tasksVillages where tasks to be carried out village 4119 224 3895Completed work work - 5676 5676-Rural housing house - 283 283

Development in the development affairs sector of Mandalay DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

upgrading

Page 276: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 267

Union and Human Resource DevelopmentThe governemnt is making efforts for increasing number of intellectuals and intel-

ligentsia in education, health and science and technology sectors. In Mandalay Division,a Nationalities Youth Resource Development Degree College was constructed.

The University of Culture, Institute of Forestry, Institute of Agriculture, Institute ofVeterinary Science, Cooperative College and Lacquerware College produce technicianswho will serve the interests of the Union and national races.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Medical Institute for LivestockBreeding institute 1 1 --Number of faculty member member 53 55 2-Number of student student - 552 -Cultural Institute institute - 1 1-Number of faculty member member - 62 62-Number of student student - 269 269Institute of Forestry isntitute - 1 1-Number of faculty member member - 33 33-Number of student student - 579 579University of Agriculture university 1 1 --Number of faculty member member - - --Number of student student - 1267 1267 - NYRD Degree College college - 1 1-Number of faculty member member - 51 51-Number of student student - 441 441Cooperative College college - 1 1-Number of faculty member member - 42 42-Number of student student - 499 499Lacquerware College college - 1 1

-Number of faculty member member - 28 28-Number of student student - 408 408Forestry School school 1 1 --Number of faculty member member 10 12 2-Number of student student 80 2058 1978Agricultural Institute institute 2 2 --Number of faculty member member 53 59 6-Number of student student 225 1913 1688

Human resource development sector of Mandalay DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Page 277: Chronicle of National Development

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

- TV retransmission station station 1 4 3

- Information and Public Relations office - 33 33

Offices

-IPRD library library 12 33 21

-Departmental library library - 18 18

- Rural library library - 5389 5389

-e-library library - 23 23

-Sub-printing house house - 1 1

Development in the Information and Public Relations sector ofMandalay Division

Comparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Information and Public RelationsThere is no more armed conflict in the Union of Myanmar now. Peace and tran-

quillity has been restored in border and rural areas. Political, economic and social devel-opments have also been achieved.

National races can now witness regional development and significant changes throughTV, radio, newspapers and other publications.

If the people are prosperous, it is said the nation is prosperous. If all the regionsdevelop, the Union will develop. The information sector informs the people about thegovernment’s efforts for national interest. The table shows the data.

Like other states and divisions, Mandalay Division is marching towards the unitedgolden land.

IPRD building in PyinOoLwin, Mandalay Division

Page 278: Chronicle of National Development
Page 279: Chronicle of National Development

270 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Yangon Division marching togolden land of unity and amityIt is said that everybody writes his or her own history. The history of Myanmar is

that of the entire national people as well as that of each Myanmar national. Each and

every citizen should conduct a thorough review of his or her past and present evidences

and envisage possible consequences of their deeds. In doing so, the people come to

realize the historic evidences and major requirements of the nation.

It has been known to the entire national people that in the present period the

ultimate goal of the Union of Myanmar is nothing but the building of a peaceful, modern

and developed nation. In this regard, the people are playing respective roles in the nation-

building tasks by doing their bit. It is sure that these endeavours will serve the interests

of the nation and the people in future. So the entire people should put on record and study

the nation’s present historic evidences.

Chairman of the State Peace and Development Council Commander-in-Chief of

Defence Services Senior General Than Shwe delivered a speech at the graduation parade

of the 47th Intake of the Defence Service Academy on 17 December 2004. The Senior

General in his speech, said, ‘‘Patriotism is the most decisive factor for you comrades to

selflessly shoulder the responsibilities entrusted to you by the State. You must deeply

love your race and your nation based upon the knowledge of the nation’s history and

traditions. Our cherished nation is made up of river basins, low plains, high mountain

ranges and high plateaux, rivers beginning and ending with our land, rich alluvial soil,

precious gems and abundance of natural resources, naturally advantageous seacoasts and

a temperate climate. Since time immemorial, our ancestors have cleared the land by the

sweat of their brow and worked and lived on our motherland.

“The nationalities which had descended from the same ancestors have lived

Page 280: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 271

together through weal and woe in this country. For thousands of years all our nationals

have lived together as equal citizens from the moment of their birth. Our race has a long

tradition and throughout history it has shown great courage. You comrades are the inheri-

tors of history. You must cherish your mother country and people who possess great

tradition and the love for your nation must be ardent. You must maintain loyalty to the

State citizens. This is the spirit of the patriotic Tatmadaw”.

Present generation of Myanmars have inherited fine traditions of ancestors, and the

future generations will have to inherit the fine traditions of the present generation. Now,

the State, the people and the Tatmadaw are inheriting the fine traditions and handing

down them to new generation youths, while marching to the golden land of unity and

amity. I would like to present progress of Yangon Division as a living proof of the

combined efforts.

Aerial view of Yangon City

Page 281: Chronicle of National Development

272 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Yangon DivisionYangon Division is situated in the southernmost part of the central plain of Myanmar.

In the north and in the east of Yangon Division lies Bago Division; in the south, MottamaGulf; and in the west, Ayeyawady Division. With a total area of 3,927 square miles,Yangon Division is like a mini-union where Bamar and other national races have beenliving in unity. Its population is 6,369,000 and its population density is 1,622 people persquare mile.

Bago Yoma mountain range stretches from north to south in Yangon Division, andso there are small laterite hills in Thanlyin, Twantay and Kungyangon townships. Passingthrough the eastern part of Yangon Division, Bago River empties into the Yangon River.Ngamoeyeik Creek in the central part of Yangon Division flows from north to south intothe Bago River. In the western part, Bawle River and Panhlaing River meet Hline Riverinto Yangon River. According to its geographical features, Yangon Division is desig-nated as a delta. Yangon City, the Capital of Myanmar, lies at the confluence of YangonRiver and Bago River, 21 miles from the Sea.

AgricultureYangon Division is surrounded by fertile rural regions. In the past, the region could

not cultivate crops at its full capacity because there were no large dams in the region.So, the government had to fulfil the region’s needs of food sufficiency, extended

cultivation of beans and pulses, and growing of industrial crops and perennial crops. Thegovernment has constructed 15 dams in 16 years. Taunglonmyaung Dam was built in1993 and Ngamoeyeik Dam in 1995 in Hlegu Township. Ngamoeyeik Dam benefits70,000 acres of farmland. The government also built Tabuhla Dam that benefits 52,000acres in Taikkyi Township, Zamani-in Dam that benefits 1,000 acres in Thanlyin, andZeebyugon Sluice Gate that benefits 7,500 acres in Twantay Township. Again in 2004,the government completed Kungyangon Sluice Gate Project that benefits 21,400 acres inKungyangon Township and Moemakha Sluice Gate Project that benefits 40,000 acres inTwantay. It also constructed Lagunbyin Dam (22,000 acres) in 2001, Kalihtaw Dam(9,000 acres) in 2003, and Mahuya and Paunglin Dams in 2004 in Hlegu Township.

After 1988, the living standard of Yangonites became higher and its population wason the increase. Therefore, the government established more new towns and villages.That led to reduction of nearly 20,000 acres of farmlands. However, the governmentmanaged to speed up the agricultural work in the division, so the multiple-cropping areadoubled. Measures were taken to put more than 160,000 acres under summer paddy andto gain per acre yield of 80 baskets, boosting production in the region.

Page 282: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 273

It has constructed eight water pumping stations in the region so as to extend mul-tiple cropping. Three more water pumping stations are under way, and 12 more projectswill be launched soon. It has also constructed Kayan Sluice Gate that contributes towards30,000 acres in Thanlyin Township, and Thongwa Sluice Gate that irrigates 29,000 acres.

Tatmadaw members and respective departments are lending themselves to the YangonCity 30-mile Radius Greening Project to fulfil the requirement of kitchen crops and othercrops of Yangon Division. The table shows the progress of the region’s agricultural sector.

Zepyugon Sluice Gate in Twantay Township

Page 283: Chronicle of National Development

274 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 ProgressLand- Sown acreage acre 2008863 556392- Virgin and vacant land acre 168394 12453Water supply task- dam, lake, reservoir, drain - 58 75 17- Task completed 58 73 15- Task under implementation - - 2 2- Benefited acres 291040 579435 288395River water pumping project - 23 23- Task completed - 8 8-Task under implementation - 3 3- Task to be carried out - 12 12- Benefited acres - 30880 30880

Development in the agriculture sector of Yangon DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

increase indouble crops

Ngamoeyeik Dam in Hlegu Township

Page 284: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 275

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Sluice gates under construction(1) Kayan 30,000 acres (Thanlyin)(2) Thongwa 29,000 acres (Thongwa)

Newly constructed Dams(1). NgaMoeYeik(2) TaBuHla(3) TaungLonMyaung(4) BantBweGon(5) Zamani

(6) LaGunByin(7) KaLiHtaw(8) Paunglaung(9) MaHuYar

- Damming Creek - 172 172

Benefited area - 39170 39170

- Underground tubewells - 562 562

Benefited area - 4011 4011

- Total benefited area 291040 653496 291040

Cultivation of double crop acre 157145 539412 382267

Extended paddy cultivation

- Monsoon paddy acreage acre 1225823 1200078 (-) 36953

- per acre yield basket 63.45 64.54 1.09

- Summer paddy acre - 162783 162783

- per acre yield basket - 80.00 80.00

- Total production basket in

thousand 76623 86930 10307

- Regional rice sufficiency percent - 101 101

Progress in acreage of

beans and pulses acre 17205 355392 338187

Cotton acreage acre - -Sugarcane acreage acre 1013 12343 11330Jute acreage acre - 1073 1073

Progress in rubber acreage acre 5094 29424 24330

Pepper acreage acre 7 279 272

Progress in edible oil crops

- Groundnut acre - 320345 -

- Sesame acre - 907423 -

- Sunflower acre - 349825 -

Page 285: Chronicle of National Development

276 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Livestock and FisheryNow, Yangon Division is extending the breeding of fish and prawn to provide

sufficient fish and prawn for the local people. In 1988, there were 927 acres of fish

breeding ponds, but now there are 50,786 acres of fish breeding ponds. The area of prawn

breeding ponds has increased to nearly 10,000 acres, up from only 30 acres in the past.

The paddy-plus-fish project is making progress year by year. The table indicates the

progress of its livestock and fishery sector.

Development in the livestock breeding sector of Yangon DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Extended livestock breeding

- Buffalo 138000 124000 14000

- Cattle 491000 534000 43000

- Sheep/goat 32000 67000 35000

- Pig 273000 478000 205000

- Chicken 3484000 14758000 11274000

- Duck 1597000 1828000 231000

- Turkey, goose, muscovy duck - 194000 -

-Quail - 174000 174000

Fish and prawn breeding

- Fish breeding pond acre 927.50 10043.00 10013.00

- Paddy plus fish acre - 2080.00 2080.00

- Number 1X100000 - 10.42 10.42

Prawn breeding acre 30.00 58524.00 57596.50

- Distribution of fish fries

- Production 1X100000 16.84 1632.08 1615.24

- Fingerlings released 1X100000 2.97 471.62 468.65

- Sale 1X100000 13.87 1160.46 1146.59

Page 286: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 277

Forest ConservationThe government is growing trees and forming forests for greening of the Central

Myanmar including Mt Popa. At the same time, it is taking measures for greening of the

entire Yangon Division.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Reserved forest sq/mile - 428 -

Natural forests sq/mile 2.41 2.41 -

Establishment of forest plantation acre 5935 48274 42339

- Teak special plantation acre - 8000 8000

-Commercial plantation acre 1500 8227 6727

-Village firewood acre 4335 10975 6640

- Industrial plantation acre - 500 500

-Watershed plantation acre 100 20572 20472

-Thitseint plantations acre - 650 650

Mass tree planting Tree

(in Million) 0.90 15.76 14.86

Development in the forestry sector of Yangon DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

TransportYangon Division enjoyed smooth transport to an extent in the past. There are local

and international sea and air freights and trains and bus terminals in the division.But, people have to rely on ferry services in the region as it is teeming with many

rivers and creeks. Thanlyin Bridge is one and only facility that links Yangon East andWest. Transport had been poor for a long time in the region.

The government is upgrading Yangon City which was famous in Asia in the past.It has built Hline River crossing bridge and Aungzeya bridge and a new road to directlylinks the region with Ayeyawady Division. It has also built many roads that lead toYangon-Mandalay Highway. There have emerged town-to-town roads and village-to-village roads such as Kaddapana-Khanaung-Zwebar-gondan-Kwani-Kamar-kalok road.

Page 287: Chronicle of National Development

278 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

A total of 23 bridges, each of which is more than 180 feet long, including six large

bridges have emerged in the division. Maha Bandoola Bridge (Pazundaung), Ngamoeyeik

Bridge (Thingangyun), Hline River crossing bridge (Shwepyitha), Hline River crossing

bridge (Myochaung), Bawle River crossing bridge (Yebawthoung) and Aungzeya Bridge

(Insein) have contributed towards better transport of the region. On completion of the

seven bridge projects, local people can travel by car to all parts of the country. The table

indicates progress of the region’s transport sector.

Aungzeya Bridge linking Insein and Hlinethaya Townships in Yangon

Page 288: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 279

Railways- miles of railroad mile 109.25 147.51 38.26- miles of railtrack mile 195.45 241.16 45.71- passenger 1X1000 22774.4 24281.8 1507.4

- passenger/mile mile 377433.5 387714.7 10281.2- Goods Ton (1x1000) 326.6 500.5 173.9

- Goods/mile mile 59591.2 106424.8 46833.6- Station station 45 71 26Airway-Airfield field 3 3 - - above 5000 ft runway airfield field 2 2 - - under 5000 ft runway airfield field 1 1 -Waterway-Jetty (local transportation) 36 54 18-Jetty (for vessel) 13 29 16Extension of motor road mile 243/0 543/4 300/4- tarred road mile 228/0 328/4 100/4- gravel road mile 9/0 62/5 53/5- hard road mile 6/0 72/7 66/7- earth road mile - 79/4 79/4Construction of Bridge- Public Work - Above 180 feet bridge 7 37 30 - completed bridge bridge 7 32 25 - bridge under construction bridge - 5 5 - Under 180 feet bridge 45 109 64

- completed bridge bridge 45 97 52

Subject Count 1988 31-12-05 Progress

Six major bridges1. Aungzeya Bridge (Insein)2. Maha Bandoola Bridge (Pazundaung)3. Ngamoeyeik Bridge (Thingangyun)4. Hlaing River Crossing Bridge (Shwepyitha)5. Hlaing River Bidge (Myochaung)6. BawLeBridge (YePawThaung)

Development in the transportation sector of Yangon DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Seven major bridges under construction1. Yangon-Thanlyin Bridge No 22. Bawchaung Bridge (Thanlyin)3. ShweLinBan Bridge (Hlaingthaya)4. NgaMoeYeik Bridge (Kamakyi) (Thingangyun)5. RakhaingGyaung Bridge (Twantay)

Page 289: Chronicle of National Development

280 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

CommunicationsIt is vividly visible that the entire nation has witnessed remarkable development in

numerous sectors. The government is taking steps for development of border areas andrural regions and urban areas.

Now, it is putting into motion the border areas development project, the specialregions development project, the nine- district greening project, the 24 special regionsdevelopment project, and the five-task rural development project for national develop-ment.

The Table depicts progress the region is making in the communication sector.

Communication station in Bahan Township, Yangon Division

Page 290: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 281

Line extension under implementationHanthawady, Bahan, Maunghtawlay, Thingangyun, Insein, Shwepyitha,Total 29500 linesDECT phone project first phase (under implementation)Yangon Division 2000 lines

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Post office office 68 103 35Telegraph office office 32 51 19Facsimile 1 3289 3288Computer telegraph - 11 11Telephone-telephone office office 22 79 57-telephone line line 34340 307054 272714-exchange exchange 22 62 40-direct line line 35357 260292 224935-auto/manual phone phone 35357 145509 100152- auto radio telephone phone - 1996 1996-CDMA telephone phone - 28356 28356-cellular telephone phone - 13110 13110- DECT telephone phone - 459 459 GSM telephone phone - 70867 70867-telephone density 1X1000 7.58 41.58 34Microwave station station 6 12 6-Rural telephoneexchange exchange - 17 17E-mail/Internet - 5657 5657- X.25 line - 126 126 Optial fibre line - 9041 9041Satellite station-DOMSAT station - - --VSAT station - - --iPSTAR station - 9 9-Satellite ground station station - 1 1-Satellite channel - 601 601-Submarine cable - 1012 1012-Overseas telephone channel - 1613 1613

Development in the communication sector of Yangon DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 281

Page 291: Chronicle of National Development

282 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Electric PowerYangon Division consumed 545.077 million units of electricity in 1988. However,

the Tatmadaw government has been able to increase the amount nearly six times, ac-counting for 3,084.312 million units.

The region’s population has increased by 1.9 million. The living standard of localpeople has become higher to a certain degree. In the past, on average a household coulduse an electric apparatus, and now a citizen can use close to the rate of an electricapparatus.

A careful analysis of increasing number of industrial zones and factories in theregion will reveal the electricity requirement that is interrelated with the nation’s im-provement and changes for the better.

Now is the time when the government is making sustained endeavours for all-rounddevelopment of the nation. It has constructed irrigation facilities in the regions wherewater was scarce for ensuring long-tern benefits of the nation and the people. Simulta-neously, it is constructing Union Highways and bridges of various sizes and types acrossthe nation. It has also built universities, colleges, schools in addition to construction andupgrading of hospitals and health care centres for raising the health standard of thepeople.

So far, almost all the infrastructures have been constructed. Now, the governmentis seeking all possible ways and means for boosting generation of electricity. The tablerepresents progress of the electric power sector of Yangon Division.

Power plant (Ahlon) in Yangon Division

282 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 292: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 283

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Electricity consumption unit (in million) 545.077 3084.312 2539.235

Maximum power megawatt 146.000 430.000 284.000

Current installed power megawatt 110.716 465.223 354.507

Power plants

-Reclying power plant plant - 4 4

-Steam engine plant plant 1 1 -

-Natural gas-powered plant plant 1 5 4

-Coal-fired plant - - -

Development in the electric power sector of Yangon DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Steam engine plant completed1.Ywama 30.00 megawatt (large size) (1988)Recycling power plant completed1. Thaketa 35.00 Megawatt (Large)2. Ahlon 54.300 Megawatt (Large)3. Hlawgar 54.300 Megawatt (Large)4. Ywama 9.400 Megawatt (Large)

Natural Gas-powered plant1. Ywama 36.900 Megawatt (Large) (1988)2. Thaketa 57.000 Megawatt (Large)3. Ahlon 99.000 Megawatt (Large)4. Hlawgar 99.000 Megawatt (Large)5. Ywama 23.000 Megawatt (Large)

Natural gas-fired power plant (Hlawgar) in Yangon Divison

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 283

Page 293: Chronicle of National Development

284 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Upgrading of industrial power-Industrial Zone - 4 4-Industries industry - 2678 2678-Private industry industry - 5786 --Cottage industry industry - 4833 4833State-owned industry industry 194 241 47

Development in the industrial sector of Yangon DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

IndustryThe goal “transforming the agro-based nation into an industrialized one” will come

true in the near future. The government has organized scattered factories into industrial

zones. It is giving encouragement to technical experts for the industrial development.

It is heartening to note that many requirements have been fulfilled for industrial

development of Yangon Division. It has established four industrial zones in the region

— Yangon East Industrial Zone, Yangon West Industrial Zone, Yangon South Industrial

Zone, and Yangon North Industrial Zone in the region. In each industrial zone are many

small enterprises.

In Yangon East Industrial Zone are Nos 1, 2 and 3 South Dagon Industrial Zones,

Dagon Myothit (Seikkan Township Industrial Zone, Yangon Industrial Zone, Shwepaukkan

Industrial Zone, North Okkalapa Industrial Zone, South Okkalapa Industrial Zone and

Thakayta Industrial Zone.

In Yangon West Industrial Zone, there are Mayangon, Hline, and Kamayut indus-

trial zones; in Yangon South Industrial Zone, Thanlyin, Kyauktan, and Kayan industrial

zones; and in Yangon North Industrial Zone, Hlinethaya, Shwepyitha and Mingaladon

industrial zones.

Yangon East Industrial Zone is made up of 1,136 enterprises; Yangon West Indus-

trial Zone, 621; Yangon South Industrial Zone, 382; and Yangon North Industrial Zone,

539, totalling 2,678.

The region has 5,786 private-run factories and 4,833 cottage industries alongside

241 State-owned factories. The table compared the region’s project of the industrial

sector in 1988 and that at present.

284 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 294: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 285

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Oilfield (Inland) field - 1 1Gas pipeline mile 32.6 235.99 203.39Crude Oil Production barrel - 159 159Natural Gas Production Cubic ft - 3745.78 3745.78Oil Refinery Gallon

(1X1000000) - 114.928 114.928Plants 1 4 3 - Oil Refinery plant 1 1 - - Fertilizer plant - 1 1 - tar plant - 1 1 - Carbon dioxide plant - 1 1

Development in the energy sector of Yangon DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

EnergyThere has emerged an onshore oilfield (Aphyauk) in Yangon Division. The table

shows production of gas and oil of the oilfield.

EducationThanks to the education promotion plan, the youths both the in the hilly regions and

in the plains have enjoyed better opportunities to pursue education. Regarding the basiceducation sector, all school-aged children have enjoyed the opportunity to attend primaryschool, and equality to continue to pursue middle and high school education.

The government has established 298 post-primary schools, and there are nearly 1million basic education students in Yangon Division.

With respect to the higher education sector, a total of close to the number of twomillion students go to Yangon University, Yangon Institute of Economics, Yangon In-stitute of Education, Yangon University of Distance Education, Dagon University, YangonUniver-sity of Foreign Languages, Yangon East University, Yangon West University,National Management College, Yankin Education College, Hlegu Education College, andThingangyun Education College in Yangon Division.

Now, the primary school enrolment rate of Yangon Division has risen to 99.30 percent and the adult literacy rate, 97.40 per cent. The table shows the division’s progressof the education sector.

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 285

Page 295: Chronicle of National Development

286 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Basic education level- Number of school school 2374 2668 294 - High school school 126 219 93 - Middle school school 183 232 49 - Post primary school school - 328 328 - Primary school school 2065 1889 upgrading- Multi media classroom room - 264 264- e-learning centre centre - 57 57Number of teacher teacher 28859 30820 1961Number of student student 776162 983509 207347- Preprimary school - Number of school school - 64 64 - Number of children children - 2109 2109

Development in the education sector of Yangon DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Myanmar Maritime University in Thilawa industrial region in Yangon Division

286 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 296: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 287

Subject Count 1988 31-122005 Progress

Teachers education

- Education college college - 3 3

- Number of teacher teacher 85 154 69

- Number of trainees trainees 756 3809 3053

School enrolment rate percent 70.45 99.50 29.05

Adult literacy rate percent 90.44 97.40 6.91

School dropout rate

- Basic level percent 28.23 6.10 22.13

- middle level percent 39.93 4.13 35.80

Upgrading of higher education

- University, college, degree college 8 12 4

- Institute 5 2 -

-University 1 6 5

- Degree College 1 1 0

- College - 3 3

- University of Foreign Languages 1 - -

e-learning centre - 15 15

Wide area network - 1 1

Number of WAN sites - 25 25

Teaching programmes 76 355 279

Number of teacher 2927 3869 942

Number of student 90092 195270 105178

Human Resource Development Centre - 9 9

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 287

Page 297: Chronicle of National Development

288 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Science and TechnologyTo the graduation parade of the 7th Intake of Defence Services Technological

Academy which was held in PyinOo Lwin, Head of State Senior General Than Shwe

gave guidance, saying that the Tatmadaw Government has laid down and implemented

the economic objective — Development of agriculture as the base and for all-round

development of other sectors of economy as well. Thanks to the collective efforts of the

Tatmadaw, the Government and the people, clusters of infrastructures have already been

built in all necessary places. More infrastructures will be built in the future, too. Because

of the energetic efforts to extend sown acreage, increase per acre yield, and introduce

new crops species, the nation now is enjoying surplus rice.

As the nation is able to produce enough food for the people, we will have to

establish an industrial nation for the prosperity of the national people. But the setting up

of an industrialised nation needs a large number of qualified human resources. Hence, the

Government has established 24 development zones, the project covering the task to

develop human resources simultaneously in the entire nation. The rural development

tasks are being attached to the project for development of all regions of the nation. Now,

all the nationalities have the opportunity to get access to science and technological studies

in their own regions.

In addition, the Government is giving priority to increased generation of electricity

for industrial development. In this situation, you will have to strive as the human resources

building a developed nation, while striving to further promote the science and technological

sectors of the Tatmadaw. As the saying, which goes, ‘The taller the person, the longer

his shade’, the task to build an industrial nation will be swifter and speedier, only if you

try to enhance your ability. These words of guidance are signs of good prospects for the

nation.

Now, concerted efforts are being made to produce qualified human resources to

build a modern, developed nation. The table shows the number of universities related to

science and technology built in Yangon Division.

288 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 298: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 289

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Technological Institute college 1 1 1

- Yangon Institute of Technology college 1 1 1

- Number of courses course 18 72 54

- Number of Faculty member teacher 256 484 228

- Number of student (graduate) student 687 10947 10261

- Number of student (current) student - 2074 2074

- Computer colleges college 1 1 -

Yangon Computer College college 1 1 -

- Number of courses course 2 10 8

- Number of teachers teacher 40 151 111

- Number of students (graduate) student 19 16137 16118

- Number of students (current) student - 12787 12787

Technological College institute - 2 2

- Government Technical College (Hmawby) institute - 1 1

- Number of courses course - 9 9

- Government Technical College (Thanlyin) college - 1 1

- Number of courses course - 11 11

- Number of teachers teacher - 320 320

- Number of students (graduate) student - 10586 10586

- Number of students (current) student - 5828 5828

- Technical Institute institute 1 1 -

- Government Technology Institute (Insein) institute 1 1 -

- Number of courses course 5 5 40

- Number of teachers teacher 86 40 160

- Number of students (graduate) student 6741 10546 4075

- Number of students (current) student - 17 17

Development in the science and technology sector of Yangon DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 289period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 289

Page 299: Chronicle of National Development

290 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-122005 Progress

Upgrading of hospital hospital 53 74 9

- Specialist hospital hospital 9 9 -

- Teaching hospital hospital 3 3 -

- 300-bed hospital - 2 2

- 200-bed hospital 3 3 -

- 150-bed hospital 2 1 upgrading

- 100-bed hospital 1 2 1

- 50-bed hospital 7 10 3

- 25-bed hospital 5 11 6

- 16-bed hospital 6 8 2

- Station hospital/ Branch Tsp hospital hospital 17 25 8

Health Centres centre 147 167 20

- Rural Health Centre centre 70 77 7

- Maternal and Child Health Centre centre 21 22 1

- Local Health Centre centre 35 48 13

- School Health Team team 21 21 -

Development in the health sector of Yangon DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

HealthNowadays, public health care services are being provided as a priority to give

medical treatment and take disease control measures. Hospitals (200-bed) have been built

in the 24 development regions. All hospitals have been upgraded into 200-bed ones

complete with all necessary facilities.

Hospitals in every township have also been upgraded. Public health care services

are being carried out by appointing specialists for 12 specialised subjects in all 200-bed

hospitals. The table shows the development of health sector of Yangon Division.

290 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 300: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 291

Subject Count 1988 31-122005 Progress

Health Staff staff 3449 4603 1154- Doctor (Specialist/Assistant) doctor 745 1946 1201- Nurse nurse 1652 2174 522- Health staff staff 193 204 11- Midwife midwife 611 741 130- Skilled labourer labourer 118 158 40- TSP Health Assistant assistant - 9 9- Health Assistant-1 assistant - 45 45- Health Assistant assistant 78 89 21- Superviser 1,2 superviser 52 87 35Traditional medicne- Traditional Medicine Hospital hospital 1 1 -- Traditional Medicine Clinic clinic 12 21 9Training School school 4 5 1- Nurses Training School school 2 3 1- Midwifery School school 2 2 -Institute institute 4 5 1- Institute of Medicine institute 2 2 -- Institute of Dental institute 1 1 -- Institute of Nursing institute 1 1 -- Institute of Pharmacy institute - 1 1- Institute of Paramedical Sciences institute - 1 1

Traditional medicine hospital in Bahan Township, Yangon Division

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 291

Page 301: Chronicle of National Development

292 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

- Institute of Civil Service institute 1 1 -

- Number of faculty member member 57 103 46

- Number of student student 1327 10528 9201

- Myanmar Maritime University university - 1 1

- Number of faculty member member - 113 113

- Number of student student - 1109 1109

Cultural Institute institute - 1 1

- Number of faculty member member - 144 144

- Number of student student - 523 523

National Management College institute - 1 1

- Number of faculty member member - - -

- Number of student student - - -

- NYRD Degree College university - 1 1

- Number of faculty member member - 47 47

- Number of student student - 356 356

Cooperative College college - 2 2

- Number of faculty member member - 116 116

- Number of student student - 1008 1008

- Parahita (tiger) School school - 1 1

- Number of faculty member member - 7 7

- Number of student student - 657 657

- Institute of Marine Technology institute 1 1 -

- Number of faculty member member - - -

- Number of student student 40 300 260

Human resource development sector of Yangon DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Development of Human Resources and the UnionNew generation youths are the ones responsible for accelerating the momentum of

building a modern, developed nation. They will have to shoulder their duties in theinterests of the nation and people. It is the duty of our entire national people to safeguardour motherland. The State is producing human resources to serve the interests of theUnion throughout their life. The table shows the sector of development of human resources.

292 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 302: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 293

Development AffairsThe State and the people are making combined efforts for rural and urban

development. The people are now contributing to the supply of rural drinking water, ruraleducation sector and rural health sector by using their raised funds. The table shows thedevelopment of rural regions in Yangon Division.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Urban development

- Urban roads mile 147/6 186/6 39

- Tarred road mile 31/7 58/0 26/1

- Gravelled road mile 10/7 4/0 (-)6/7

- Granite road mile 27/2 35/3 8/1

- Earth road mile 77/6 89/4 11/5

- Urban bridge bridge - 521 521

- Urban water supply task

Township where tasks to be carried out town 12 4 8

Completed work work 5 8 3

Rural Development

- Rural roads mile 239/4 949/2 709/6

- Tarred road mile 14/1 48/3 34/2

- Gravelled road mile 70/7 65/7 (-)5

- Granite road mile 33/5 295/2 261/5

- Earth road mile 120/7 539/6 418/7

- Rural bridge bridge - 277 277

Development in the development affairs sector of Yangon DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 293

Page 303: Chronicle of National Development

294 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 304: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 295

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

-TV retransmission station station 1 2 1

-IPRD office office - 39 39

-IPRD library library 7 39 32

-Departmental library library - 43 43

-Rural library library - 2051 2051

- e-library library - 2 2

-Daily daily - 3 3

Development in the information and public relations sector ofYangon Division

Comparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Dalies1. TheMyanma Alin2. The Kyemone3. The New Light of Myanmar

Information and Public Relations

The Tatmadaw Government is working hard side by side with the people to improve

the socio-economy of all the people of the country. It can be seen now that Myanmar

engineers are actively participating in the projects for construction of dams, power stations

and bridges.

Similarly, all people including those from rural areas, pensioners, academics and

technicians are co-operating in the efforts for development of education and health sectors.

Table N shows the number of facilities built in the division for the development of

mass media.

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 295

Page 305: Chronicle of National Development
Page 306: Chronicle of National Development
Page 307: Chronicle of National Development

Ayeyawady Division marching to newgolden land of unity and amity

There is a saying, which goes, “Time and tide waits for no man.” And another

proverb says, “No opportunity comes twice to cross a river”. The proverbs symbolize the

changing situation in this world.

Ayeyawady River is flowing quietly and constantly day and night till reaching its

destination, which is the sea.

The Ayeyawady rises in Kachin State in the north of Myanmar. It meets with

Chindwin River in Sagaing Division. It also merges with a number of rivers and creeks

which originate in the mountains of Chin and Rakhine states. The mighty river has many

tributaries that rise in the Shan and Kayah states in the east. It passes though Mandalay,

Magway, Bago and Ayeyawady divisions and drains into the sea into which other rivers

and creeks flowing from Yangon Division, Mon and Kayin states and Taninthayi Divi-

sion also empty.

At the meeting No 2/2004 of the Central Committee for Development of Border

Areas and National Races held on 30 December 2004, Head of State Senior General Than

Shwe gave guidance, saying, “It is a common knowledge that the Central Committee was

founded with lofty aims. The Government has held negotiations with the armed groups

to come back to the legal fold, so that it will cooperate with nationalities of border areas

for national development, peace and stability.

Page 308: Chronicle of National Development

“It has built mutual trust with the groups, while striving to develop the border areas,

to free the people of the areas from backwardness, and to improve the social standard of

the national races for flourishing of the consolidated Union.

“Thanks to the formation of the respective committees, with firm objectives, the

task is achieving success leading to promoting mutual understanding and amity among

the national people, and ensuring peace and stability in the border areas, and laying down

sound foundations for regional development. The Committee has laid sound transport,

health, education and economic foundations to raise the living standard of the locals.

“The task for progress of border areas must be accelerated in the regions where a

development drive is needed, without losing sight of the project’s objective of narrowing

the gap between one region and another in the whole nation. Greater efforts should be

made to develop the health, education, transport and economic sectors of the regions

which lag behind in development to a certain degree. The progress in border areas will

help the development drive reach the whole nation and further unify all the nationalities.

“Only if we can obtain constant progress phase by phase annually, will we be able

to development the whole nation and bring the nationalities closer as a unified strength.

“We will have to make harmonious efforts greater the following day than today in

launching the border areas development drive for the nation’s long-term interest, and

further cementing the national solidarity.”

The Tatmadaw Government is in the process of building the consolidated Union,

and a peaceful, modern and developed nation without fail.

“There will be greater development tomorrow, and the development must continue

throughout the future generations. The development drive must reach all the regions of

the Union. There must be solidarity among the nationalities.” And with those convictions,

the Government has been striving to develop the entire nation including the Ayeyawady

Division. Now, the developments of the division will be presented.

299

Page 309: Chronicle of National Development

300 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Ayeyawady DivisionAyeyawady Division is located in the south-western part of the central plains of

Myanmar. The 13,567 square-mile division is sharing a common land border with BagoDivision in the east and north, Yangon Division in the east, and Rakhine State in thenorth-east and touching the Bay of Bengal in the west and Andaman Sea in the south.The majority of its people are Bamar, Kayin and Rakhine races. Its population is 7,511,000and its population density is 554 persons per square mile.

On the west stretch the Rakhine Yoma ranges forming a thin coastal strip of landfacing the sea. As the division is a delta, it’s land surface is flat and criss-crossed bynumerous rivers and creeks. It has also a number of lakes. Of the rivers that branchingout from the mighty Ayeyawady, Ngawun, Pathein and Toe are famous.

Ngwe Hsaung Beach in Pathein Township, Ayeyawady Division

300 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 310: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 301

Agriculture

As it is a delta region and its soil is fertile, Ayeyawady Division is a reliable regionfor the nation in terms of economy. Production volume of its agricultural and fish andmeat industries is large. The division is renowned as the rice bowl of Myanmar. But inthe past successive eras, the division had not achieved progress as much as it deserved.

During his visit to the division on 14 November 2004, Head of State Senior GeneralThan Shwe said, “Human society never stops advancing at a place. We must alwaysmake efforts for its development. As the nation’s population is growing annually, it willhave 100 million people in the next 30 years or so. From now on, we must systematicallyextend sown acreage and raise the per acre yield to ensure sufficient food for the growingpopulation in the future.

“We will never let our new generations face anxiety rising from food insufficiencywhen we are no more. Thus, we will have to do what we should do for the futuregenerations.

“In addition to the agricultural and fish and meat sectors, we will also strive todevelop the industrial sector of the division. The division has bright prospects to furtherdevelop the agro-based industries, wood-based industries, and aqua-based industries.

“As the Government has used a large amount of financial power to build roads andbridges in the division, it can now facilitate its transport and is achieving sustainabledevelopment. As the government on its part has already rendered necessary assistance forAyeyawady Division, it should develop itself more by effectively utlizing the rich land,water and forest resources. The division has an adequate number of human resources thatcan add value to the natural resources. What the division needs is innovative efforts.”

If Ayeyawady Division serves the nation only as a rice bowl, the nation will notadvance. It should strive to increase its production volume many times. Only then willthe local people enjoy prosperity and progress. The Government has added value to thenatural resources of the division.

The Government has reclaimed wet lands and inundated areas, and built dams forirrigation and sluice gates to store water the whole year.

It has built Panhlaing and Mezali sluices gates, each with 20,000-acre irrigationcapacity, in Nyaungdon Township, Nankathu Dam, with 14,000-acre irrigation capacity,in Ingapu Township, Wadaw and Htani sluice gates, each with 15,000-acre irrigationcapacity, in Maubin Township. A total of 23 waterworks have been built in the divisionto irrigate crops with river water.

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 301

Page 311: Chronicle of National Development

302 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Thanks to the assistance of the Government, Ayeyawady Division has increased

over 200,000 acres of new cultivation fields. The division can now grow 3.5 million acres

of monsoon paddy and 1.4 million acres of summer paddy. The sown acreage of the

division is 29 per cent of the total sown acreage of the nation. The division produces 370

million baskets of paddy annually. The 20,000-acres irrigation capacity Kunchaung Dam

in Kyangin Township, the 10,000 acre irrigation capacity Mamya Dam in Myanaung

Township, and the 25,000-acre irrigation capacity Kanyin Dam in Ingapu Township are

under construction at present. Thus, the division’s annual paddy output will reach 400

million baskets in the near future. Hence, it is going to contribute one-third of the 1,200

million baskets, the nation’s target.

The table shows the development of the agricultural sector of Ayeyawady Division.

Nankathu Dam in Ingapu Township

302 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 312: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 303

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Land

- Sown acreage acre 4221126 7595164 3374038

- Virgin and vacant land acre 629692 181103

Water supply task

- dam, lake, reservoir, drain - 72 82 10

- Task completed 72 79

- Task being carried out - - 3 7

- Benefited area acre 1594508 1916929 3

River water pumping project - 35 322412

- Task completed - 23 35

- Task being carried out - 6 23

- Task to be carried out - 6 6

- Benefited acres acre - 98427 6

Damming creek - 73 98427

- Benefited area acre - 31229 73

Artesian wells - 726 726

- Benefited acres acre - 6169 6169

Total benefited area 1594508 2052754 458246

Double cropping acreage acre 571823 2322845 1751022

Cultivation of paddy

- monsoon paddy acreage acre 3132553 3600351 467798

- per acre yield basket 62.80 72.46 9.66

- Summer paddy acreage acre - 1421860 1421860

- per acre yield basket - 88.12 88.12

- Total production basket 188196 370493 182298

- local rice sufficiency percent - 296 296

increase incultivable land

Development in the agriculture sector of Ayeyawady DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 303

Page 313: Chronicle of National Development

304 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Progress in acreage of

beans and pulses acre 306018 1407104 1101086

Cotton acreage acre - 675 675Sugarcane acreage acre - 304 304Jute acreage acre - 51959 -Maize acre 13024 70064 57040Rubber acre 92 2486 2394Pepper acreage acre - 5619 5619Progress in edible oil crops- Groundnut acre 98742 107559 8817- Sesame acre - 32658 -- Sunflower acre - 237708 --Niger acre 1105 6538 5433-Oil eugenia acre - 2350 2350-Thitseint acre - 20179 20179-Safflower acre - 601 601-Physic nut acre - 1000 1000

Dams under construction1. Kunchaung 20000 acres (Kyangin)2. Ma Mya 10000 acres (Myanaung)3. Kanyin 25000 acres (Ingabu)

Development in the agriculture sector of Ayeyawady DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Farmers threshing high-yield paddy using thresher

304 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 314: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 305

Development in the livestock breeding sector of Ayeyawady DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Extended livestock breeding

- Buffalo 297000 331000 34000

- Cattle 1119000 1120000 1000

- Sheep/goat 31000 71000 40000

- Pig 606000 843000 237000

- Chicken 5460000 11058000 5598000

- Duck 1789000 2690000 901000

- Turkey, goose, muscovy duck 312000 377000 65000

Fish and prawn breeding

- Fish breeding pond acre 978.97 97368.37 96389.40

- Paddy plus fish acre - 4055 4055

- Number 1X100000 - 19.97 19.97

Prawn breeding acre - 41294.30 41294.30

- Distribution of fish fries

- Production 1X100000 6.41 971.16 784.75

- Fingerlings released 1X100000 0.48 496.10 495.62

- Sale 1X100000 5.93 295.06 289.13

- Number of fingerlings

released into Ayeyawady River 1X100000 - 48.50 48.50

Livestock and FisheryThe Ayeyawady Division is making significant progress in the livestock and fishery

sector. The region has a lot of rivers, creeks and lakes and there are fish and prawn inabundance in the region. The government has upgraded the region’s fish and prawnsector. The table shows progress of the region’s livestock and fishery sector.

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 305

Page 315: Chronicle of National Development

306 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Reserved forest sq/mile 2781 2781 -

Protected public forest sq/mile 1.34 53.12 52.78

Establishment of forest plantation acre 2750 104020 101270

- Teak special plantation acre - 16000 16000

- Commercial plantation acre 1800 33335 31535

- Village firewood acre 950 42088 41135

- Plantation for industry acre - 12600 12600

-Thitseint plantations acre - 2250 2250

-Mass tree planting Tree Tree 0.31 18.03 17.72

(in Millinon)

Development in the forestry sector of Ayeyawady DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Forest ConservationAyeyawady Division is a delta adjacent to the Sea. It is conserving and protecting

mangroveforests for maintenance of the rivers and creeks. The table indicates local peo-ple’s active participation in the tasks for forest conservation.

TransportBefore 1988, there were no bridges across Ayeyawady River in the region. Due to

many rivers and creeks, there was poor transport in the past. To make the matter worse,the British colonialists did not pay any attention to construction of roads.

The Tatmadaw members always made reviews of their experiences wherever theyshouldered duties of national defence across the nation. Even local people did not noticeall the requirements of respective regions, but Tatmadaw members did.

The government has implemented water supply projects where water is scarce. Andit has restored peace and stability wherever there was lack of peace.

In consequence of its endeavours, Ayeyawady Division has enjoyed fruitful resultsof better transport. So far, it has constructed 40 bridges in the region including PatheinBridge put into commission on 22-11-2004. There have emerged large bridges such asNgawun river crossing Ngathaingchaung Bridge, Myaungmya Bridge, Labutta Bridge,

306 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 316: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 307

Maubin Bridge, Bo Myat Tun Bridge, Gonnhindan Bridge, Shwelaung Bridge, WakemaBridge, Dedaye Bridge, and Dahka Bridge in the region.

Now, people can travel from Yangon to Pathein in comfort and ease. In 1988, therewere roads with a total length of only 440 miles. Now the length of the roads in theregion has increased to nearly 900 miles. On completion of the Pyapon Bridge Projectand the Myinkaseik Bridge Project, local people can travel by car from one place toanother in the region in a few hours. The table reflects progress of the transport sectorof Ayeyawady Division.

Pathein Bridge in Pathein Township, Ayeyawady Division

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 307

Page 317: Chronicle of National Development

308 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Six bridges under construction1. Pyapon Bridge (Pyapon)2. Myingkaseik Bridge (Myaungmya)3. MayanNgu Bridge (Myaungmya)4. MaungBiWa Bridge (Pathein)5. KyaukChaungGyi Bridge (Pathein)6. NgaWun Bridge (Myokwin)

Railways- miles of railroad mile 147.00 147.00 -- miles of railtrack mile 191.70 191.70 -- passenger 1X1000 2299.5 2451.8 152.3- passenger/mile mile 179002.1 183877.9 4875.8- Goods Ton (1x1000) 61.3 92.2 30.9- Goods/mile mile 3246.0 6190.8 2944.8- Station station 41 42 1Airways- Airfield field 1 1 - - above 5000 ft runway airfield field - 1 1 - under 5000 ft runway airfield field 1 - UpgradingWater transport- Jetty 10 11 1Extension of motor road mile 440/0 1332/2 892/2- tarred road mile 193/0 504/6 311/6- gravel road mile 60/0 441/5 381/5- hard road mile 144/0 174/2 30/2- earth road mile 43/0 211/5 168/5Construction of Bridge- Public Works - Above 180 feet bridge 11 60 49 - completed bridge bridge 11 52 41 - Bridge under construction bridge - 5 5 - Bridge to be built bridge - 3 3 - Under 180 feet bridge 87 242 155

- completed bridge bridge 87 242 155

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Bridges completed in Ayeyawady Division1. Khattiya Bridge (Maubin)2. Daydalu Bridge (Pyapon)3. Seikma Bridge (Bogalay)4. Natchaung Bridg (Bogalay)5. Myaungmya Bridge (Myaungmya)6. Maubin Bridge (Maubin)7. Bo Myat Tun Bridge (Nyaungdon) Three bridges to be constructed

1. KyunGon Bridge (Einme)2. KyunPyaThat Bridge (Mawlamyinekyun)3. Razudaing Bridge (Maubin)

Development in the transportation sector of Ayeyawady DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

308 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 318: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 309

CommunicationsThe communication network of the nation has covered even the rural areas at

present. The table indicates the development of communication sector in the division.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Post office office 124 142 18

Telegraph office 31 42 11

Facsimile 1 66 65

Computer telegraph - 5 5

Telephone- telephone office 31 94 63

- telephone line 4795 24344 19549

- exchange 31 66 35

- direct line 4389 20097 15708

- auto/manual phone 4389 18623 14234

- auto radio phone - 812 812

-teledensity 1X1000 0.78 2.66 1.88

Microwave station station 10 19 9

Rural telephone - 29 29

e-mail, internet - 3 3

Satellite station- DOMSAT station - - -

- VSAT station - 1 1

- iPSTAR station - - -

- Submarine Cable

station station - 1 1

Development in the communication sector of Ayeyawady DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Extension of Auto Telephone Line(under implementation)1. Bogalay (500 lines)2. NgweHsaung (500 lines)3. Chaungtha (500 lines) Total (1500 lines)

Auto-exchange project under implementation1. Nyaungdon (700 lines)2. Pantanaw (500 lines)3. Kyaungkon (500 lines)4. Wakema (600 lines)5. Mawlamyinekyun (700 lines)6. Labutta (600 lines)

Total 3600 lines

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 309

Page 319: Chronicle of National Development

310 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Electricity

The power consumption in the division in 1988 was 100.114 million units. The

present consumption is over 170.114 million units. Thanks to the national grid, more

power can be distributed to regions with greater consumption power.

All the sectors of the nation are developing rapidly because of the adoption of the

market-oriented economy. More farm machinery are being used at modern farms. The

number of private and State-owned industries is increasing. More towns have emerged

and the living standard is rising. Thus, electricity consumption of the nation is increasing

roughly at 15 per cent annually. Yangon consumes 450 megawatts, up from about 130

megawatts 15 years ago.

Plans are being implemented in accord with the guidance of the Head of State to

increase generation capacity to generate 2,000 more megawatts based on the nation’s rich

water resources. In accord with the head of State’s guidance, the nation is implementing

the 30-year power project and five-year short-term projects. The projects cover the 79-

megawatt Yeywa Hydel Power Project, the 280-megawatt Paunglaung Hydel Power Project,

the 60-megawatt Kunchaung Hydel Power Project, the 30-megawatt Khaboung Hydel

Power Project, the 40-megawatt Phyuchaung Hydel Power Project, the 75-megawatt

Shwekyin Hydel Power Project, the 25-megawatt Yenwe Hydel Power Project, and the

54-megawatt Kengtawng Hydel Power Project in southern Shan State are under construc-

tion. Efforts are being made for early completion of the 400-megawatt Shweli Hydel

Power Project in northern Shan State. A 60-megawatt turbine of the 120-megawatt Tikyit

coal-burn power station will soon to be in operation.

310 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 320: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 311

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Electricity consumption unit (in million) 100.114 170.798 70.684

Maximum power megawatt 12.500 45.448 32.948

Current installed power megawatt 91.777 37.168 -

- Hydel power plant completed

-Reclying power plant plant - - -

-Steam engine plant plant - - -

-Natural gas- fired plant 2 1 shift

-Coal-fired plant - - -

-Diesel-used plant plant 80 12 national

grid

Completed hydel power plant1. Biluchaung-2 168.000 megawatt (heavy) (1988)2. Hpahsaung 0.108 megawatt (small) (1988)3. Biluchaung-1 28.00 megawatt (heavy)

Development in the electric power sector of Ayeyawady DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Energy

Myanaung oil field was discovered in the division in 1964, Shwepyitha oil field in

1967, and Htantabin oil field in 1980. Two more new fields were found in 1960 and 1984

respectively, but they are not in operation at present. At present, Myanaung, Shwepyitha

and Nyaungdon fields are producing oil and gas.

The Yadana offshore oil and gas well was discovered in 1998. It is producing

natural gas. More offshore wells are being drilled at present. The table has more.

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 311

Page 321: Chronicle of National Development

312 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

- Oilfield (Inland) field 5 3 completed

- Oilfield (Off Shore) field - 1 1

Gas pipeline mile 46.51 323.03 276.52

- Inland mile 46.51 68.03 21.52

- Off Shore (Inder water) mile - 216.00 216.00

- Off Shore (Over water) mile - 39.00 39.00

Crude Oil Production barrel 170175 498799 328624

Natural Gas Production Cubic ft - 253846.49 253846.49

Plants

- Liquified Natural Gas plant - 1 1

- Methanol plant 1 1 -

Development in the energy sector of Ayeyawady DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Three Oilfields (Inland)1. Myanaung 2. Shwepyitha 3. Nyaungdon

Chairman of the State Peace and Development Council Senior General Than Shweinspects Nyaungdon Oilfield.

312 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 322: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 313

IndustriesLike the parents who equally look after their children, the Tatmadaw Government

is striving to ensure equitable progress for all the 14 states and divisions of the Union.

The Government has been assisting the people of all the regions to become pros-

perous, developed and educated, as they are playing their own role in serving the national

interest, while having the fraternal spirit among them.

Thus, the Government has been building dams and irrigation facilities, roads, bridges,

hospitals, schools and is rendering assistance to set up commercial livestock and fish and

prawn farms. The Government has paved the correct way for all to march towards the

national goal.

The people have unitedly set up a number of milestones in their march to the

golden land of unity and amity. Now they are in the process of building an industrialnation. Please see the table to know the industrial development of the division.

Development in the industrial sector of Ayeyawady DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Upgrading of industrial power

-Industrial Zone - 3 3

-Industries industry - 1251 1251

-Private industry industry 2008 6257 4249

-Cottage industry industry - 453 453

-State-owned industry industry 59 64 5

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 313

Page 323: Chronicle of National Development

314 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

EducationThe Government has been implementing a programme to reduce the number of

school dropouts due to certain reasons. The programme ensures youths to complete theirstudies, while helping the family business.

The Government’s education plans include producing of teachers and professors attheir own regions, ensuring rural people to pursue vocational education at their nativeareas and producing intellectuals and intelligentsia to help develop the motherland tillstanding on a par with other nations.

The Tatmadaw Government has built Pathein University, Hinthada University,Maubin University, Pathein Education College, Bogale Education Collage, and MyaungmyaEducation College. The division now has 66,993 students of higher education, up from4,920 in the past. There are now 6,324 basic education schools in the division. Theprimary school enrolment rate and adult literacy rate are raising high in the division. Thetable shows the education development of the division.

Government Technological College in Pathein, Ayeyawady Division

314 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 324: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 315

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Basic education level- Number of school school 5189 6324 1135 - High school school 79 257 178 - Middle school school 227 433 206 - Post primary school school - 489 489 - Primary school school 4883 5145 262- Multi media classroom room - 182 182- e-learning centre centre - 62 62Number of teacher teacher 21944 29296 7352Number of student student 675424 1078566 403142- Preprimary school - Number of school school - 303 303 - Number of children children - 4891 4891Teachers education- Education College college 3 3 -- Number of teacher teacher 121 121 -- Number of trainees trainees 1103 5819 4716School enrolement rate percent 70.52 98.07 27.55Adult literacy rate percent 91.07 99.00 7.90School dropout rate- Primary level percent 46.88 4.15 42.73- middle level percent 40.56 9.81 30.77Upgrading of higher education- University, college, degree college 2 6 4 - Arts and Science University - 3 3- Degree College 1 - Upgrading-College 1 3 2e-learning centre - 3 3Wide area network - - -Number of WAN sites - 7 7Teaching programmes progremme 8 78 70Number of teacher teacher 227 743 466Number of student student 4920 66993 62073Human Resource Development Centre centre - 3 3

Development in the education sector of Ayeyawady DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 315

Page 325: Chronicle of National Development

316 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Science and TechnologyAt present, succes has been achieved in building development, economic, and ur-

ban infrastructures with the strength of Myanmar engineers and architects. Please see thetable for more information.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Technological College college - 3 3

- Government Technological College (Hinthada) college - 1 1

- Number of courses course - 5 1

- Government Technological College (Pathein) college - 1 1

- Number of courses course - 10 10

- Government Technological College (Maubin) college - 1 1

- Number of courses course - 7 7

- Number of teachers teacher 47 345 298

- Number of students (graduate) student 274 7837 7564

- Number of students (current) student - 3947 3947

- Computer College college - 3 3

- Government Computer College (Hinthada) college - 1 1

- Number of courses course - 6 6

- Government Computer College (Maubin) college - 1 1

- Number of courses course - 6 6

- Government Computer College (Pathein) college - 1 1

- Number of courses course - 6 6

- Number of teachers teacher - 69 69

- Number of students (graduate) student - 1123 1123

- Number of students (current) student - 1008 1008

Technical Institute institute - 1 1

- Government Technical Institute (Wakema) institute - 1 1

- Number of courses course - 3 3

- Number of teachers teacher - 50 50

- Number of students (graduate) student - 800 800

- Number of students (current) student - 572 572

Technical High School (Pathein) School - 1 1

Development in the science and technology sector of Ayeyawady Division

Comparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

316 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 326: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 317

HealthThe government is stepping up its efforts to uplift the health and fitness standard

of the entire people and to help the citizens to stay away from diseases. Its health care

concerns have thoroughly covered the whole nation. So, the Ayeyawady Division has

enjoyed fruitful results of better health standard. In 1988, there was only one 200-bed

hospital, but now the region has been facilitated with three 200-bed hospitals. It has

appointed more health staff in the medical facilities in proportion with the regions and

populations. The table reflects the government’s efforts to help local people of Ayeyawady

Division to enjoy longevity and be free from diseases.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Upgrading of hospital hospital 65 77 12

- 200-bed hospital 1 3 2

- 150-bed hospital - - -

- 100-bed hospital 4 2

Upgrading

- 50-bedhospital 5 7 2

- 25-bedhospital 5 4 Upgrading

- 16-bedhospial 10 10 -

- Station hospital/ Branch Tsp hospital hospital 40 51 11

Health Centres centre 236 247 11

- Rural Health Centre centre 185 195 10

- Maternal and Child Health Centre centre 43 43 -

- Local Health Centre centre 2 3 1

- School Health Team team 6 9 3

Development in the health sector of Ayeyewady DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 317

Page 327: Chronicle of National Development

318 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Health Staff staff 1991 3184 1194- Doctor (Specialist/Assistant) doctor 245 465 220- Nursenurse 275 773 498- Health staff staff 188 200 12- Midwife midwife 1009 1297 288- Skilled labour labour 22 37 15- TSP Health Assistant assistant - 10 10- Health Assistant-1 assistant - 26 26- Health Assistant assistant 149 187 38- Superviser 1,2 superviser 102 200 98Traditional medicine- Traditional Medicine Hospital hospital - 1 1- Traditional Medicine Clinic clinic 8 32 24Training School- Nurses Training School school 1 2 1- Midwifery Training School school 1 1 -

Development in the health sector of Ayeyewady DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

New hospital built in Maubin, Ayeyawady Division

318 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 328: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 319

Development AffairsIn the past, many parts of Ayeyawady Division were, like islands, surrounded by

water. Now, with new roads and bridges, the region has developed remarkably. The total

length of its rural roads has risen to over 3,000 miles, up from 376 miles and two furlongs

in the past. It means the region has escaped from the position in which it had to rely

mainly on waterways. The table represents better transport the region is enjoying.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Urban development- Urban roads mile 490/4 631/5 141/1 - Tarred road mile 155/1 217/0 61/7

- Gravelled road mile 89/4 103/0 13/4

- Granite road mile 24/3 35/7 11/4

- Earthen road mile 221/4 275/6 54/2

- Urban bridge bridge - 1413 1413- Urban water supply taskTownship where tasks to be carried out town 26 11 15

Completed work work - 15 15

Rural Development- Rural roads mile 376/2 3048/4 2672/2 - Tarred road mile 51/2 54/1 2/7

- Gravelled road mile 140/7 465/3 342/4

- Granite road mile 9/7 129/1 119/2

- Earthen road mile 174/2 2399/7 2225/5

- Rural bridge bridge - 412 412- Rural water supply taskVillage where tasks to be carried out village 4352 2207 2145

Completed work work - 2941 2941

- Rural housing house - 170 170

Development in the development affairs sector of Ayeyawady DivisionComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 319

Page 329: Chronicle of National Development

320 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

-TV retransmission station station 1 4 3

-IPRD office office - 32 32

-IPRD library library 11 32 21

-Departmental library library - 20 20

-Rural library library - 11895 11895

- e-library library - 5 5

Development in the information and public relations sector ofAyeyawady Division

Comparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Information and Public Relation I have presented progress of the 14 states and divisions which are mini unions

marching to the new land of unity and amity. I present progress of Ayeyawady Division

and my article has come to an end here.

The Ayeyawady River rises from Kachin State and passes through Ayeyawady

Division and flows into the Sea. Similarly, the Tatmadaw Government’s nation-building

endeavours have covered the border areas, the hilly regions and the plains. Like the

Ayeyawady River that flows regularly in the nation, the Tatmadaw Government will

always continue to carry out nation-building tasks in the interests of the people and pos-

terity. The table shows the government’s efforts to enhance knowledge of rural people.

320 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 330: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 321

The plenary session of the National Convention held at Pyidaungsu Hall ofNyaunghnapin Camp in Hmawby Township, Yangon Division

The opening of sports ground in Muse, Shan State (North)

Page 331: Chronicle of National Development
Page 332: Chronicle of National Development
Page 333: Chronicle of National Development

324 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Myanmar marching to new goldenland of unity and amity

Lying in the south-eastern peninsular of the Asian continent, Myanmar has emergedas an independent and sovereign nation since over 2,000 years ago.

Touching the Andaman Sea in the south and Bay of Bengal in the west, Myanmar issharing a common land border with China in the north and north-east, Laos and Thailandin the east and south-east, and Bangladesh and India in the west on a contiguous land-mass.

The breadth of the 261,228-square-mile country is 582 miles from east to west at thewidest point and the length from the northernmost tip to the southernmost end is 1,275miles. Of its 5,200-mile long border line, 3,808 miles stand as a common land borderwith her neighbours. From the Naff River mouth in the north to the Cape of Bayintnaungin the south, its coastline is 1,385 miles long. From the coast to the end line of the specialeconomic zone, the territorial waters cover over 14,000 square miles.

Fifty-one per cent or over 130,000 square miles of its land surface is covered byforests. Its landscape includes mountain ranges, and basins where large and small riversand creek are flowing. The four largest rivers are the Ayeyawady, the Chindwin, theThanlwin and the Sittoung. The Ayeyawady, its length exceeding 1,000 miles, is flowingin the nation from north to south. It is included in the world’s renowned rivers.

The land is rich in natural resources including gems, teak and oil. Its abundant supplyof water resources and fertile soil are a gift of nature to grow various kinds of crops, withpaddy as the main crop.

Because of her strategic location between the south Asia and the Southeast Asia andher correct stand in foreign relations, Myanmar is known in the world as the golden land.

Like the jewels, the seven states and seven divisions are helping shine the nation. Theyall form the Union, where mutual reliance plays an important role among all the regions.Since time immemorial, over 100 national races including Kachin, Kayah, Kayin, Chin,Mon, Bamar, Rakhine and Shan have been living in the Union, which is like a commonstem bearing over 100 fruits, with fraternal friendship. The neighbouring countries of theregion know the national races of the Union as people of the golden land.

Page 334: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 325

The population of Myanmar is increasing two per cent annually, and her currentpopulation is about 54.7 million. As her population in 1988 was nearly 39.3 million, shenow has 15.4 million new-born under-16 youths.

A nation’s future is shaped by the past and present situations and future visions. TheTatmadaw Governemnt has been discharging the State duties at present in accord withthe historical requirement. As the Tatmadaw Government is leading the nation towardsa new age, it has brought unprecedented developments to the nation during the period of16 years.

At the graduation of Defence Service Technological Academy held on 24 December2004, Chairman of the State Peace and Development Council Commander-in-Chief ofDefence Services Senior General Than Shwe said, “Soon after the regaining of independ-ence, the national unity faced grave deterioration and the nation experienced the lack ofpeace and tranquillity. The agro-based national economy fell below the level at whichfood and other necessities could not satisfy the growing population. At a time when othercountries had entered the industrial age, our nation lost its way, and was in backwardness,without having any capital for progress. In the end, the political sector of the nationreached beyond control resulting from the economic slump.

“In this regard, the Tatmadaw Government has laid down and implemented the eco-nomic objective — Development of agriculture as the base and for all-round developmentof other sectors of economy as well. Thanks to the collective efforts of the Tatmadaw,the Government and the people, clusters of agricultural infrastructures have already beenbuilt in all necessary places. More infrastructures will be built in the future also. Becauseof the energetic efforts to extend sown acreage, increase per acre yield, and introducenew crops, the nation now is enjoying surplus rice. “If a nation is able to produce enoughfood for the people, it will have to establish an industrial nation for the prosperity of thenational people. But the setting up of an industrialized nation needs a large number ofqualified human resources. Hence, the Government has established 24 development zones,the project covering the task to develop human resources simultaneously in the entirenation. The rural development tasks are being attached to the project for development ofall regions of the nation. Now, all the nationalities have the opportunity to get access toscience and technological studies in their own regions. In addition, the Government isgiving priority to increased generation of electricity for industrial development.”

The Tatmadaw Government is laying an enduring foundation to build a peaceful,modern and developed nation, with firm objectives and belief — The country mustbecome a real golden land. The national races of the land must be renowned in the worldas the people of the golden land.

325

Page 335: Chronicle of National Development

326 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 336: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 327

Page 337: Chronicle of National Development

328 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Development regions region - 22 22

Road and bridge

-Earth road mile - 3235/5 3235/5

-Gravelled road mile - 2035/6 2035/6

-Tarred road mile - 335/4 335/4

- Bridge Maintenance mile - 3321/5 3321/5

-Bridge(large,small, suspension) bridge - 56/735/35 56/735/35

Health care service

-Hospital hospital - 79 79

-Clinicclinic - - 105 105

-Rural health centre centre - 58 58

- Rural health centre (Branch) centre - 140 140

Education

-Primary school school - 852 852

-Middle school school - 90 90

-High school school - 92 92

-Teacher teacher - 5269 5269

-Student student - 170920 170920

Development in the border areas and national races affairs sector ofMyanmar

Comparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Border Areas and National Races DevelopmentThe massive foundation of a new golden land has been laid with the mighty force of

national unity. The Government has extended a warm invitation to all the people living onthe same land and partaking water from the same source to walk along the correct pathtowards the common goal. Since the return of the 17 armed groups to the legal, theGovernment has launched a comprehensive border areas and national races developmentdrive to make all the regions enjoy perpetual peace and prosperity. As the border areas areachieving more progress, so also the national development drive is gaining more ground,and helping further consolidate the national solidarity. Now, let us see Table A to know thedevelopments in border areas, the first layer of the foundation of a new golden land.

328 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 338: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 329

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Agriculture

-Agriculture office office - 31 31

-Agriculture camp camp - 117 117

-Completed Dam dam - 46 46

-Dam to be built dam - 17 17

-Canal canal 5 5

-Land reclamation acre - 1860.24 1860.24

Forestry

Forest Reserve - 11/4 11/4

-Saw mill - 12 12

- Nursery - 14 14

Livestock breeding

-Farm - 19 19

-Veterinary office office - 41 41

-Distribution of cow, donkey, sheep - 111 111

Energy

-Generator station - 262 262

-Towns with electricity town - 196 196

- Towns with hydel power town - 11 11

Public relations

-TV retransmission station station - 108 108

Mining

- Ruby karat - 249280.6 249280.6

-Saphire - 507.70 507.70

Communications

-Post office office - 52 52

-Telegraph service service - 44 44

-Telephone service - 85 85

Expendenture kyat (in million) 77435.72 77435.72

-Funds of PBANRDA kyat (in million) - 46654.40 46654.40

-Funds of ministries kyat (in million) - 30781.32 30781.32

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 329

Page 339: Chronicle of National Development

330 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 340: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 331

Page 341: Chronicle of National Development

332 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Narcotic Drugs EliminationThe Herculean border area development project involves the humanitarian spirit. The

border areas have seen their social development reaching beyond imagination because of

the efforts to find out the core requirement. One of the results of the project is the drastic

fall in the cultivation of poppy and production of narcotic drugs, the evil legacy of the

colonialists. The project has been launched to end the evil legacy and produce sound

developments for the future generations. Table B shows the success achieved in elimi-

nating narcotic drugs.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

-Reducing poppy cultivation acre 61562 9840 52322

(96% decrease)

-Destroying poppy plantation acre 211.35 164965.24 163753.89

(destroy)

- Handing over of Poppy seeds Pyi - 104197 104197

(destroy)

-Destruction of seized narcotic drugs time - 52 52

- Yangon time - 19 19

- State/Division time - 33 33

Cultivation of Poppy substitute

crops

- Annual crop acre - 1290065 1290065

- Perennial crop acre - 147389 147389

Rehabilitation Camp 2 3 1

Drug Elimination Museum - 3 3

Drug Elimination Endeavours of MyanmarComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

332 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 342: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 333

Agriculture

The total sown acreage of Myanmar was over 24.8 million acres. There remained 20.8million acres of fallow and virgin lands in 1988 to be used for agriculture. Paddy sownacreage them was only 11.5 million acres. As there was no progress at all in the farmingtechniques then, the nation’s annual paddy output was stagnant at 653 million baskets.

But the population is increasing and 70 per cent of the nation’s population reside inrural areas where agriculture is main livelihood. Thus, efforts were needed to double thepaddy production. Since 1992-93, the Government has been launching reforms in theagricultural sector, and realizing them without fail. It has applied various means to grow16 million acres of paddy — 12 million acres of monsoon paddy and fourmillion acres of summer paddy — to produce 1,000 million baskets. In 1988, there wereonly 138 dams in the nation and they were irrigating 4.4 million acres of crops.

Only 3.5 million acres of land had been put under double-cropping. More water isneeded to use more land. Thus, dams are being built in all possible places. New damsnumbering 170 have emerged in a period of 16 years. Small dams, tube-wells and handpumps are irrigating crops in the areas beyond the reach of tributary canals of the largedams.

To effectively use water from in the natural watercourses, the Government has built171 waterworks up to date to increase irrigated acres.

Double-cropping has increased to 10 million acres.With its 12 million acres of monsoon paddy fields and four million acres of summer

paddy fields, the nation can now stand tall again as a rice bowl of Asia. The presentyear’s paddy output is expected to be 1,195 million baskets.

Thanks to the unprecedented progress in the agricultural sector, Myanmar is prosper-ing as if the land yields gold everywhere.

The states and divisions that could not produce enough rice for their local consump-tion in the past are now enjoying food sufficiency.

The nation is also witnessing greater increase in beans and pulses production forexport, cultivation of edible crops and industrial crops.

The Tatmadaw Government has been striving to further improve the means of live-lihood of the growing population of future.

It is preparing to develop the agricultural and other sectors to be able to produceadequate amount of food and other social items sufficient for a population of 100 million.Within a short span of time the agricultural sector can see the unprecedented develop-ments.

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 333

Page 343: Chronicle of National Development

334 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 344: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 335

Poppy-substitute plantation in Mongmao, Wa Region

Page 345: Chronicle of National Development

336 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Land resource

- Sown acreage acre (million) 24.8 28.20 3.40

- Virgin and vacant land acre(million) 20.8 16.2

Water supply task

- dam, lake, reservoir, drain 138 361 223

Task completed 138 308 170

- Task being carried out - 33 33

- Task to be carried out - 10 10

Benefited acres acre 4414798 6709367 2294569

River water pumping project - 398 398

- Task completed - 293 293

- Task under implementation - 34 34

Task to be carried out - 71 71

- Benefited acres acre - 3089136 3089136

Damming creek - 1240 1240

- Average benefited area acre - 190737 190737

- Artisen Wells wells - 7535 7535

- Benefited area acre - 90484 90484

Total benefited acres acre 4414798 7203140 2788342

Double cropping acreage 3446999 10088899 6641900Extended paddy cultivation- Monsoon paddy acreage acre 11.53 15.04 3.51- Summer paddy acre - 3.44 3.44- per acre yield basket 52.76 69.03 16.27- Total production basket in

thousand 653.5 1195.2 541.7

- Regional rice sufficiency percent - 143% 143%

increase incultivable land

Development in the agriculture sector of MyanmarComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

336 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 346: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 337

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Progress in acreage of

beans and pulses acre 2022193 8578513 6556320

- cotton acreage acre 424805 778659 353854

- sugarcane acreage acre 133383 361027 227644

- jute acreage acre 133383 66625 66625

- maize acreage acre 394793 758132 363159

buckweat acreage acre - 10406 10406

Rubber acreage acre 192869 491153 298257

Oil palm acreage acre 18220 137610 119390

Tea acreage acre 146147 195772 49575

Pepper acreage acre 786 59463 85677

Coffee acreage acre 28041 349236882

Edible oil crops

- Groundnut acre 1327322 1690758 363436

- Sesame acreage acre 2932792 3696408 763616

- Sunflower acre 645486 1317224 671738

- Mustard acre 44872 194621 149749

- Niger acre 93612 263612 170000

Development in the agriculture sector of MyanmarComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Livestock and FisheriesMyanmar is rich in fresh water and sea prawns and fishes. Its land is pollution free,

and its waters are uncontaminated. The combined fresh water surface area of Ayeyawady,

Chindwin, Sittoung and Thanlwin rivers and their many tributaries is 8.2 million hec-

tares.

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 337

Page 347: Chronicle of National Development

338 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 348: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 339

Page 349: Chronicle of National Development

340 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Extended livestock breeding

- Buffalo 2241 2752 511

- Cattle 10082 12303 2224

- Sheep/goat 1463 2538 2076

- Pig 3118 6124 3012

- Chicken 33441 90613 57923

- Duck 6028 9831 3640

- Turkey, goose, muscovy duck 853 1040 187

- Quail - 384 384

- Mythun - 41 41

Fish and prawn breeding

- Fish breeding pond acre 6300 196759 190459

- Paddy plus fish acre - 11518.62 11518.62

-Number 1X100000 - 58.82 58.82

Prawn breeding acre acre 30 208596 208566

- Fingerlings distribution

- Fish released 1X100000 31.29 3967.89 3936.60

- Sale 1X100000 64.05 3722.84 3658.79

Fingerlings released into 1X100000 - 1990.55 1990.55

Ayeyawady River

Development in the livestock breeding sector of MyanmarComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

In addition, over six million hectares of land are covered by water for six to eightmonths every year. The total area of natural lakes, reservoirs and other man-made lakesis 1.8 million hectares.

Commercial-scale livestock farms have been set up to produce more meat. The tableshows the development of fish and meat sector of the nation.

340 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 350: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 341

Forest ConservationThe Tatmadaw Government has been nurturing and educating the people to become

forest lovers.Forests cover 51 per cent of the nation’s land surface.But we will face adverse consequences, if we cannot conserve and extend the forests.Realizing this, the Government has been in the process of launching the project to

green the entire nation.The Nine-District Greening Project covering Mandalay, Sagaing and Magway divi-

sions, involves the four tasks of finding water resources, conserving and extending for-ests, establishing village fuel wood forests, and using more wood-substitute fuels.

Beginning 1994-95, the project has been expanded to cover 13 districts. And thanksto the project, regions in the central dry are is receiving extra amount of rain annually.For the people of the zone, water is precious even more than gold.

Development in the Forestry sector of MyanmarComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Reserved forest 38839 46889 8050

Protected public forest - 12540 12540

Natural area 2073.93 12433.26 10359.33

Setting up of forest (acre) 79115 1311791 1232676

- acres of special teak plantation - 160000 160000

- acres of commercial plantation 42083 515338 473255

- acres of village plantation 16630 297199 280569

- acres of industrial plantation 13690 134245 120555

- acres of watershed plantation 6712 205009 198297

- acres of Thitseint plantation - 19250 19250

Tree planting of community movement 4.51 233.48 228.97

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 341

Page 351: Chronicle of National Development

342 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 352: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 343

Page 353: Chronicle of National Development

344 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005Progress

Setting up plantations acre - 215916

215916

- firewood plantation acre - 98672 98672

- watershed plantation acre - 68035 68035

- mountain range plantation acre - 17358 17358

- research plantation acre - 416 416

- other plantation acre - 27235 27235

- Thitseint plantation acre - 4200 4200

Natural forest conservation acre - 1167681

1167681

Fuel-substitute wood

- stove stove - 381272 381272

- briquette bar - 65243880 65243880

- agricultural waste ton - 165063 165063

Water works

- pond - 1389 1389

- silt-prevented dam - 1210 1210

- underground water - 71 71

Bago mountain range greening work acre -

- plantation acre - 6440 6440

- firewood plantation acre - 115 115

- watershed plantation acre - 5675 5675

- other plantation acre - 350 350

- Thitseint plantation acre - 300 300

- Natural forest conservation acre - 34250 34250

Shwepontaung greening work acre - 1600 1600

Development in the greening tasks of MyanmarComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

344 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 354: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 345

TransportThe Tatmadaw Government has constructed a network of roads and bridges, resulting

in a smooth transport the length and breadth of the nation even in the hilly regions. Thenumber of small, medium and large bridges, roads and railroads across the country atpresent has surged many times if compared to that in 1988.

There have emerged Mandalay-Myitkyina, Mandalay-Bhamo, Myitkyina-Putao, Hpa-an-Zarthabyin-Mawlamyine, Taunggyi-Ywangan-Hanmyinmo, Pyinmana-Pinlaung,Sittway-An-Minbu- Kawthoung-Dawei-Mawlamyine, Taungup-Ma-ei-Kyaukpyu,Monywa-Hkamti Union Highways.

The government constructed Minbu-Seikpyu-Pakokku-Monywa Road and Minhla-Thayet-Pyay Road to bring further development to the regions on the west bank of theAyeyawady River. It has also constructed many roads linking Natmauk and Magway;Monywa and Kalewa, Toungoo and Pyay, Pyinmana and Taungdwingyi, and these trans-port facilities link the eastern part and the western part of the nation.

People can travel from Pyay to Taungdwingyi through the central Yoma mountainrange with the use of Pyay-Aunglan-Taungdwingyi Railroad. People also can travel overthe Shan mountain range with the use of Shwenyaung-Taunggyi-Hsaikkhaung Railroad.There have also emerged Pakokku-ChaungU railroad, Budalin-YeU-KhinU railroad, Pyay-Aungban-Taungdwingyi-Padaung-Bagan-NyaungU railroad, Namhsan-Mongnai railroad,Aungpan-Loikaw railroad, Ye-Dawei railroad, Yaymyetni-Gangaw-Kalay railroad andShwenyaung-Yaksawk railroad.

Such bridges spanning the Ayeyawady River as Maubin Bridge, Nawade Bridge,Dedaye Bridge and Bo Myat Tun Bridge came into existence. The government also builtBala Min Htin Bridge, Anawrahta Bridge, Ayeyawady (Magway) Bridge, and YadanabonBridge (Mandalay). So far, it has constructed two bridges across Chindwin River, threeacross Sittoung River and five across Thanlwin River.

With respect to the air transport sector, in the past, there were only six airports whichcould serve jet aircraft. But, the number of such airports has increased to 17 in total. Thegovernment has upgraded Heho Airport, Myeik Airport and NyaungU Airport and builtHomalin, Monywa, Magway, An, Pakokku and Kyaukhtu airports. Hkamti, Bhamo andLashio airport construction projects and Kengtung, Yangon and Pathein airport upgradingprojects, and Yangon and Anisakhan airport construction projects are under way.

The government has constructed 26 jetties for local vessels and 16 jetties for foreignvessels. The transport facilities all over the nation help forge national solidarity and raisethe social and economic standards of the entire people. The table shows progress of thenation’s transport sector.

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 345

Page 355: Chronicle of National Development

346 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 356: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 347

Page 357: Chronicle of National Development

348 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Railways

- miles miles 1976.35 3042.39 1066.04

- miles of railroad miles 2793.86 3952.90 1159.04

- overpass 70 91 21

- station station 487 780 293

- bridge

above180 feet bridge 157 191 34

under 180 feet bridge 5493 9028 3535

Airways

- above 5000 ft runway airfield airfield 21 38 17

- under 5000 ft runway airfield airfield 45 35

upgrading

waterways

- jetty (local vassel) jetty 65 91 26

- jetty (Foreign Going) jetty 13 29 16

Motor road miles 13635/0 18640/3 5005/3

5005/3

- tarred road mile 5543/0 9107/5 3564/5

- gravel road mile 1569/0 3293/3 1724/3

- hard road mile 3628/0 3109/0 upgrading

- earth road mile 2895/0 3348/0 453

Bridge on motor road

- Public Works

- above 180 feet bridge

- completed bridge bridge 198 389 191

- implementing bridge bridge - 41 41

- bridge to be built bridge - 15 15

- under 180 feet bridge 3305 5296 1991

- Myanma Railways* bridge - 7 7

- Military Engineers* bridge - 11 11

- Electric Power* bridge - 2 2

*above-180 feet

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Development in the transportation sector of MyanmarComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

348 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 358: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 349

Post office office 1114 1340 226

Telegraph office office 310 487 177

Faxcimile 10 4231 4231

Computer telegraph - 88 88

Local fax service - - -

Telephone service

- telephone office office 245 848 603

- number of line line 71855 558768 486913

- exchange exchange 245 635 390

- direct line line 67016 472916 405900

- auto/carrier telephone phone 67016 329488 262472

- auto radio telephone phone - 4044 4044

- CDMA phone - 30384 30384

- cellular phone - 22541 22541

- DECT telephone phone - 2583 2583

- GSM phone - 83895 83895

- telephone density 1X1000 1.82 8.71 6.89

Microwave station station 71 224 153

Rural telephone exchange exchange - 207 207

e-mail, Internet - 5650 5650

X.25 line - 149 149

Local Satellite Station

- DOMSAT station - 5 5

-VSAT station - 15 15

- iPSTAR station - 23 23

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Development in the communication sector of MyanmarComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Communications The government has been striving for the improvement of information technology in

the country to be on a par with the advanced nations the world over in the communicationsector. The table shows the nation’s progress in the communication sector.

Page 359: Chronicle of National Development

350 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 360: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 351

Coal Powered-plant of Tikyit

Page 361: Chronicle of National Development

352 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Electricity consumption 1517.570 5461.089 3943.519Maximum load megawatt 363.678 996.761 633.083 Generating power 701.423 1670.773 969.350

Increased power supply- implemented project 14 44 30 - large scale (above-10 megawatt) 2 10 8

- medium-scale (1-10 megawatt) 1 10 9- small-scale (1 megawatt) 11 24 13

Implementing projects- large-scale (above-10 megawatt) - 20 20- installed generator - 4893.500 4893.500

Other power plants- recycling power plant - 4 4- boiler power plant 3 3 -- natural gas powered-plant 8 11 3- coal powered-plant - 1 1- diesel powered-plant 588 567 national grid- present capacity of generator 473.597 1029.451 555.854- Future capacity of generator 273.755 5599.345 5325.59

Development in the electric power sector of MyanmarComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Electric Power

Nowadays, the government is making a huge headway with the national developmentundertakings. In the nation are many rivers and creeks with annual water flow of 870million acre feet. If these water resources are harnessed effectively for construction of267 hydropower plants, some 40,000 megawatts can be generated. The government hasbeen pouring investments into the irrigation projects. It has taken another step for na-tional development through the electric power sector.

In 1988, the nation’s electricity consumption was only 1,518 million units. Now, theelectricity consumption has reached 5,461 million units. In order to meet the higher livingstandard of the people, the government had to construct 30 hydel-power plants through-out the country. On completion of 20 more power plant projects, the electricity genera-tion will touch 5863 megawatts.

It is indeed about one/eighths of the total electric power that can be generated with theuse of all the water resources in the nation

Page 362: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 353

Industry

The nation is rich in natural resources. Industrial crops thrive in the nation. Humanresources are being produced annually. The generation of electricity is on the increase.

The government has built a foundation to transform the agro-based nation into anindustrialized one.

It has constructed dams and reservoirs where water is scarce, and organized enter-prises and factories, which scattered in respective regions, into industrial zones.

The government’s encouragement and assistance has helped establish 19 industrialzones with 846 enterprises with a total investment of about K 300 billion and an annualturnover of K 200 billion.

The number of private-run factories has grown up to 42,707 and cottage industries upto 8,500.

The government has established 192 factories, accounting for 833 factories in total inthe nation. It is giving encouragement and providing necessary assistance in variousfields for the industrial development.

As a result, many job opportunities could be ereated for the people. The table showsthe industrial progress of the nation.

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Upgrading industrial power

- Industrial Zones - 19 19

- works - 8463 8463

- private industries 26872 42707 15835

- cottage industries - 8500 8500

State-owned industries 641 833 192

Development in the industry sector of MyanmarComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Page 363: Chronicle of National Development

354 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-1205 Progress

Oil field (inland) 19 18 completed

work (1)

- oil field (offshore) - 3 3

- Gaspipeline (mile) 250.91 1682.74 1431.88

- crude oil production (barrel) 6165641 6395488 229847

- gas production (cubic feet) 41913.97 450758.75 329048.13

- refining crude oil (gallon)(million) 156.461 230.796 74.335

Development in the energy sector of MyanmarComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

EnergyThe government is striving for extended exploration of oil. It has discovered offshore

oilfields in Mottama, Rakhine State and Taninthayi Division. The nation’s inexhaustible

natural gas deposits can contribute towards national development. The Table shows progress

of the energy sector.

Oilfields (onshore)The government discovered seven more oilfields — Petpel, Aphyauk, Kyaukkhwet,

Letpanto, Thagyidaung, Zabei and Nyaungdon, and explored Laydaung, Pyay, Pyaloh,

Tetma, Ngashantaung, Phayagon (Seinhai), Phayagon (Kyakaik) and Htantabin oilfields.

Indaing oilfield was discovered in 1996 and closed in 2002, and Indaw oilfield was in

2002 and closed in December 2004.

Page 364: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 355

Nyaungdon Oilfield

Page 365: Chronicle of National Development

356 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Education In an effort to contribute to brighter future of the nation, the government is nurturing

the new generation youths who can brave and cope with the challenges of the knowledge

age so as to produce more and more human resources.

It is also taking all possible measurers for the uplift of the education standard of the

people. It has established 156 universities and colleges all over the country to bring equal

opportunity to the youths to pursue education.

There were only 38 universities and colleges in 1988.

It has opened 6,744 basic education schools in the whole county, increasing the number

of the schools from 33,474 in 1988 to 40,521 now. It has also opened 4,739 post-primary

schools for enabling youths in rural regions to continue to pursue education in respective

regions.

Originally, Myanmar nationals are dynamic and are quick learners. With the qualifi-

cations of the national people, the nation can be changed itself from an agro-based nation

into an industrialized one and then into a knowledge power.

Adult literacy rate of Myanmar is one of the highest in South-East Asia. The table

shows the progress of her education sector.

Subject Coun 1988 31-12-05 Progress

Basic education

- number of schools school 33747 40525 6778

- BEHS school 722 1967 1245

- BEMS school 1696 2605 909

- Post Primary school - 5545 4736

- BEPS school 31329 30408 upgraded

Development in the education sector of MyanmarComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Page 366: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 357

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

- multimedia classroom room - 1660 1660

- number of teachers teacher 173772 248072 74300

- number of students student 5239878 7819176 2579298

- teacher education

- education college college 17 20 3

- teacher teacher 456 889 433

- trainee trainee 4516 37429 32913

- KG enrolment percent 67.13% 97.58% 30.45%

- adult literacy rate percent 79.73% 94.1% 14.4%

School dropout rate

- primary school level percent 40.99% 7.80% 33.19%

- middle school level percent 40.36% 9.62% 30.74%

Uplift of higher education

- university/college/degree college 27 64 37

- institutes institute 6 5 hand over

- arts & science university university 3 30 27

- degree college college 6 9 3

- college college 11 20 9

- institute* institute 1 - upgraded

- Wide Area Network - 1 1

- Number of WAN sites - 95 95

- academic programmes 79 379 300

- number of teachers teacher 5638 11125 5487

- number of students student 134325 540067 405742

-e- Learning Centre centre - 622 622

- Human resource development centre centre - 44 44

- number of trainees trainee - 140264 140264

Development in the education sector of MyanmarComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

* Institute of Foreign Languages was upgraded into University of Foreign Languages.

Page 367: Chronicle of National Development

358 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 368: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 359

Panglong University

Page 369: Chronicle of National Development

360 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Science and TechnologyIn the time of the Tatmadaw Government, there have emerged three technological

universities and 26 technological colleges.It has established two universities for computer studies and 24 computer colleges

across the nation.It has opened doctorate courses in the subjects of engineering, applied science, and

computer. It also established the Myanmar Aerospace Engineering University and theMyanmar Maritime University.

The purpose of the establishment of the educational institutions in the States andDivisions is to enable the intellectuals and intelligentsia to play an important role innurturing the youths.

The table shows the progress of the education sector of the nation.

-Institute of Technology(Ygn,Mdy,Pyay) 1 3 2- teachers 256 594 338- students (graduate) 687 17253 16566- present students - 7984 7984

- Government Technological College 1 26 25 - number of teachers 446 2271 1825 - number of students (graduate) 5155 52461 47306 - present students - 17013 17013

- Computer University 1 2 1- teachers 40 206 166- students (graduate) 19 17039 17020- present students - 13153 13153

- Computer College - 24 24- number of teacher - 509 509- number of students graduate - 3641 3641- present student - 10412 10412

Myanmar Aerospace EngineeringUniversity - 1 1

- number of teacher - 52 52- number of students - 157 157

- Government Technical Institute 2 12 10- teacher 139 493 354- students (graduate) 8187 19613 11426- present students - 3161 3161

Technical High School - 3 3

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Development in the science and technology sector of MyanmarComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Page 370: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 361

HealthNow is the time when measures are being taken to give priority to public health

care. Now, the number of hospitals has increased to 819 at present from 631 in 1988. Atthe time of the Tatmadaw government, five medical universities and two dental univer-sities have been opened. Moreover, two pharmaceutical universities, two paramedicaluniversities, and one medical university have also been added to the existing number. Inthe past, there were only 28 nursing training schools. But now, they are 43 in number.Specialists were employed at state-, division- and district-level hospitals to ensure betterpublic health care.

200-bed Kengtung Hospital

Page 371: Chronicle of National Development

362 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Page 372: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 363

University of Traditional Medicine, Mandalay

Page 373: Chronicle of National Development

364 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Development in the health sector of MyanmarComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Upgrading of hospital 631 819 188

- specialist hospital 15 19 4

- teaching hospital 4 6 2

- 300-bed 1 5 4

- 200-bed 10 25 15

- 150-bed 12 7 upgrading

- 100-bed 28 32 4

- 50-bed 37 58 21

- 25-bed 51 111 60

- 16-bed 168 100 upgrading

- station/ sub-township hospital 305 464 159

health units 1829 1964 135

- rural health unit 1337 1450 113

- maternal and child care unit 348 348 -

- regional health unit 64 86 22

- school health team 80 80 -

Health staff

- doctors (specialist/assistant) 3185 6632 5247

- nurses 4515 10003 5488

- health staff 1557 1702 145

- midwives 8019 9572 1553

- skilled staff 290 544 254

- township health assistant - 92 92

- health assistant-1 - 320 320

- health assistant 1120 1365 245

- supervisor (1)/(2) 915 2075 1160

Page 374: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 365

Development in the health sector of MyanmarComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Traditional medicine- traditional medicine hospital 2 14 12- traditional medicine dispensary 89 237 148Free from disease

- small pox free free free- leprosy - free free- polio - free free

Decrease of motality- rural 9.9 7.1 2.8- urban 8.9 6.2 2.7

Increase of longivity- rural - man 56.2 60.8 4.6 - woman 60.4 63.3 2.9- urban - man 59.0 61.5 2.5 - woman 63.2 65.6 2.4Universities 4 14 10- Medical Institute 3 4 1- Dental Institute 1 2 1

- Institute of Nursing - 2 2- Institute of Paramedical Science - 2 2- Institute of Pharmacy - 2 2- University of Community Health - 1- University of Traditional Medicine - 1 1Training school 26 43 17- nursing training school 6 23 17- midwifery school 16 16 -- related school 4 4 -

Page 375: Chronicle of National Development

366 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Development AffairsSteps are being taken to raise the living standard of the national people. Roads and

bridges are being constructed in urban and rural areas. Furthermore, irrigation facilities

and river water-pumping projects are under way to ensure an adequate supply of drinking

water and irrigation water. Emphasis has also been placed on keeping every school-age

children at schools in rural areas with the aim of increasing the literacy rate.

Tanyaung river water pumping station in Salin Township, Magway Division

Page 376: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 367

Urban development- urban road miles 2971/7 5449/5 2477/6

- miles of tarred road 945/5 2006/1 1060/4

- miles of gravelled road 768/2 2024/7 256/5

- miles of granite road 198/0 322/3 124/3

- earth road 1060/0 2096/2 1036/2

- urban bridges - 11245 11245

- concrete bridge - 5841 5841

- wooden bridge - 3706 3706

- conduit - 1411 1411

- other - 287 287

Water supply task

- Town in which tasks to be done 286 105 181

- completed work 48 181 133

Rural development- Rural road 3940/6 25724/3 21784/1

- tarred road 295/0 1321/5 1026/5

- gravelled road 822/7 4422/5 3599/6

- granite road 730/5 1967/5 1237/0

- earth road 2092/2 18012/4 15920/2

- rural bridge - 6961 6961

- concrete - 1518 1518

- wooden - 3972 3972

- conduit - 1102 1102

- other - 369 369

Rural Water supply tasks- village in which tasks to be done 23225 8264 14961

- completed work - 21594 21594

- rural housing - 1472 1472

Subject Count 1988 31-12-2005 Progress

Development in the development affairs sector of MyanmarComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Page 377: Chronicle of National Development

368 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Roads and BridgesThe Tatmadaw government is building roads and bridges one after another across

the nation. Relevent ministries gave a helping hand to this drive. Tatamdaw engineeringunit also constructed bridges linking one region and the other. As a result, a network oftransport has been created throughout the Union. Wellwishers also contributed to thisroad and bridge construction. The table shows roads and bridges emerged in the time ofthe Tatmadaw Government.

Bridges mushrooming of MyanmarComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Above 180 feet bridges 198 398 200- construction 198 389 191- Myanma Railways - 7 7- military engineers - 11 11- electric Power - 2 2- border area development - 3 3- regional development (Myainggyingu) - 3 3Under-180 feet bridges 8798 32253 23455- construction 3305 5296 1991- Myanma Railways 5103 8484 3381- border area development- - 826 826- urban - 11245 11245- rural - 6961 6961Motor road (miles) 6783/5 14607/3 7823/6- construction 5543/0 9107/5 3564/5- border area development - 355/4 355/4- urban 945/5 2006/1 1060/4- rural 295/0 1321/5 1025/5- other department/organization - 2233/0 2233/0Gravel road (miles) 3160/1 10695/2 7535/1- construction 1569/0 3293/3 1724/3- border area development - 2035/6 2035/6- urban 768/2 1024/7 256/5- rural 822/7 4422/5 3599/6- other department/organization - 508/6 508/6

Subject Count 1988 31-12-05 Progress

Page 378: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 369

Bridges mushrooming of MyanmarComparison between period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Hard road (miles) 4556/5 5474/1 917/4

- construction 3628/0 3109 upgrading

- border area development - - -

- urban 198/0 322/3 124/3

- rural 730/5 1967/5 1237/0

- other department/organization - 377/0 377/0

Earth road (miles) 6047/2 27637/5 21590/3

- construction 2895/0 3348/0 453/0

- border area development - 3235/5 3235/5

- urban 1060/0 2096/2 1036/2

- rural 2092/2 18012/4 15920/2

- other department/organization - 2166/0 2166/0

Subject Count 1988 31-12-05 Progress

Human ResourcesMeasures are being taken to develop human resources in all the spheres, especially

in education, health, science, and technology. In this process, one Union Nationalities

Development University, two Capacity Enhancement Degree College, 31 youth develop-

ment training schools, 27 cottage industries, and other Parahita (Boy) Schools were

opened in rural areas.

Training is provided to widen the knowledge of agriculture, livestock and forestry.

To ensure the emergence of marine scientists, marine universities were also opened.

Page 379: Chronicle of National Development

370 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Development of the Union and Human Resource Development ofMyanmar

Comparison between period preceeding 1988 and after (up to 12-2-2005)

University/ College

University for Development of

National Races - 1 1

-Number of teacher teacher 64 130 66

-Number of student student 3147 8905 5758

CICS 1 3 2

-Number of teacher teacher 57 227 170

-Number of student student 1327 21354 20027

University of Culture university - 3 3

-Number of teacher teacher - 268 268

-Number of student student - 1061 1061

University of Forestry 1 1 -

-Number of teacher teacher - 33 33

-Number of student student - 579 579

Forest Training School school - 1 1

-Number of teacher teacher 10 12 2

-Number of student student 80 2058 1978

Human Resource Development Degree College - 2 2

-Number of teacher teacher - 98 98

-Number of student student - 797 797

Cooperatives College/Training 2 9 7

-Number of teacher teacher 12 200 188

-Number of student student - 2040 2040

Liquerware College college - 2 2

-Number of teacher teacher - 28 28

-Number of student student - 408 408

Subject Count 1988 12-2-2005 Progress

Page 380: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 371

Subject Count 1988 12-2-2005 Progress

Institute

Merchantine marine institute 1 1 -

-Number of teacher teacher - - -

-Number of student student 40 300 260

Training schools

Domestic Training school school - 27 27

-Number of teacher teacher - 182 182

-Number of student student - 19458 19458

Youth Development Training School school - 31 31

-Number of teacher teacher - 204 204

-Number of student student - 14810 14810

Parahita Kya Kyaung school - 1 1

-Number of teacher teacher - 7 7

-Number of student student - 657 657

Agriculture Institute institute 7 7 -

-Number of teacher teacher 174 186 12

-Number of student student 784 5325 4541

Commercial school school 1 1 -

-Number of teacher teacher 6 9 3

-Number of student student - 100 -

Development of the Union and Human Resource Developmentof Myanmar

Comparison between period preceeding 1988 and after (up to 12-2-2005)

Page 381: Chronicle of National Development

372 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Thanlwin Bridge (Mawlamyine), the longest bridge

in Myanmar

Page 382: Chronicle of National Development

period preceding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005) 373

Page 383: Chronicle of National Development

374 Chronicle of National Development Comparison between

Subject Count 1988 31-12-05 Progress

- TV retransmission station 15 177 162- IPRD offices - 373 373- IPRD libraries 111 373 262- departmental libraries - 199 199- rural library - 45694 45694- e-library - 108 108- Daily - 3 3- Sub-printing house - 9 9- Circulation paper - 403316 403316

* Mandalay, Myitkyina, Lashio, Magway, Kalay, Taunggyi, Kengtung, Sittway, Myeik,

Development of the Information and Public relations of MyanmarComparison between period preceeding 1988 and after (up to 31-12-2005)

Information and Public RelationsNow is the time when efforts are being made to turn the country into a new state.

Imminent are the border areas and national races development project, the greeningproject, the 24-zone development project, and the rural development project. Now, all theregions in the country are now getting prosperous.

These achievements are accounted for consolidated strength among the State, thepeople and the Tatmadaw. The history of Myanmar is now bright with the age of soli-darity.

It is worth making a pledge that the time has come to march to a more consolidatednew golden state.

Page 384: Chronicle of National Development